George  Washington  Flowers 
Me?norial  Collection 

DUKE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 


ESTABLISHED  BY  THE 
FAMILY  OF 

COLONEL  FLOWERS 


n 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 
in  2010  witii  funding  from 
Duke  University  Libraries 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/armyregulationOOconf 


AEMY    EEGULATIONS. 


ADOPTED  FOE  THE  USE  OF  THE 


AMY  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES, 


LN   ACCORDANCE   WITH    LATE   ACTS   OF   CONGRESS. 


REVrSErTFROM  THE  ArMY  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  OLD  U.  S.   ArMY,   1857 
RETAINING  ALL  THAT  IS  ESSENTIAL  FOR  OFFICERS  OF  THE  LINE. 


TO   WHICH  IS  ADDED, 

An  Act  for  the  Establishment  and  Organization  of  thk 
Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America. 


ARTICLES   OF  WAR, 

Fdif  T)ir,   GOVr.RNMENT   OF   TUV.   ARMY   OF   THE   CONFEDERATE    STATES   >W 

AMERICA. 


^  ,  NEW-ORLEANS : 

Bloomfield  &  Stkel,  ruiu.isiucRS,  GO  Camp-street. 

1S61. 


i^Eo-xjiL,.A.a?ioisrs 

FOB 

THE  ARMY. 


ARTICLE  I. 

MILITARY    DISCIPLINE. 

1.-.All  inferiors  are  required  to  obey  strictly,  and  to  exe- 
cute with  alacrity  and  good  faith,  the  lawful  orders  of  the 
superiors  appointed  over  them. 

2..  .Military  authority  is  to  be  exercised  with  firmness,  but 
with  kindness  and  justice  to  inferiors.  Punishments  shall  be 
strictly  conformable  to  military  law. 

^..  -Superiors  of  every  grade  are  forbid  to  injure  those  under 
them  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct,  or  by  abusive  language. 

ARTICLE  II. 

RANK    AND    COMMAND. 

4..  .Rank  of  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers: 

1st.  10th.  Cadet. 

2d.  IJth.  Sergeant-Major. 

3d.  Brigadier-General.        l;Jth.   Quartermaster -Sergeant 

4th.  Colonel.  of  a  Regiment. 

5th.  Lieutenant-Colonel.    13th.  Ordinance  Sergeant  and 

6th.  Major.  Hospital  Steward. 

7th.  Captain.  14th.  First  Sergeant. 

8th.  First  Lieutenant.        15th.  Sergeant. 

9th.  Second  Lieutenant.    16th.  Corporal. 
And  each  grade  by  date  of  commission  or  appointment. 

5..  .When  commissions  are  of  the  same  date,  the  rank  is  to 
be' decided,  between  officers  of  the  same  regiment  or  cordis  by 
the  order  of  appointment ;  between  officers  of  different  regiments 
or  corps :  1st.  by  rank  in  actual  service  when  appointed ;  2d.  by 
former  rank  and  service  in  the  army  or  marine  corps;  8d.  by 
lottery  among  such  as  have  not  been  in  the  military  service  of 
the  Confederate  States.  In  case  of  equality  of  rank  by  virtue  of  a 
brevet  commission,  reference  is  had  to  conniiissions  not  brevet. 


G. . .  Officers  liaving  brevets,  or  commissions  of  a  prior  date  to- 
those  of  the  nigiment  in  which  they  serve,  may  take  phice  in 
courts-martial  and  on  detachments,  when  composed  of  different 
corps,  according  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their  brevets  or  dates 
of  their  former  conmiissions ;  but  in  the  regiment,  troop,  or  com- 
pany to  wliicli  such  officers  belong,  they  shall  do  duty  and  take 
rank  l)oth  in  courts-martial  and  on  detachments  which  shall  be 
composed  only  of  their  own  corps,  according  to  the  commissions 
by  which  they  are  mustered  in  the  said  corps. — {6lst.  Art. 
of  War.) 

7. .  -If,  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different  corps  of 
tlie  army  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together,  the  officer 
highest  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the  army,  marine  corps,  or  militia, 
l)y  comini.ssion,  there  on  duty  or  in  quarters,  shall  command  the 
w;hole,,  and  give  ordersfor  what  is  needful  to  the  service,  unleiss 
otherwise  specially  directed  by  the  President  of  the  Confederate 
(States,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  case. — (62(/.  Art.  of  War.) 
,!S...An  officer  not  having  orders  from  competent  authority 
cannot  put  himself  on  duiij  by  vii'tue  of  his  commission  alo-ne. 

9... Officers  sei'ving  hij  commission  from  any  state  of  the 
Confederacy  take  rank  next  after  officers  of  the  like  grade  bij 
commission  from  the  Confederate  States. 

10... Brevet  rawk  takes  effect  only  in  the  following  cases; 
1st.  by  special  assignment  af  the  President  in  commands  com- 
posed of  different  corps;  2d.  on  courts-martial  or  detachments- 
composed  of  difierent  corps.  Troops  are  on  dctaclnncnt  only 
when  sent  out  temporarily  to  perform  a  special  service-. ; 

11..  .In  regularly  constituted  commands^  as  garrisons,  posts,, 
departments ;  companies,  battalions,  regiments ;  corps,  brigades, 
divisions,  ai'my  corps,  or  the  army  itself,  breyfet  rank  .cannot  be 
exercised  except  by  special'. assignment.'    '  '"  •       ':;,   •  ^^' 

12..  .The  officers  of  Engii>eers  are  not  to  asstirne.nbj:,  to  be 
ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  tlie  line  of  their  immediate  pro- 
fession, except  by  the  special  order  of  the  President. 

13..  .An  officer  of  the  Pay,, or  Medical  Departft>ent,can  not 
exercise  command  except  in  his  own  de[)artment.      .j,'-  ,, 

14..  .Officers  of  the  corps  of  Engineers  or  Ordinance,  w  C|ff 
the  , Adjutant-General's,  Inspector-General's,  Quartermaster-!-! 
General's,  or  Subsistence  Department,  though  eligible  to  cQmr 
mand  nccording  to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of  the 
Confederate  States,  and  not  subject  to  the  orders  of  a  j  unior  officer, 
shall  not  assume  the  command  of  troops  unless  put  on  duty  under 
orders  wliich  specially  so  dirpet  by  aujihority  of  the  Presideiit,  ^t,' 


ARTICLE  ni. 

SUCCESSION    in'  comma NtJ    OR    DUTY. 

15...  The  fimctiohs  assigri^'cl  to' ki'i'j^'  officer  in  these  .Regulations 
by'  titl(^.  of  office  devolve  on  the  ollicer  acting  jti  \nn  \)ihce, 
except" as  specially  e.\cept(>(l.  "    ' ''"iM 

1*7..  .All  otriccr  who  succ<^cils  to  any  counnaiid  or  duty  stands 
in  regard  to  his  duties  in  the  same  ssitnation  as  his  predecessor. 
The  officer  relieved  shall  tunv  orer  to  his  successor  all  orders 
in  force  at  the  tiuio,  and  nil  the  public  property  and  funds 
pertnining  to  his  couiniaiid  or  duty,  and  shall  receiv<v there-for 
duplicate  rt^eipts.  sliQVYin-g;  the  <?,onditioii  of  qach  arti<^le.     . 

IS. -.An  officer  in  a  tcniporary  command  shall  npt,  except 
in  urgent  cases,  alter  or  annul  the  standing  orders  of  the  ren'ulnr 
or  permanent  commaiiddi'  with'otit,', aut!hoVity  'from'  the  hexi; 
higher  commander.  '■    ''  '   '  ""I 

ARTICLE  iy,T-0/»i«rJ.     .„;t     .DJt 

.  •,  .^PP.QINTMENT  A ^T)  PROMOTION.  ,0,F  COMMISSIONED  O FFlCEUft-  >l  i  • 

^  MID  on;  ;.'    ■'• 

ARTICLE  iY:./ 

RESIGNATION    OF    OFFICERS. 

'24..  .No  officer  will  be  considered  out  of  service  on  the  tender 
of  his' resignation,  until  it  shall  have  been  duly  accepted  by 
the  proper  authority.  .  ;i    i  ;  >;:   i  ' -'     ,        -.'li  -k 

25.- -Resignations  will  be  forwarded  by  the  commanding 
officer  to  the  Adjutant-General: of  the  army  for  decision  at  the 
War  Department.  '  ^'  '     ' 

26..  .Resignations  tendered  under  charges,  when  forwarded 
))y  any  commander,  will  always  be  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  the 
charges;  or,  in  the  absence  of  written  charges,  by  a  report  of 
the  case,  for  the  information  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

27... Before  presenting  the  resignation  of  any  officer,  the 
Adjutant-General  will  ascertain  and  report  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment the  state  of  such  officer's  accounts  of  money,  as  well  as 
of  public  property,  for  which  he  may  have  been  responsible. 

2S..  -In  time  of  war,  or  With  an  al"my  in  the  field,  resignations 
shall  take  eflect  within  thirty  days  from  tlio  date  of  the  ordet 
of  .acceptanoei(iMt>'>  jwunnvm  i-  '<tm>'>u;>  ■  iiO.  ..(:!«> 

20..  .Lenve'^.of  absptice'  will  not  be  granted  by  commanding 
officers  to  officers  on  tendering  tlieit*  resignation,  unh^ss  the 
resignation  be  unconditional  and  innnediate. 


ARTICLE  VI. 

EXCHANGE    OK   TRANSFER   OF   OFFICERS. 

30..  .The  transfer  of  officers  from  one  regiment  or  corps  to 
another  will  be  made  only  by  the  War  Department,  on  the 
mutual  application  of  the  parties  desiring  the  exchange. 

31... An  officer  shall  not  be  transferred  from  one  regiment 
or  corps  to  another  with  prejudice  to  the  rank  of  any  officer  of 
tiie  regiment  or  corps  to  which  he  is  transferred. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

APPOINTMENTS   ON   THE    STAFF. 

Z2...(  Omitted.) 

33..  .General  Officers  appoint  their  own  Aides-de-camp. 

34. . .  (^  Omitted.) 

35..  .An  officer  of  a  mounted  corps  shall  not  be  separated 
from  his  regiment,  except  for  duty  connected  with  his  particu- 
lar arm. 

36... The  senior  Lieutenant  present,  holding  the  appoint- 
ment of  Assistant  Commissary  of  Subsistence,  is  entitled  to  per- 
form the  duties. 

ARTICLE  VIII. 

DISTRIBUTION   OF   THE   TROOPS. 

37... The  military  geographical  departments  will  be  estab- 
lished by  the  War  Department.  In  time  of  peace,  brigades 
or  divisions  will  not  be  formed,  nor  the  stations  of  the  troops 
changed,  without  authority  from  the  War  Department. 


ARTICLE    i:^.— (Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE    -yi.— (Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  ARMAMENT  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE    XI.— (  Omitted.) 

ARTILLERY   PRACTICE. 


ARTICLE  XII. 

REGIMENTS. 

69..  .On  the  organization  of  a  regiment,  companies  receive 
a  permanent  designation  by  letters  beginning  with  A,  and  the 
officers  are  assigned  to  companies;  afterward,  company  officers 


succeed  to  companies,  as  promoted  to  fill  vacancies.  Compa- 
nies take  place  in  the  battalion  according  to  the  rank  of  their 
captains. 

70.- -Captains  mnst  serve  with  their  companies.  Though 
subject  to  the  temporary  details  of"  service,  as  for  courts-mar- 
tial, military  boards,  &c.,  they  shall  not  be  detailed  for  any 
duty  which  may  separate  them  for  any  considerable  time  from 
their  companies. 

71. ..The  commander  of  a  regiment  will  appoint  the  adju- 
tant from  the  subalterns  of  the  regiment.  He  will  nominate 
the  regimental  quarter-master  to  the  Secretary  of  "War  for  ap- 
pointment if  approved.  lie  will  appoint  the  non-commissioned 
staff  of  the  regiment ;  and,  upon  the  reconnnendation  of  the 
company  commanders,  the  sergeants  and  corporals  of  com- 
panies. 

72..  -In  cases  of  vacancy,  and  till  a  decision  can  be  had  from 
regimental  head-quarters,  the  company  commanders  may  make 
temporary  appointments  of  non-commissioned  officers. 

73.. -Comnuinders  of  regiments  arc  enjoined  to  avail  them- 
selves of  every  opportunity  of  instructing  both  officers  and 
men  in'the  exercise  and  management  of  field  artillery;  and  all 
commanders  ought  to  encourage  useful  occupations,  and  manly 
exercises,  and  diversions  among  their  men,  and  to  repress  dissi- 
pation and  immorality. 

74..  .It  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  be  cautious  in  reprov- 
ing non-commissioned  officers  in  the  presence  or  hearing  of 
privates,  lest  their  authority  be  weakened  ;  and  non-commis- 
sioned officers  are  not  to  be  sent  to  the  guard-room  and  mixed 
with  privates  during  confinement,  but  be  considered  as  placed 
in  arrest,  except  in  aggravated  cases,  where  escape  may  be 
apprehended. 

75.-  .Non-commissioned  officers  maybe  reduced  to  the  ranks 
by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  of  the  com- 
mander of  the  regiment  on  the  application  of  the  company 
commander.  If  reduced  to  the  ranks  by  garrison  courts,  at 
posts  not  the  head-quarters  of  the  regiment,  the  company  com- 
mander will  immediately  forward  a  transcript  of  the  order  to 
the  regimental  commander. 

76.-  -Every  non-coimnissioned  officer  shall  be  furnished  with 
a  certificate  or  warrant  of  his  rank,  signed  by  the  colonel  and 
countersigned  by  the  adjutant.  Blank  warrants,  on  parch- 
ment, are  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office.  The 
first,  or  orderly  sergeant,  will  be  selected  by  the  captain  from 
the  sergeants. 


77. -.When  it  is  desi reel  to  have  bands  of  music  for  regi- 
ments, there  will  be  allowed  for  each,  sixteen  privates  fo  act 
as  musicians,  in  addition  to  the  chief  musicians  authorized  by 
^aw,  provided  the  total  number  of  privates  in  the  I'egiment, 
including  the  band,  does  not  exceed  the  legal  standard.       .'''; 

78..  .The  musicians  of  the  band  will,  for  th'e  tin-i(i 'lieingV Ibi^ 
dropped  from  the  company  mnstcr-rolls,  bnt  they  will  be 'in- 
structed as  soldiei-s,  and  liable  to  serve  in  the  ranks  on ,  any 
occasion.  They  will  be  mustered  ili  a 'separate  squad  xmder 
the  chief  musician,  with  the  non-commissioned  staff,  and  b.e 
included  in  the  ao-fji-egate  in  all  regimental  returns.  .    ' 

79..  .When  a  regiment  occupies  several  stations,  the  band 
will  b^  kept  at  the  head-quarters,  provided  troops  (one  or 
more  cbiiipanies)  be  serving  there.  The  field  music  belon'giug 
to  compiuiies  not  stationed  at  regimental  head-quarters, will 
not  be  separated  from  their  respective  companies. 

80... No  man,  unless  he  bo  a  carpenter,  joiner,, carriage- 
maker,  blacksmith,  saddler,  or  harness-maker,  will  be  uiustered 
as'  an  "  artificer." 

S] Every  article,  excepting  arms  and  accoutrements,  be- 

iomjino;  to  the  reoiment,  is  to  be  marked  with  the  number  and 

name  of  the  regiment.  ^  r'",''.,,,'-^,,. ■.■,<.•..■,;.  !,,,.•.  ..-«>;, 

82. . .  Such  articles  as  belong  to  companies  are  to-  b6  marked 
with  the  letter  of  the  company,  and  number  and  name  of  the 
regiment ;    and   such  as  belong  to  men,  with  their  individual 
numbers,  and  the  letter  of  the  company. 
!  ,,83..  ;The  books  for  each  regiment  shall  be  as  follows : 
i.   General  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  IG  inches  by. 
10^-  inches,  to  contain  all  orders  and  circjalars  from  general,- 
department,   division,   or  brigade    head-quarters,   with  an 
index. 

2.  Regimental  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  IG  inches 

by  10^  inches,  to  contain  regimental  orders,  with  an  index. 

3.  Letter  Rook,  of  three   quires  of  paper,    IG    inches  by  lOi 

inches,  to  contain  the  correspondence  of  the  commandnig, 
officer  on  regimental  subjects,  with  an  index.  ,: , 

4.  An  index  of  letters  required  to  be  kept  on  file,  ii>,,,tbe  folf! 

lowingfonu;  •,  ..miumiu')-. ,.;.;;  !  ■,  ./A  .  .  M'^: 


No. 

] 

2 


NAME  OP.WRITE^l.    I  DATE.  I  i.       ' , ,      SUB/;EqT.- 


Captain  A.  B 

Adjt.  Gen.  R.  J... 

Captain  F.  (t 

Lieutenant  CD... 


July  15,  1846  Appointment  of  Non-Com/Oflicers.  ■ 

Sept.    4,  1846  Recruiting  Service.      .•:•■'. 

Oct.    n ,  ]  846  Error  in  Company  Returr. . 

Nov.     2,  J846|Appiication  IbrLeaVM.i  ;: 


The  date  of  receipt  should  be  endorsed  on  all  let^'ei'sVr'They 


should  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  (lie  index,  and  Jiled 
in  regular  order,  for  easy  reference. 
5.  DcscHjttirc  Book,  of  five  quires  of  paper,  IG  inches  by  10.} 
inches,  to  contain  a  list  of  the  officers  of  the  regiment,  with 
their  rank,  and  dates  of  appointment,  and  promotions; 
transfers,  leaves  of  absence,  and  places  and  dates  of  birth. 
To  confain,  also,  the  names  of  all  enlisted  soldiers,  entered 
according  to  priority  of  eidistmeuts,  giving  their  descrip- 
tion, the  dates  and  periods  of  their  enlistment;  and,  under 
ihc  head  of  remarks,  the  cause  of  discharge,  character, 
death,  d<>sertion,  transfer  ;  in  short,  every  thing  relating  to 
their  military  history.     This  book  to  be  indexed. 

One  copy  of  the  monthly  returns  will  be  filed. 

^1,  POST   BOOKS. 

Hi 84.. -The  following  books  will  be  kept  at  each  post :  A 
Morning  Report  ])Ook,  a  Ciuard  Report  Book,  an  Order  Book, 
a  Letter  Book,  each  two  quires  ibolscap  ;  also,  copies  of"  the 
monthly  post  returns. 

ARTICLE  XIIL 

COMPANIES. 

So..  .The  captain  will  cause  the  jnen  of  the  company  to  be 
numbered,  in  a  regular  series,  including  the  non-commissioned 
oihcers,  and  divided  into  four  S(|uads,  each  to  be  put  under  the 
charge  of  a  non-commissioned  ollicer. 

S(j...Eacli  subaltern  officer  will  l)e  charged  with  a  squad 
for  the  supervision  of  its  order  and  cleanliness;  and  captains 
will  require  their  lieutenants  to  assist  them  in  the  perfornuince 
of  all  Company  duties. 

87. ..As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  be. 
quartered  together.  ..  "    . 

SS...The  utmost  attention  will  be  paid  by  commanders  of 
companies  to  the  cleanliness  of  their  men,  as  to  their  persons, 
clothing,  arms,  accoutrements,  and  equipments,  apd  also  as  to 
their  quarters  or  tents. 

SO..  .The  name  of  each  soldier  will  be  labeled  on  his  Inink, 
and  his  company  nundjcr  will  be  placed  against  his  anus  and 
accoutrements. 

90..  .The  arms  will  be  placed  in  the  arm-racks,  the  stoppers 
in  the  nuizzles,  the  cocks  let  down,  and  the  bayonets  in  their 
scablmrds  ;  theaccoutremenls  susptMided  o\cr  (he  arms,  and  the 
swords  hung  up,  by  the  belts  on  pegs. 


91..  -The  knapsack  of  each  man  will  be  placed  on  the  lowei' 

shelf  of  his  bunk,  at  its  foot,  packed  with  his  effects,  and  ready 
to  be  slung  ;  the  great-coat  on  the  same  shelf,  rolled  and  strap- 
ped ;  the  coat,  folded  inside  out,  and  placed  under  the  knap- 
sack ;  the  cap  on  the  second  or  upper  shelf;  and  the  boots 
well  cleaned. 

92..  -Dirty  clothes  will  be  kept  in  an  appropriate  part  of  the 
knapsack  ;  no  article  of  any  kind  to  be  put  under  the  bedding, 

93... Cooking  utensils  and  table  equipage  will  be  cleaned 
and  arranged  in  closets  or  recesses ;  blacking  and  brushes  out 
of  view  ;  the  fuel  in  boxes. 

94.. -Ordinarily  the  cleaning  will  be  on  Saturdays.  The 
chiefs  of  squads  will  cause  bunks  and  bedding  to  be  overhauled; 
floors  dry  rubbed  ;  tables  and  benches  scoured  ;  arms  cleaned ; 
accoutrements  whitened  and  polished  ;  and  every  thing  put  in 
order. 

95..  -Where  conveniences  for  bathing  are  to  be  had,  the  men 
should  bathe  once  a  week.  The  feet  to  be  washed  at  least 
twice  a  week.     The  hair  keiit  short,  and  beard  neatly  trimmed, 

96..  .Non-commissioned  officers,  in  command  of  squads,  will 
be  held  more  immediately  responsible  that  their  men  observe 
what  is  prescribed  above  ;  that  they  wash  their  hands  and  faces 
daily  ;  that  they  brush  or  comb  their  heads  ;  that  those  who 
are  to  go  on  duty  put  their  arms,  accoutrements,  dress,  &c.,  in 
the  best  order,  and  that  such  as  have  permission  to  pass  the 
chain  of  sentinels  are  in  the  dress  that  may  be  ordered. 

97..  .Commanders  of  companies  and  squads  will  see  that  the 
arms  and  accoutrements  in  possession  of  the  men  are  always 
kept  in  good  order,  and  that  proper  care  be  taken  in  cleaning 
them. 

98.-  -When  belts  are  given  to  a  soldier,  the  captain  will  see 
that  they  are  properly  fitted  to  the  body ;  and  it  is  forbidden 
to  cut  any  belt  without  his  sanction. 

99..  -Cartridge-boxes  and  bayonet-scabbards  will  be  polished 
with  blacking  ;  varnish  is  injurious  to  the  leather,  and  will  not 
be  used. 

100..  -All  arms  in  the  hands  of  the  troops,  whether  browned 
or  bright,  will  be  kept  in  the  state  in  which  they  are  issued  by 
the  Ordnance  Department.  Arms  will  not  be  taken  to  pieces 
without  permission  of  a  commissioned  officer.  Bright  barrels 
will  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  rust  without  polishing  them  ; 
care  should  be  taken  in  rubbing  not  to  bmise  or  bend  the  bar- 


rel.  Alter  firing,  wash  out  the  bore  ;  wipe  it  dry,  Jiud  then 
pass  a  bit  of  cloth,  slightly  greased,  to  the  bottom.  In  these 
operations,  a  rod  of  wood  with  a  loop  in  one  end  is  to  be  used 
instead  of  the  rammer.  The  barrel,  when  not  in  use,  will  be 
closed  with  a  stopper.  For  exercise,  each  soldier  should  keep 
himself  provided  with  a  piece  of  sole-leather  to  tit  the  cup  or 
countersink  of  the  hammer. 

(For  care  of  arms  in  service,  see  Ordnance  ]\Iannal,  page 
185,  &c.) 

101..  .Arms  shall  not  be  left  loaded  in  (piarters  or  tents,  or 
when  the  men  are  off  duty,  except  by  special  orders. 

lO'?. . .  Ammunition  issued  will  be  inspected  frequently.  Each 
man  will  be  made  to  pay  for  the  rounds  expended  without  or- 
ders, or  not  in  the  way  of  duty,  or  which  may  be  damaged  oi' 
lost  by  his  neglect. 

103..  .Ammunition  will  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  dry 
aiV,  or  sunned. 

104..  .Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  ascertain  that  no  ball- 
cartridges  are  mixed  with  the   blank  cartridges  issued  to  tin; 


men. 


105 ..  .All  knapsacks  are  to  be  painted  black.  Those  for  the 
artillery  will  be  marked  in  the  centre  of  the  cover  with  the 
number  of  the  regiment  only,  in  figures  of  one  and  a  half  inch 
in  length,  of  the  character  called  full-face,  with  yellow  paint. 
Those  for  the  infantry  will  be  marked  in  the  same  way,  in 
white  paint.  Those  for  the  ordnance  will  be  marked  with  two 
'cannon,  crossing  ;  the  cannon  to  be  seven  and  a  half  inches  in 
length,  in  yellow  paint,  to  resemble  those  on  the  cap.  The 
knapsack  straps  will  be  black. 

106. -.The  knapsacks  will  also  be  marked  upon  the  inner 
side  with  the  letter  of  the  company  and  the  number  of  the 
soldier,  on  such  part  as  may  be  readily  observed  at  inspections. 

107..  .Haversacks  will  be  marked  upon  the  flap  with  the 
number  and  name  of  the  regiment,  the  letter  of  the  company, 
and  number  of  the  soldier,  in  black  letters  and  figures.  And 
each  soldier  must,  at  all  times,  be  provided  with  a  haversack 
and  canteen,  and  will  exhibit  them  at  all  inspections.  Tt  will 
be  worn  on  the  left  side  on  marches,  guard,  and  when  paraded 
for  detached  service — the  canteen  outside  the  haversack. 

108..  .The  front  of  the  drums  will  be  painted  with  the  arms 
of  the  Confederate  .States,  on  a  blue  field  for  the  infantry,  and 
on  a  red  field  for  the  artilleiT.  The  letter  of  the  company  and 
number  of  the  regiment,  under  the  arms,  in  a  scroll. 

B 


10 

109..  .(JtUcer.^  uL  iheir  sUiiious,  in  ca]iJ|)  or  in  gurrisoii,  will 
always  \\ear  their  proper  uniform. 

110..  .Soldiers  will  wear  the  prescribed  unil'onii  in  camp  or 
garrison,  and  will  not  be  permitted  to  keep  in  their  possession 
an}'  other  clothing.  When  on  fatigue  parties,  they  will  wear 
the  proper  fatigue  dress. 

111..  .In  camp  or  barracks,  the  company  officers  must  visit 
the  kitchen  daily  and  inspect  the  kettles,  and  at  all  times  care- 
fully attend  to  the  messing  and  economy  of  their  respective 
companies.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  regiment 
wall  make  frequent  inspections  of  the  kitchens  and  messes. 

112..  .The  bread  must  be  thoroughly  baked,  and  not  eaten 
until  it  is  cold.  The  soup  must  be  boiled  at  least  five  hours, 
and  the  vegetables  always  cooked  sufficiently  to  be  perfectly 
soft  and  digestible. 

113..  .Messes  will  be  prepared  by  privates  of  squads,  inclu- 
ding private  musicians,  each  taking  his  tour.  The  greatest 
care  will  be  observed  in  washing  and  scouring  the  cooking- 
utensils  ;  those  made  of  brass  and  copper  should  be  lined  with  tin. 

1  14. . .  The  messes  of  prisoners  will  be  sent  to  them  by  the  cooks. 

115...  No  persons  will  be  allowed  to  visit  or  remain  in  the  kitch- 
ens, except  such  as  ma,y  come  on  duty,  or  be  occupied  as  cooks. 

116... Those  detailed  for  duty  in  the  kitchens  w^ill  also  be 
required  to  keep  the  furniture  of  the  mess-room  in  order. 

117..  .On  marches  and  in  the  field,  tlie  only  mess  furniture  of 
the  soldier  will  be  one  tin  plate,  one  tin  cup,  one  knife,  fork,  and 
spoon,  to  each  man,  to  be  carried  by  iiimself  on  the  march. 

118..  -If  a  soldier  be  required  to  assist  his  first  sergeant  in  the 
writing  of  the  company,  to  excuse \him  from  a  tour  of  military 
duty,  the  captain  will  previously  obtain  the  sanction  of  his  own 
commander,  if  he  have  one  present;  and  whether  there  be  a 
superior  present  or  not,  the  captain  will  be  responsible  that  the 
man  so  employed  does  not  miss  two  successive  tours  of  guard- 
duty  by  reason  of  such  employment. 

119..  .Tradesmen  may  be  relieved  from  ordinary  military  duty 
ro  make,  to  alter,  or  to  mend  soldiers'  clothing,  &c.  Company  com- 
manders will  fix  the  rates  at  which  work  shall  be  done,  and  cause 
the  men,  for  whose  benefit  it  is  done,  to  pay  for  it  at  the  next  pay 
day. 

120..  .Each  company  officer,  serving  with  his  company,  may 
take  from  it  one  soldier  as  waiter,  with  his  consent  and  the  consgnt 
of  his  captain.  No  other  officers  shall  take  a  soldier  as  a  waiter. 
Everv  soldier  so  employed'  shall  be  so  reported  and  mustered. 


n 

121.. . Soldiers  taken  as  officers'  waiter^!  sliall  be  acquainted 
with  their  military  duty,  and  at  all  times  be  completely  arnif^d 
and  clothed,  and  in  evcy  respect  equipped  according  to  the 
rules  of  the  service,  and  have  all  their  necessaries  complete  and 
in  good  order.  They  are  to  fall  in  with  their  respective  com- 
panies at  all  reviews  and  inspections,  and  are  liable  to  such 
drills  as  the  commanding  officer  shall  judge  necessary  to  fit 
them  for  service  in  the  ranks. 

122.  ..Non-commissioned  officers  will,  in  no  case,  be  per- 
mitted to  act  as  waiters;  nor  are  they,  or  private  soldiers,  not 
waiters  to  be  eni))loved  in  any  menial  office,  or  made  to  perform 
an}'^  service  not  military,  for  the  private  benefit  of  any  oflicer 
or  mess  of  officers. 

(.'D.MrAXY     BOOKS. 

12;J...The  following  books  are  allowed  to  each  company : 
one  descriptive  book,  one  clothing  book,  one  order  book,  one 
morning  report  book,  each  one  quire,  sixteen  inches  by  ten. 
One  page  of  the  descriptive  book  will  he  appropriated  to  the 
list  of  officers ;  two  to  the  non-connnissioned  officers ;  two  to 
the  register  of  men  transferred ;  four  to  the  register  of  men 
discharged;  two  to  register  of  deaths;  four  to  register  of 
deserters — the  rest  to  the  company  description  list. 

LAUNDRESS. 

121. ..Four  women  will  be  allowed  to  each  company  as 
washer-women,  and  will  leceive  one  ration  per  day  each. 

12-5..  -The  price  of  washing  soldiers'  clothing,  by  the  month, 
or  by  the  piece,  will  be  determined  by  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration. 

12G..  -  Debts  due  the  laundress  by  soldiers,  for  washing,  will 
be  paid,  or  collected  at  the  pay-table,  under  the  direction  of 
the  captain. 

ARTICLE  XlV.—  OmhfnL 

ORDTNANCK     SERaEANT^. 


ARTICLE  XV. 

TRANSFEIi   OF   SOLDIERS. 

141..  .No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  will  be  trans- 
ferred from  one  regiment  to  anotlier  without  the  autlioritv  of 
the  commanding  general. 

142..  .The  colonel  may,  upon  the  application  of  the  captains, 
transfer  a  non-fomniissioned   offirrr  or  soldier  from  one  com- 


J-  A^ 

pauy  to  another  of  his  regiment — wiih  consent  ol'  tlie  depart- 
ment commander  in  case  of  cliange  o[' post. 

143... When  soldiers  are  anthorized  to  be  transferred,  the 
transfer  will  take  place  on  the  first  of  a  month,  with  a  view  to 
the  more  convenient  settlement  ol"  their  accounts. 

144... In  all  cases  of  transfer,  a  complete  descriptive  roll 
will  accompany  the  soldier  transferred,  which  i-oU  will  em- 
brace an  account  of  his  pay,  clothing,  and  other  allowances  ; 
also,  all  stoppages  to  be  made  on  account  of  the  government, 
and  debts  due  the  laundress,  as  well  as  such  other  facts  as 
may  be  necessary  to  show  his  character  and  military  history. 

ARTICLE  XVI. 

DECEASED      OFFICERS. 

145..  .Whenever  an  officer  dies,  or  is  killed  at  any  military 
post  or  station,  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the  same,  it  will  be  the 
duty  of  the  commanding  officer  to  report  the  fact  direct  to  the 
Adjutant  General,  with  the  date,  and  any  other  information 
proper  to  be  communicated.  If  an  officer  die  at  a  distance 
from  a  military  post,  any  officer  having  intelligence  of  the  same 
will  in  like  manner  communicate  it,  specifying  the  day  of  his 
decease  ;  a  duplicate  of  the  report  will  be  sent  to  Department 
Head-Quarters. 

146..  .Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers,  required 
by  the  94th  Article  of  War,  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Adjutant- 
General. 

147..  .If  a  legal  administrator  or  family  connection  be  pre- 
sent, and  take  charge  of  the  effects,  it  will  be  so  stated  to  th( 
Adjutant-General. 

ARTICLE  XVII. 

D  E  CEASED      SOLDIERS. 

148,.  .Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  non-commis- 
sioned officers  and  soldiers,  required  by  the  95th  Article  of  War, 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  commander 
of  the  company  to  whicTt  the  deceased  belonged,  and  a  dupli- 
cate of  the  same  to  the  colonel  of  the  regiment.  Final  state- 
ments of  pay,  clothing,  &c.,  will  be  sent  with  the  inventories. 
When  a  soldier  dies  at  a  post  or  station  absent  from  his  com- 
pany, it  will  be  the  duty  of  his  immediate  commander  to  fur- 
nish the  required  inventory,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  forward 
to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  company  to  Vv'hich  the  soldier 
belonged,  a  report  of  his  death,  specifying  the  date,  place,  and 


13 

cause  ;  to  wliat  time  he  was  last  paid,  and  tlio  money  or  other 
eflects  in  his  possession  at  the  time  of  his  decease  ;  which  report 
will  be  noted  on  the  next  mnster-rdll  of  the  company  to  which 
the  man  belonijed.  Each  inventory  will  be  indorsed,  "  Inven- 
tory of  the  eflects  of ,  late  of  company  (. .)  . .  regi- 
ment of ,  who  died  at ,  the  . .   day  of , 

1S6.."  If  a  lesxal  representative  receive  the  effects,  it  will  be 
stated  in  the  report.  If  the  soldier  leave  no  effects,  the  lact 
will  be  n^ported. 

149..  .Should  the  effects  of  a  deceased  non-comniission(>d 
officer  or  soldier  not  be  administered  n])on  within  a  short  period 
.•ifter  his  decease,  they  shall  be  disposed  of  by  a  Council  of  Ad- 
ministration, under  the  authority  of  the  commanding  officer  of 
the  post,  and  the  proceeds  deposited  with  the  Paymaster,  to 
the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States,  until  they  shall  be  claimed 
by  the  legal  representatives  ot"  the  deceased. 

loO...In  all  such  cases  of  sales  by  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, a  statement  in  detail,  or  account  of  the  proceeds,  duly 
certified  by  the  Council  and  Commanding  officer,  accompanied 
by  the  Paymaster's  receipt  for  the  proceeds,  will  be  forwarded 
by  the  connyanding  officer  to  the  Adjutant-General.  The 
statement  will   be  indorsed,  "  Report  of  the  proceeds  of  the: 

effects  of ,  late  of  company  (. .)  . .  regiment  of  .... , 

who  died  at ,  the  . .  day  of ,  ISO .." 

ARTICLE  XVITL 

UESKRTEKS. 

]ol..  .11'  a  soldier  desert  from,  or  a  deserter  be  received  at. 
any  post  other  than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detachment 
to  which  he  belonged,  he  shall  be  promptly  reported  by  the 
commanding  officn^r  of  such  post  to  the  commander  of  his  com- 
pany or  detachment.  The  time  of  desertion,  apprehension, 
and  delivery  will  be  stated.  If  the  man  be  a  recruit,  unat- 
tached, the  required  report  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant-Gene- 
ral. When  a  report  is  received  of  the  apprehension  or  surrender 
of  a  deserter  at  any  ^^ost  other  than  the  station  of  the  company 
or  detachment  to  whicli  he  belonged,  the  connnander  of  such 
company  or  detachment  shall  iimnediately  forward  his  descrip- 
tion and  account  of  clothing  to  the  officer  making  the  report. 

152..  .A  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  be  paid  for  the  appre- 
hension and  delivery  of  a  deserter  to  an  officer  of  the  army 
at  the  most  convenient  post  or  recruiting  station.  Rewards 
thus  paid  will  be  promptly  reported  by  the  disbursing  officer 


14 

to  the  ufficer  coniiiianding  the  company  in  whicli  the  deserter 
is  mustered,  and  to  the  authority  competent  to  order  his  trial. 
The  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  include  the  remuneration  for 
all  expenses  incurred  for  apprehending,  securing  and  delivering 
a  deserter. 

153.-^Wlien  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  are  sent 
in  pursuit  of  a  deserter,  the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  will 
be  paid  whether  he  be  apprehended  or  not,  and  reported  as  in 
case  of  rewards  paid. 

154..  .Deserters  shall  make  good  the  time  lost  by  desertion, 
unless  discharged  by  competent  authority. 

15-5..  .No  deserter  shall  be  restored 'to  duty  without  trial, 
except  by  the  authority  competent  to  order  the  trial. 

156..  .Rewards  and  expenses  paid  for  apprehending  a  deserter 
will  be  set  against  his  pay,  when  adjudged  by  a  court-martial, 
or  when  he  is  restored  to  duty  without  trial  on  such  condition. 

157... In  reckoning  the  time  of  service,  and  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  a  deserter,  he  is  to  be  considered  in  service  when 
delivered  up  as  a  deserter  to  the  proper  authority. 

15S..  .An  apprehended  deserter,  or  one  who  surrenders  him- 
self, shall  receive  no  pay  wliile  waiting  trial,  and  only  such 
clothing  as  may  be  actually  necessary  for  him. 

ARTICLE  XIX. 

DISCHARGES. 

159..  .No  enlisted  man  shall  be  discharged  befoi'e  the  expir- 
ation of  his  term  of  enlistment  without  authority  of  the  War 
Department,  except  by  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial,  or 
by  the  commander  of  the  department  or  of  an  army  in  the 
field,  on  certificate  of  disability,  or  on  application  of  the  soldier 
after  twenty  3"ears'  service. 

160..  .When  an  enlisted  man  is  to  be  discharged,  his  com- 
pany commander  shall  furnish  him  certificates  of  his  account, 
according  to  Form  4,  Pay  Department. 

161..  .Blank  discharges  on  parchment  will  be  furnished  from 
the  Adjutant-General's  office.  No  discharge  shall  be  made  in 
duplicate,  nor  any  certificate  given  in  lieu  of  a  discharge. 

162..  .The  cause  of  discharge  will  be  stated  in  the  body  of 
the  discharge,  and  the  space  at  foot  for  character  cut  off,  unless 
a  recommendation  is  given. 

16B..  -Whenever  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 


be  unlit  for  the  iiiilitai-}'  service  in  coiisequeuce  of  vvoiiiids,  dis- 
ease or  infiirniilv,  \m  captain  ishall  forward  to  the  coniniander 
of  the  dtipartiiient  or  of  the  anny  in  the  field,  through  the  com- 
mander of  the  regiment  or  post,  a  statement  of  his  case,  with 
a  certificate  of  his  disability  signed  by  the  senior  surgeon  of  the 
hospital,  regiment,  or  post,  according  to  the  form  prescril)ed  in 
the  j\[edical  liegulations. 

1()4..  -If  the  recommendation  for  the  discharge  of  the  invalid 
be  api)roved,  the  authority  therefor  will  be  endorsed  on  the 
"  certificate  of  disability,"  which  will  be  sent  back  to  be  cou)- 
')leted  and  signed  by  the  commanding  officer,  who  will  then 
ieud  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 

165...  Omitted. 

lGC)...The  date,  place,  and  cause  of  discharge  of  a  soldier 
absent  from  his  company  will  be  reported  by  the  commander 
of  the  post  to  his  company  commander. 

I(>7..  .Company  commanders  are  required  to  keep  the  blank 
discharges  and  certificates  carefully  in  their  own  custody. 

ARTICLE  XX. 

TRAVELING     ON     DUTY. 

iGS..  .Whenever  an  ofiicer  traveling  under  orders  ari-ives  at 
his  post,  he  will  subnnt  to  the  commanding  officer  a  report,  in 
writing,  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  travel,  with  a  copy  of  the 
orders  imder  which  the  journey  was  performed,  and  an  expla- 
nation of  any  delay  in  the  execution  of  the  orders  ;  which 
report  the  connnanding  officer  shall  transmit,  with  his 
opinion  on  it,  to  Department  Head-(»J,uarters.  If  the  officer  be 
superior  in  rank  to  the  commander,  the  required  report  will  be 
made  by  the  senior  himself. 

160..  .Orders  detaching  an  officer  for  a  special  duty,  imply, 
unless  otherwise  stated,  that  he  i^  thereafter  to  join  his  proper 
station. 

ARTICLE  XXI. 

LEAVES   OF  ABSENCE   TO    OFFICERS. 

170..  .In  no  case  will  leaves  of  absence  be  granted,  so  that 
a  company  be  left  without  one  of  its  commissioned  officer.^,  or 
that  a  garrisoned  post  be  left  without  two  commissioned  officers 
and  competent  medical  attendance  ;  nor  shall  leave  of  absence 


16 

be  granted  to  an  oflicer  during  the  season  of  active  operations, 
(.'xcept  on  nrgent  necessity. 

171..  .When  not  otherwise  specified,  leaves  of  absence  will 
be  considered  as  commencing  on  the  day  that  the  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  at  his  post.  He  will  report  hhnself  monthly, 
giving  his  address  for  the  next  thirty  days,  to  the  commander 
of  his  post  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  ;  and  in  his  first  report  state  the  day  when  his  leave  of 
absence  commenced  ;  at  the  expiration  of  his  leave  he  will  join 
liis  station. 

172. -.In  time  of  peace,  commanding  officers  may  grant 
leaves  of  absence  as  follows  :  the  commander  of  a  post  not  to 
exceed  seven  days  at  one  tmie,  or  in  the  same  month ;  the 
commander  of  a  geographical  department  not  to  exceed  sixty 
days ;  the  general  commanding  the  army  not  to  exceed  four 
months.  Applications  for  leaves  of  absence  for  more  than  four 
months,  or  to  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  or  of  the  general 
staff,  or  serving  on  it  (aides-de-camp  excepted),  for  more  than 
thirty  days,  must  be  referred  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  the 
decision  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  In  giving  a  permission  to 
apply  tor  the  extension  of  a  leave  of  absence,  the  term  of  the 
extension  should  be  stated. 

173..  .The  immediate  commander  of  the  officer  applying  for 
leave  of  absence,  and  all  intermediate  commanders,  will  indorse 
their  opinion  on  the  application  before  forwarding  it. 

174..  .The  commander  of  a  post  may  take  leave  of  absence 
not  to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month, 
reporting  the  fact  to  his  next  superior. 

17  r5...  Omitted. 

17G.-  .No  leave  of  absence  exceeding  seven  days,  except  on 
extraordinary  occasions,  when  the  circumstances  must  be  par- 
ticularly stated  (and  except  as  provided  in  the  preceding  para- 
graph), shall  be  granted  to  any  officer  until  he  has  joined  his 
regiment  or  corps,  and  served  therewith  at  least  two  years. 

Ill ...  Omitted. 

178..  .Omitted. 

179..  .An  application   for    leave  of  absence   on  account  of 


17 

sickness  must  bo  accompanied   by  a  certiticate  of  the  senior 
medical  officer  present,  in  the  following  form : 

,  of  the  —  regiment  of ,  haviug  applied  for  a  certificate  on  which 

to  ground  an  application  for  leave  of  absence,  I  do  hereby  certify  that  I  have 
carefully  examined  this  officer,  and  fiud  tliat — [Hfre  the  nature  of  the  disease 
wound,  or  disabilily  is  to  he  fully  stated,  and  the  period  during  jcliirh  the  offieer 
has  suffered  under  its  effects  ]  And  that,  in  conseciuencc  thereof,  he  is,  in  my 
opinion,  unfit  for  duty.  I  further  declare  uiy  belief  that  he  will  not  be  able  to 
resume  his  duties  in  a  less  period  than .  [^Here  state  candidly  and  ex- 
plicitly the  opinion  as  to  the  period  which  will  probably  elapse  before  the  officer 
icill  be  able  to  resume  his  dtitics.  When  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  a  recovery, 
or  when  the  prospect  of  recovery  is  distant  and  uncertain,  or  when  a  change  of 

climate  is  recouimended,  it  7nust  be  so  statcd.~\      Dated  at ,  this  —  day  of 

.  Signature  of  the  Medical  Officer. 

ISO..  .When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  joining 
his  station,  lie  will  transmit  certificates  in  the  above  form 
monthly,  to  the  commanding  officer  of  his  post  and  I'egiment 
or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjntant-General  :  and  when  he  can  not 
procure  the  certificates  of  a  medical  officer  of  the  army,  he  will 
substitute  his  own  certificate  on  honor  to  his  condition,  and  a 
full  statement  of  his  case.  If  the  officer's  certificate  is  not 
satisfactory,  and  whenever  an  officer  has  been  absent  on  account 
of  sickness  for  one  year,  he  shall  be  examined  by  a  medical 
board,  and  the  case  specially  reported  to  tiie  President. 

181... In  all  reports  of  absence,  or  applications  for  leave  of 
absence  on  account  of  sickness,  the  officer  shall  state  how  long 
he  has  been  absent  already  on  that  account,  and  by  whose  per- 
mission. 

ARTICLE  XXII. 

FURLOUGHS   TO    ENLISTED    MEN. 

1S2..  .Furloughs  will  be  granted  oiily  by  the  coumianding 
officer  of  the  post,  or  the  commanding  oiUcer  of  the  regiment 
actually  quartered  with  it.  Furloughs  may  be  prohibited  at 
the  discretion  of  the  officer  in  command. 

183..  .Soldiers  on  furlough  shall  not  take  with  them  their 
arms  or  accoutrements. 

lS4..-Forni  of  furlough  : 

To  ALL  WHOM  IT  MAY  CONCEKN. 

The  bearer  hereof, ,  a  Sergeant  (corporal,  or  private,  as  the  case  may  be) 

of  Captain company  —  regiment  of ,  aged  —  years,  —  feet,  — 

inches  high, complexion, eyes, hair,  and  by  profession  a • 

born  in  th'' of  .    and  enlisted  at  ,  in  the of  .  on 

C 


18 


,tLe  —  day  of ,  eighteen  hundred  and ,  to  serve  for  the  period  of  ■ 

is  hereby  permitted  to  go  to ,  in  the  county  of ,  State  of  - 


he  having  received  a  Furlough  from  the  —  day  of ,  to  the  —  day  of ,. 

at  which  period  he  will  rejoin  his  company  or  regiment  at ,  or  wherever 

it  then  may  be,  or  be  considered  a  deserter, 

Subsistence  has  been  furnished  to  said ,  to  the  —  day  of ,  and  pay  to 

the  —  day  of ,  both  inclusive. 

Given  under  my  hand,  at ,  this  — day  cf ,  18 — . 

■    Signature  of  the  officer  ?  

giving  the  furlough.  ^ 

ARTICLE  XXIII. 

COUNCILS    OF   ADMINISTEATION, 

185... The  commanding  officer  of  every  post  shall,  at  least 
once  in  every  two  months,  convene  a  Post  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, to  consist  of  the  three  regimental  or  company  officers 
next  in  rank  to  himself;  or,  if  there  be  but  two,  then  the  two 
next ;  if  but  one,  the  one  next ;  and  if  there  be  none  other 
than  himself,  then  he  himself  shall  act. 

186. .  .The  junior  member  will  record  the  proceedings  of  the  ■ 
Council  in  a  book,  and  submit  the  same  to  the  commanding 
officer.  If  he  disapprove  the  proceedings,  and  the  Council, 
after  a  reconsideration,  adhere  to  its  decision,  a  copy  of  the 
whole  shall  be  sent  by  the  officer  commanding  to  the  next 
higher  commander,  whose  decision  shall  be  final,  and  entered 
in  the  Council  book,  and  the  whole  be  published  in  orders  for 
the  information  and  government  of  all  concerned, 

187... The  proceedings  of  Councils  of  Administration  shall 
be  signed  by  the  president  and  recorder,  and  the  recorder  of 
each  meeting,  after  entering  the  whole  proceedings,  together 
with  the  final  order  thereon,  shall  deposit  the  book  with  the 
commanding  officer.  In  like  manner,  the  approval  or  objec- 
tions of  the  officer  ord,ering  the  Council  will  be  signed  with  his 
own  hand. 

lSS...The  Post  Council  shall  prescribe  the  quantity  and 
kind  of  clothing,  small  equipments,  and  soldiers'  necessaries, 
groceries,  and  all  articles  which  the  sutlers  may  be  required 
to  keep  on  hand  ^  examine  the  sutler's  books  and  papers,  and 
fix  tlu;  tariff  of  prices  of  the  said  goods  or  coimuodities ;  inspect 
the  sutler's  weights  and  measures ;  fix  the  lamidress'  charges, 
and  make  the  regulations  for  the  post  scho&l. 

189... Pursuant  to  the  30th  Article  of  War,  commanding 
officers  reviewing  the  proceedings  of  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion will  scrutinize  the  tariff  of  prices  proposed  by  them,  and 
take  care  that  the  stores  actually  furnished  by  the  sutler 
correspond  to  the  quality  prescribed. 


19 


PO  ST       V  V  N  1) 


190..  .A  Post  Fund  shall  be  raised  at  eacli  post  by  a  tax  on 
the  sutler,  not  to  exceed  10  cents  a  month  for  every  officer 
and  soldiiM*  of  the  command,  according  to  the  average  in  each 
month  to  be  ascertained  by  the  Council,  and  from  the  saving 
on  the  flour  ration,  ordinaril}^  33  per  cent.,  by  baking  the 
soldiers'  bread  at  a  post  bakery.  Provided,  that  when  want 
of  vegetables  or  other  reasons  make  it  necessary,  the  com- 
manding oflicer  may  onier  the  flour  saved,  or  any  part  of  it, 
issued  to  the  men,  after  paying  expenses  of  baking. 

191.. The  commanding  officer  shall  designate  an  officer  to 
be  post  treasurer,  who  shall  keep  the  account  of  the  fund, 
subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  Council  and  commanding 
officer,  and  disburse  the  fund  on  the  warrants  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  drawn  in  pursuance  of  specific  resolves  of 
the  Council. 

192... The  following  are  the  objects  of  expenditure  of  the 
post  fund :  1st.  expenses  of  the  bake-house ;  2d.  expenses  of 
tlie  soldiers'  children  at  the  post  school. 

193..  .On  the  last  day  of  April,  August,  and  December,  and 
when  relieved  from  the  duty,  the  treasurer  shall  make  out  his 
account  with  the  fund  sijice  his  last  account,  and  submit  it, 
with  his  vouchers,  to  the  Council  of  Administration,  to  be 
examined  by  tliem,  and  recorded  in  the  Council  book,  and 
then  forwarded  by  the  commanding  oflicer  to  Department 
Head-Quarters. 

194... At  each  settlement  of  the  treasurer's  account,  the 
Council  shall  distribute  the  unexpended  balance  of  the  post 
fund  to  the  several  companies  and  other  troops  in  the  ratio 
of  their  average  force  during  the  period. 

195..  -When  a  company  leaves  the  post,  it  shall  then  receive 
its  distributive  share  of  the  accrued  fund. 

196..  .The  regulations  in  regard  to  a  post  fund  will,  as  far 
as  practicable,  be  applied  in  the  field  to  a  regimental  fund,  to 
be  raised,  administered,  expended,  and  distributed  in  like 
manner,  by  the  regimental  commander,  and  a  reghnental 
council. 

COMPANY   FUND. 

197... The  distributions  from  the  post  or  regimental  fund, 
and  the  savings  from  the  company  rations,  constitute  the 
Company  Fund,  to  be  disbursed  by  the  captain  for  the  benefit 
of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  company,  pursuant  to  resolves  oi 


20 

the  Company  Council,  consisiing  of  all  the  conipan)'  ofticers 
present.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  in  the  Council,  the  commander 
of  the  post  shall  decide.  The  Council  shall  be  convened  once 
in  two  months  by  the  captain,  and  whenever  he  may  think 
jiroper. 

19S..  .Their  proceedings  shall  be  recorded  in  a  book,  signed 
by  all  the  Council,  and  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of 
the  commander  of  the  post.  Every  four  months,  and  when- 
ever another  officer  takes  command  of  the  company,  and  when 
the  company  leaves  the  post,  the  account  of  the  company 
fund  shall  be  made  up,  audited  by  the  Council,  recorded  in 
the  Council  book,  and  submitted,  with  a  duplicate,  to  the  post 
commander,  who  shall  examine  it  and  forward  the  duplicate  to 
Department  Head-Quarters. 

199... The  supervision  of  the  company  fund  by  the  post 
commander  herein  directed  shall,  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the, 
command(M'  of  the  regiment. 

ARTICLE  XXIV.—  Omincd 

CHAPLAINS. 


ARTICLE   XXV. 

SUTLERS. 

202... Every  military  post  may  have  one  Sutler,  to  be 
appointt<l  by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  reconnnendation  of 
the  Council  of  Administration,  approved  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

203... A  Sutler  shall  hold  his  office  for  a  term  of  three 
years,  unless  sooner  removed;  but  the  commanding  officer 
may,  for  cause,  suspend  a  Sutler's  privilege  until  a  decision  of 
the  War  Department  is  received  in  the  case. 

204..  .In  case  of  vacancy,  a  temporary  appointment  may  be 
made  by  the  commanding  officer  upon  the  nomination  of  the 
Council  of  Administration. 

"205.. -Troops  in  campaign,  on  detachment,  or  on  distant 
service,  will  be  allowed  Sutlers,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  every 
regiment,  corps,  or  separate  detachment;  to  be  appointed  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  such  regiment,  corps,  or  detach- 
ment upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  general  or  other  officer  in 
command. 

206..  .No  tax  or  burden  in  any  shape,  other  than  the  autho- 


21 

vized  assessment  lor  the  post  i'Luid,  will  be  imposed  on  ilie 
Sutler.  If  iliore  be  a  span^,  Ijuilding,  the  nse  of  it  may  l>e 
allowed  him,  he  being  responsible  that  it  is  kept  in  repair.  It" 
there  be  no  such  building,  he  may  be  allowed  to  erect  one  ; 
but  this  article  gives  the  Sutler  no  claim  to  quarters,  trans- 
portation for  himself  or  goods,  or  to  any  military  allowance 
whatever. 

207..  .The  tarift'  of  prices  fixed  by  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion shall  be  exposed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  Sutler's 
store.  Xo  ditference  of  prices  will  be  allowed  on  casii  or 
credit  sales. 

20S..  .Sutlers  are  not  allowed  to  keep  ardent  spirits  oi*  other 
intoxicating  drinks,  under  penalty  of  losing  their  situations. 

209..  .Sutlers  shall  not  farm  out  or  underlet  the  business  and 
privileges  granted  by  their  appointment. 

ARTICLE   XXVI. 

MILITARY   DISCUSSIONS   AND    PUBLICATIONS. 

210..  .Deliberations  or  discussions  among  any  class  of  mili- 
tary men,  having  the  object  of  conveying  praise,  or  censure, 
or  any  mark  of  approbation  toward  tlieir  superiors  or  others 
in  the  military  service ;  and  all  publications  relative  to  transac- 
tions between  officers  of  a  private  or  personal  nature,  whether 
newspaper,  pamphlet  or  hand-l)ill,  are  strictly  prohibited. 

ARTICLE  XXVII. 

ARRESTS   AND    CONFINEMENTS. 

211.. -None  but  commanding  officers  have  power  to  place 
officers  under  arrest  except  for  offenses  expressly  designated  in 
the  27th  Article  of  War. 

212. ..Officers  are  not  be  put  in  arrest  for  light  ofienses. 
For  these  the  censure  of  the  commanding  officer  will,  in  most 
cases,  answer  the  purpose  of  discipline. 

213... An  officer  in  arrest  may,  at  the  discretion  of  his 
commanding  officer,  have  larger  limits  assigned  him  than  his 
tent  or  (piarters,  on  written  application  to  that  etfect.  Close 
confinement  is  not  to  be  resorted  to  unlsss  under  circumstances 
of  an  aggravated  character. 

214. ..In  ordinary  cases,  and  where  inconvenience  to  the 
service  would  result  from  it,  a  medical  oflicer  will  not  be  ])ut 
in  arrest  until  the  court-martial  for  his  trial  convenes. 

215.-  .The  arrest  of  an  officer,  or  confinement  of  a  soldier, 


22 

will,  as  soon  as  practirablo,  bo  notified  to  his  immediate 
commander. 

210... All  prisoners  under  guard,  without  written  cliarges, 
will  be  released  by  the  officer  of  the  day  at  guard-mounting, 
unless  orders  to  the  contrar}^  be  given  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

2 17... On  a  march,  company  officeis  and  non-commissioned 
officers  in  arrest  will  follow  in  the  rear  of  their  respective 
companies,  unless  otherwise  particularly  ordered. 

2 18.. Field  officers,  commissioned  and  non-commissioned 
staff  officers,  under  the  same  circumstances,  will  follow  in  the 
rear  of  their  respective  regiments. 

219. — An  officer  under  arrest  will  not  wear  a  sword,  or  visit 
Officially  his  commanding  or  other  superior  officer,  unless  sent 
for;  and  in  case  of  business,  he  will  make  known  his  object 
in  writing. 

ARTICLE  XXVIII. 

HOURS    OF   SERVICE   AND    ROLL-CALLS. 

220..  .In  garrison,  reveille  will  be  at  5  o'clock  in  May,  June, 
July,  and  August,  at  6  in  March,  April,  September,  and  Octo- 
ber, and  at  half-past  6  in  November,  December,  January,  and 
February  ;  retreat  at  sunset ;  the  tivop,  surgco?i^s  call,  signals 
for  breakfast  and  dinner  at  the  hours  prescribed  by  the  com- 
manding officer,  according  to  climate  and  season.  In  the  cav- 
alry, stable-calls  immediately  alter  reveille,  and  an  hour  and  a 
half  before  retreat ;  uriter-calh  at  the  houi's  directed  by  the 
commanding  officer. 

221..  -In  camp,  the  commandiiig  officer  prescribes  the  hours 
of  reveille,  reports,  roll-calls,  guard-mounting,  meals,  stable- 
calls,  issues,  fatigues,  &c. 

222...  SIGNALS. 

1.  To  go  for  fuel — poing  stroJtc  and  tcn-stroJcc  roll. 

2.  To  go  for  water — two  strokes  and  a  flam. 

3.  For  fatigue  party — pio7ieer^s  inarch. 

4.  Adjutant's  call — -first  part  of  the  troop. 

5.  First  sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  four  taps. 

6.  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  three  taps. 

7.  Corporal's  call — one  roll  and  two  taps. 

8.  For  the  drummers — the  drummer'' s  caU. 

223..  -The  drummer's  call  shall  be  beat  by  the  drums  of  the 
police  guard  five  minutes  before  the  time  of  beating  the  stated 


23 

calls,  when  the  drummers  will  assemble  before  the  colors  of 
their  respective  regiments,  and  as  soon  as  the  beat  begins  on 
the  right,  it  will  be  immediately  taken  up  along  the  line. 

liOLL-CALLS. 

224... There  shall  be  daily  at  least  three  stated  roll-calls, 
viz  :  at  reveille,  reircat,  and  tattoo.  They  will  be  made  on  the 
company  parades  by  the  first  sergeants,  superintended  hy  a  com- 
missiovcd  officer  of  the  company.  The  captains  will  report  the 
absentees  without  leave  to  the  colonel  or  conmianding  officer. 

225..  .Immediately  aftei' rcrcillc  roll-call  (after  stable-duty  in 
the  cavahy),  the  tents  or  quarters,  and  the  space  around  them, 
will  be  put  in  order  by  the  men  of  the  companies,  superin- 
tended by  the  chiefs  of  squads,  and  the  guard-house  or  guard- 
tent  by  the  guard  or  prisoners. 

226... The  morning  reports  of  companies,  signed  by  the 
Captains  and  First  Sergeants,  will  be  handed  to  the  Adjutant 
before  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  will  be  consolidated 
by  the  Adjutant  within  the  next  hour,  for  the  information  of 
the  Colonel ;  and  if  the  consolidation  is  to  be  sent  to  higher 
authority,  it  will  be  signed  by  the  Colonel  and  the  Adjutant. 

ARTICLE   XXIX. 

HONORS   TO  BE    PAID    BY  THE   TROOPS. 

227..  .The  Prciideut  or  Vice  Frcsidcnt  is  to  be  saluted  with 
the  highest  honors — all  standards  and  colors  dropping,  officers 
and  troops  saluting,  drums  beating  and  trumpets  sounding. 

22S...^  General  commtinding-in-chie/'  is  to  be  received — by 
cavalry,  with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  the  march, 
and  all  the  officers  salutin*g,  standards  dropping ;  by  infantry, 
with  drums  beating  the  march,  colors  dropping,  officers  salu- 
ting, and  arms  presented. 

229..  .A  Major-Gencral  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry,  with 
sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  twice  the  trumpet-flourish, 
and  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  with  three  ruffles,  colors 
dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

230...^  Brigadier-General  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry, 
with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  once  the  trumpet- 
flourish,  and  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  with  two  ruffles, 
colors  dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  amis  presented. 

2Z\...An  Adjutant-General  ov  Impcctor- General,  if  under  the 
rank  of  a  General  officer,  is  to  be  received  at  a  review  or  in- 
spection of  the  troops   under   arms — by  cavalry,  with  sabrcB 


24 

presented,  officers  saluting ;  by  infantry,  officers  saluting  and 
arms  presented.  The  same  honors  to  be  paid  to  any  field-offi- 
cer authorized  to  review  and  inspect  the  troops.  When  the 
inspecting  officer  is  junior  to  the  officer  commanding  the  pa- 
rade, no  compliments  will  be  paid  :  he  will  be  recived  only 
with  swords  drawn  and  arms  shouldered. 

232..  .All  guards  are  to  turn  out  and  present  arms  to  General 
officers  as  often  as  they  pass  them,  except  the  personal  guards 
of  Greneral  officers,  which  turn  out  only  to  the  Generals  whose 
guards  they  are,  and  to  officers  of  superior  rank. 

233..  .To  commanders  of  regiments,  garrison,  or  camp,  their 
own  guard  tin-n  out,  and  present  arms  once  a  day  ;  after  which, 
they  turn  out  with  shouldered  arms. 

234.. .  To  the  members  of  the  Cabinet ;  to  the  Chief  Justice,  the 
President  of  the  Congress  of  the  Co? federate  States  ;  and  to  Gov- 
ernors, ivitJiin  their  respective  States  and.  Tery-itories — the  same 
honors  will  be  paid  as  to  a  General  commanding-in-chief. 

235.. .  Officers  of  a  foreign  service  may  be  complimented  with 
the  honors  due  to  their  rank. 

236, — American  and  Foreign  Envoys  or  Ministers  will  be  re- 
ceived with  the  compliments  due  to  aMajor-General. 

237... The  colors  of  a  regiment  passing  a  guard  are  to  be 
saluted,  the  trumpets  sounding,  and  the  drums  beating  a  march. 

238..  .When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  salute, 
pass  in  the  rear  of  a  guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his  men 
stand  shouldered,  and  not  to  face  his  guard  about,  or  beat  his 
drum. 

239..  .When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  a  salute, 
pass  guards  while  in  the  act  of  relieving,  both  guards  are  to 
salute,  receiving  the  word  of  command  from  the  senior  officer 
of  the  whole. 

240..  .All  guards  are  to  be  under  arms  when  armed  parties 
approach  their  posts ;  and  to  parties  commanded  by  commis- 
sioned officers,  they  are  to  present  their  arms,  drums  beating  a 
march,  and  officers  saluting. 

24]... No  compliments  by  guards  or  sentinels  will  be  paid 
between  retreat  and  leveiUe,  except  as  prescribed  for  grand 
rounds. 

242..  -AH  guards  and  sentinels  are  to  pay  the  same  compli- 
ments to  the  officers  of  the  navy,  marines,  and  militia,  in  the 
service  of  the  Confederate  States,  as  are  directed  to  be  paid  to 
the  officers  of  the  armv,  according  to  their  relative  ranks. 


26 

'243... It  is  equally  the  duty  ui' non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  at  all  times  and  m  all  situations,  to  pay  the  proper 
compliments  to  officers  of  the  navy  and  marines,  and  to  officers 
of  other  regiments,  when  in  uniform,  as  to  officers  of  their  own 
particular  regiments  and  corps. 

244..  .(Jourtesy  among  military  men  is  indispensable  to  dis- 
cipline. Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be  confined  to  obedience 
on  duty,  but  will  b«^  extended  to  all  occasions.  It  is  always 
tlie  duty  of  the  inferior  to  accost  or  to  offer  first  the 
customary  salutation,  and  of  the  superior  to  return  such  com- 
plimentar}'  notice. 

245..  .Sergeants,  with  swords  drawn,  will  salute  by  bringing 
them  to  a  present — with  muskets,  by  bringing  the  left  hand 
across  the  body,  so  as  to  strike  the  musket  near  the  right 
shoulder.  Corporals  out  of  the  ranks,  and  privates  not  sentries, 
will  carry  their  muskets  at  a  shoulder  as  sergeants,  and  salute 
in  like  manner. 

246..  .When  a  soldier  without  arms,  or  with  side-arms  only, 
meets  an  officer,  he  is  to  raise  his  hand  to  the  right  side  of  the 
visor  of  his  cap,  palm  to  the  front,  elbow  raised  as  high  as  the 
shoulder,  looking  at  the  same  time  in  a  respectful  and  soldier- 
like manner  at  the  officer,  who  will  return  the  compliment 
thus  offered. 

247... A  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  being  seated, 
and  without  particular  occupation,  will  rise  on  the  approach  of 
an  officer,  and  make  the  customary  salutation.  If  standina;,  he 
will  turn  toward  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If  the  par- 
ties remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground,  such 
compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

SALUTES. 

24S...The  national  salute  is  detcnnined  by  the  number  of 
States  composing  the  Confederacy,  at  the  rate  of  one  gun  for 
each  State. 

249... The  FrcsiJc/U  of  the  Confederate  Sttitvs  alone  is  to  re- 
ceive a  salute  of  twenty-one  guns. 

250... The  Vicc-Prcsichut  is  to  receive  a  salute  of  seventeen 
guns. 

251... The  Heads  nf  the  great  Exea/tive  Departments  of  the 
National  Government;  the  (hneral  commanding  the  army  ;  the 
Governors  of  States  ami  Territories,  wilhin  llieir  respective  ju- 
risdictions, fifteen  guns. 

252... A  Major-Gen* rat,  thirteen  Jiiins. 


2e 

'26-3..  -A  Brlgaditr-Gencral,  eleven  guns. 

2^4,..  .Foreign  ships  of  war  viiW  be  saluted  in  return  for  a 
similar  compliment,  gun  for  gun,  on  notice  being  oflfieially  re- 
ceived of  such  intention.  If  there  be  several  posts  in  sight  of, 
or  within  six  miles  of  each  other,  the  principal  only  shall  recip- 
rocate compliments  with  ships  passing. 

255.  - .  Officers  of  the  Navy  will  be  saluted  according  to  rela- 
tive rank. 

256..  .Foreign  Office? s-  invited  to  visit  a  fort  or  post  may  be 
saluted  according  to  their  relative  rank. 

251 . .  .Envoijs  and  Ministers  of  the  Confederate  States  and 
foreign  powers  are  to  be  saluted  with  thirteen  guns. 

258..  .A  General  officer  will  be  saluted  but  once  in  a  year 
at  each  post,  and  only  when  notice  of  his  intention  to  visit  the 
post  has  been  given. 

259..  .Salutes  to  individuals  are  to  be  fired  on  their  arrival 

only. 

260...  Omitled. 

ESCORTS   OF   HONOE. 

26].. -Escorts  of  honor  may  be  composed  of  cavalry  or  in- 
fantry, or  both,  according  to  circumstances.  They  are  guards 
of  honor  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  escorting  personages, 
of  high  rank,  civil  or  military.  The  troops  for  this  purpose 
will  be  selected  for  their  soldierly  appearance  and  superior 
discipline. 

262..  .The  escort  will  be  drawn  up  in  line,  the  centre  oppo- 
site to  the  place  where  the  personage  presents  himself,  with  an 
interval  between  the  wings  to  receive  him  and  his  retinue.  On 
his  appearance,  he  will  be  received  with  the  honors  due  to  his 
rank.  When  he  has  taken  his  place  in  the  line,  the  whole  will 
be  wheeled  into  platoons  or  companies,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
take  up  the  march.  The  same  ceremony  will  be  observed, 
and  the  same  honors  paid,  on  his  leaving  the  escort. 

263..  .When  the  ptDsition  of  the  escort  is  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  point  where  he  is  expected  to  be  received,  as, 
for  instance,  where  a  court-yard  or  wharf  intervenes,  a  double 
line  of  sentinels  will  be  posted  from  that  point  to  the  escort,, 
■facing  inward,  and  the  sentinels  will  successively  salute  as  he 
passes. 

264... An  officer  will  be  appointed  to  attend  him,  to  bear 
^uch  communications  as  he  may  have  to  make  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  efscort. 


27 

FUNER\L  HONORS. 

265... On  the  receipt  of  official  intelligence  of  the  death  of 
the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  at  any  post  or  camp,  the 
commanding  officer  shall,  on  the  following  day,  cause  a  gun  to 
he  tired  at  every  half  hour,  beginning  at  sunrise,  and  ending  at 
sunset.  When  posts  are  contiguous,  the  firing  will  take  place 
at  the  post  only  commanded  by  the  superior  officer. 

266..  .On  the  day  of  interment  of  a  General  commanding- ui- 
chi(f,  a  gun  will  be  fired  at  every  half-liour,  until  the  proces- 
sion moves,  beginning  at  sunrise. 

267... The  funeral  escort  of  a  General  conimanding-in-chiej 
shall  consist  of  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squadron  of  cavahy* 
and  six  pieces  of  artillery. 

268.,. That  of  a  Major- General,  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a 
squadron  ol'  cavalry,  and  four  pieces  ol"  artillery. 

2(50. .  .That  of  a  Brigadier- General,  a  regiment  of  infantry, 
one  company  of  cavalry,  and  two  pieces  of  artillery. 

270..  .That  of  a  Colonel,  a  regiment. 

271... That  of  a  Lieutenant- Colonel,  six  companies. 

272..  .That  of  a  Major,  four  companies. 

273..  .That  of  a  Captain,  one  company. 

274..  .That  of  a  Subaltern,  half  a  company. 

275..  .The  funeral  escort  shall  always  be  commandeil  by  an 
officer  of  the  same  i-ank  with  the  deceased ;  or,  if  none  such 
be  present,  by  one  of  the  next  inferior  grade. 

276..  .The  funeral  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  staff  offl^cer 
shall  consist  of  sixteen  rank  and  file,  commanded  by  a  sergeant. 

277...  That  of  a  Sergeant,  of  foiu'teen  rank  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Sergeant. 

278..  .That  of  a  Corporal,  of  twelve  rank  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Corporal  ;  and, 

279..  .That  of  a  private,  of  eight  rank  and  file,  commanded 
by  a  Corporal. 

280..  .The  escort  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks,  opposite  to 
the  quarters  or  tent  of  the  deceased,  with  shouldered  arms  and 
bayonets  unfixed  ;  the  artillery  and  cavalry  on  the  right  of  the 
infantry. 

281... On  the  appearance  of  the  corpse,  the  officer  com- 
manding the  escort  will  command, 

Present — Arms! 
when  the  jionors  due  to  the  deceased  will  be  paid  by  the  drums 


$6 

and  trumpets.  The  music  will  then  play  an  appropriate  air, 
and  the  coffin  will  then  be  taken  to  the  right,  where  it  will  be 
Jhalted.     The  commander  will  next  order, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!  2.  By  compauij  {or  ijlatoon),  left  wheel. 
3.  March.  4.  Reverse — Arms  !  5.  Column,  forward.  6. 
Guide  right.     7.  March. 

The  arms  will  be  reversed  at  the  order  by  bringing  the  fire- 
lock under  the  left  ami,  butt  to  the  front,  barrel  downward, 
left  baud  sustaining  the  lock,  the  right  steadying  the  firelock 
behind  the  back;  swords  are  reversed  in  a  similar  manner  under 
the  risfht  arm. 

282..  .The  column  will  be  marched  in  slow  time  to  solemn 
music,  and,  on  reaching  the  grave,  will  take  a  direction  so  as 
that  the  sruides  shall  be  next  to  the  arrave.  When  the  centre 
of  the  column  is  opposite  the  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  Cohimn.     2.  Halt  !     ^.  Right  huo  Vme,  wheel.     4.  March  ! 

The  coffin  is  then  brought  along  the  front,  to  the  opposite  side 
of  the  grave,  and  the  commander  then  orders, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms  !     2.  .Present — Arms! 

And  when  tlie  coffin  reaches  the  grave,  he  adds, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!     2.  Rest  on — Arms! 

The  rest  on  arms  is  done  by  placing  the  muzzle  on  the  left 
foot,  both  hands  on  the  butt,  the  head  on  the  hands  or  bowed, 
right  knee  bent. 

283..  .After  the  funeral  service  is  performed,  and  the  coffin 
is  lowered  into  the  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  Attention  !    2.  Shoulder — Arms  !    3.  Load  at  will.    4.  Load  ! 

When  three  rounds  of  small  arms  will  be  fired  by  the  escort, 
taking  care  to  elevate  the  pieces. 

284..  .This  being  done,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.   By  comiiany  [or  platoon),  right  wheel.     2.  March  !   '^.Column, 
forward.     4.  Guide  left.     5.  Quick — March  ! 

The  music  will  not  begin  to  play  until  the  escort  is  clear  of 
the  inclosure. 

285..  .When  the  distance  to  the  place  of  interment  is  con- 
siderable, the  escort  may  march  in  common  time  and  in  column 
of  route,  after  leaving  the  camp  or  garrison,  and  till  it  ap- 
proaches the  burial  ground. 


29 

28G..  .Tlie  pall-bearei*s,  six  in  number,  will  be  selected  from 
the  grade  of  tlie  deceased,  or  IVoui  the  grade  or  grades  next 
above  or  below  it. 

287. ..At  the  fnn(M'al  of  an  ofticer,  as  many  in  oommission  of 
the  army,  division,  brigade,  or  regiment,  according  to  the  rank 
of  the  deceased,  as  can  conveniently  be  spared  from  other  duties, 
will  join  in  procession,  in  uniform  and  with  side  arms.  The 
funeral  of  a  non-commissioned  olhcer  or  private  will  be  attend- 
ed, in  like  manner,  l.»y  the  non-conmiissioned  ofticers  or  prJN'ates 
of  the  regiment  or  company,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  de- 
ceased, with  side-anns  only. 

288.- .Persons  joining  in  the  procession  follow  the  cofTiii  in 
the  inverse  order  of  their  rank. 

289... The  usual  badge  of  military  mourning  is  a  piece  ol" 
black  crape  around  the  left  arm,  above  the  elbow,  and  also 
upon  the  sword  hilt;  and  will  be  worn  when  in  full  or  in 
undress. 

290..  .As  family  mourning,  crape  will  be  worn  by  officers 
(when  in  uniform)  only  around  the  left  arm. 

291..  .The  drums  of  a  funeral  escort  will  be  covered  with 
black  crape,  or  thin  black  serge. 

292..  .Funeral  honors  will  be  paid  to  deceased  officin-s  with- 
out military  rank  according  lo  their  assimilated  grades. 

ARTICLE    XXX. 

IXSrECTIONS    OF   THE    TliOOl'S. 

293. ..The  inspection  of  troops,  as  a  division,  regiment,  or 
other  body  composing  a  garrison  or  connnand,  not  less  than  a 
company,  will  generally  be  preceded  by  a  review. 

294..  .There  will  be  certain  periodical  inspections,  to  wit: 

1.  The  conniianders  of  regiments  and  posts  will  make  an  in- 

spection of  their  connnands  on  the  last  day  of  ever)'^  month. 

2.  Captains  will  inspect  their  companies  every  Sunday  morn- 
ing. No  s(>ldier  will  he  excused  from  Sunday  ins^iection 
except  the  guard,  the  sick,  and  the  necessary  attendants  in 
the  hospital. 

8.  Medical  officers  having  charge  of  hospitals  will  also  make  a 

thorough  inspection  of  them  every  Sunday  morning. 
4.  Inspection  wjien  troops  are  mustered  tor  payment. 

295..  .Besides  these  inspections,  frequent  visits  will  be  made 
by  the    connnanding  officer,   company   and  medical    officers, 


30 

Ouriiig  the  month,  to  the  men's  quarters,  the  hospital  guard- 
house, &c. 

FORM    OF    INSPECTION. 

296..  .The  present  example  embraces  a  battalion  of  infantry. 
The  inspecting  officer  and  the  field  and  staff  officers  will  be  on 
foot. 

297..  .The  battalion  being  in  the  order  of  battle,  the  Colonel 
will  cause  it  to  break  into  open  column  of  companies,  right  in 
front.  He  will  next  order  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  when  the 
color-rank  and  color -guard,  under  the  direction  of  the  Adju- 
tant, will  take  post  ten  paces  in  front,  and  the  band  ten  paces 
in  rear  of  the  column. 

298..  .The  Colonel,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 

1.  Officers  and  Sergeants,  to  tlie  front  of  your  companies.  2.  March. 

The  officers  will  form  themselves  in  one  rank,  eight  paces,  and 
the  non-commissioned  officers  in  one  rank,  six  paces,  in  advance, 
along  the  whole  fronts  of  their  respective  companies,  from  right 
to  left,  in  the  order  of  seniority;  the  pioneers  and  music  of 
each  company,  in  one  rank,  two  paces  behind  tlie  non-commis- 
sioned officers. 

299..  .The  Colonel  will  next  command. 

Field  and  staff  to  the  front — March  ! 

The  commissioned  officers  thus  designated  will  form  themselves 
in  one  rank,  on  a  line  equal  to  the  front  of  the  column,  six 
paces  in  front  of  the  colors,  from  right  to  left,  in  the  order  of 
seniority ;  and  the  non-commissioned  staff,  in  a  similar  manner, 
two  paces  in  rear  of  the  preceding  rank.  The  Colonel,  seeing 
the  movement  executed,  will  take  post  on  the  right  of  the 
Lieutenant-Colonel,  and  wait  the  approach  of  the  inspecting 
officer.  -But  such  of  the  field  officers  as  may  be  superior  in  rank 
to  the  Inspector  will  not  take  post  in  fiont  of  the  battalion. 

300,.  .The  Inspector  will  commence  in  front.  After  inspect- 
ing the  dress  and  general  appearance  of  the  field  and  commis- 
sioned staff  under  arms,  the  Inspector,  accompanied  by  these 
officers,  will  pass  down  the  open  column,  looking  at  every  rank 
in  front  and  rear. 

301... The  Colonel  will  now  command, 

1.   Order  arms.     2.  Rest  ! 
When  the  inspector  will  proceed  to  make  a  minute  inspection 


•  31 

of  tlie  several  lauks  or  divisions,  in  succession,  commencing 
in  front. 

S02.  As  tlie  Inspector  approaches  the  non-connnissioned  stafl', 
color-rank,  the  color-guard,  and  the  band,  the  Adjutant  will 
give  the  necessary  orders  for  the  inspection  of  arms,  boxes,  and 
knapsacks.  The  colors  will  be  planted  firai  in  the  ground,  to 
enable  the  color-bearers  to  display  the  contents  of  their  knap- 
sacks. The  non-commissioned  staff*  may  be  dismissed  as  soon 
as  inspected  ;  but  the  color-rank  and  color-guard  will  remain 
until  the  coloi's  are  to  be  escorted  to  the  place  from  which  they 
were  taken. 

303. . .  As  the  Inspector  successively  approaches  the  com- 
panies, the  Captains  will  command, 

1.  Attention.     2.   Coinjuinrj.     3.  Insjfcction — Arms  ! 

The  inspecting  officer  will  then  go  through  the  whole  company, 
and  minutely  inspect  the  arms,  accoutrements,  and  dress  of 
each  soldier.     After  this  is  done,  the  Captain  will  connnand, 

Open — Boxes. 
When  the  amnmnition  and  the  boxes  will  be  examined. 
304... The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms  !  G.    Tn  the  rear,  open  order. 

2.  Close  order.  7.  Makc'U  ! 

3.  March!  8.  Front  rank — About — Face! 

4.  Order — Arms  !  9.   Unsling — knupsacks. 

5.  Stack — Arms  !  10.   Open — knapsacks. 

30-5.. -The  Sergeants  will  face  inward  at  the  2d  command, 
and  close  upon  the  centre  at  the  3d,  and  stack  their  arms  at 
tlie  5th  command ;  at  the  6th  connnand  they  face  out- 
ward, and  resume  their  positions  at  the  7th.  When  the  ranks 
are  closed,  ]i:reparatory  to  take  arms,  the  Sergeants  will  also 
close  ujion  the  centre,  and  at  the  word,  take  their  arms  and 
resume  their  places. 

300..  .The  knapsacks  will  be  [)laced  at  the  feet  of  the  men, 
the  flaps  from  them,  with  the  great-coats  on  the  flaps,  and  the 
knapsacks  leaning  on  the  great-coats.  In  this  position  the 
Inspector  will  examine  their  contents,  or  so  many  of  them  as 
he  may  think  necessary,  conmiencing  with  the  non-con.mis- 
sioned  officers,  the  men  standing  at  attention. 

307..  .When  the  Inspector  has  passed  through  the  company, 
the  Captain  will  command. 

Repack — Knapsacks ; 


33 

when  each  soldier  will  repack  and  buckle  up  liis  knapsack,- 
leaving  it  on  the  ground,  the  number  upward,  turned  from 
him,  and  then  stand  at  rest. 

30S..  .The  Captain  will  then  command, 

1.  Attention.     2.  Comi)any.     3.  SI'tvg — Knapsacks. 

Ai  the  word  sling,  each  soldier  will  take  his  knapsack,  holding 
it  by  the  inner  straps,  and  stand  erect ;  at  the  last  word  he 
will  replace  it  on  his  back.     The  Captain  will  continue, 

4.  Front  rank — About — Face  !     8.  Shoulder — Arms  ! 

5.  Close  order.  9.  Officers  and  Sergeants,  to 
G.  Makch  !  your  posts. 

7.  Take— Amisl  10.  March! 

and  will  cause  the  company  to  file  off  to  their  tents  or  quarters, 
except  the  company  that  is  to  re-escort  the  colors,  which  will 
await  the  further  orders  of  the  Colonel. 

309... In  an  extensive  column,  some  of  the  rearmost  com- 
panies ma}^  after  the  inspection  of  dress  and  general  appearance, 
be  permitted  to  stack  arms  until  just  before  the  Inspector 
approaches  them,  when  they  will  be  directed  to  take  arms  and 
resume  their  position. 

3 10... The  inspection  of  the  troops  being  ended,  the  field 
and  staff  will  next  accompany  the  Inspector  to  the  hospital, 
magazine,  arsenal,  quarters,  sutler's  shop,  guard-house,  and 
sucTi  other  places  as  he  may  think  proper  to  inspect.  The 
Captains  and  subalterns  repair  to  their  companies  and  sections 
to  await  the  Inspector. 

311..  .The  hospital  being  at  all  times  an  object  of  particular 
interest,  it  will  be  critically  and  minutely  inspected. 

312..  .The  men  will  be  formed  in  the  company  quarters  in 
front  of  their  respective  bunks,  and  on  the  entrance  of  the 
Inspector  the  word  Attention!  will  be  given  by  the  senior  non- 
commissioned oflicer  present,  when  the  whole  will  salute  with 
the  hand,  without  uncovering. 

313..  .The  Inspector,  attended  by  the  company  officers,  will 
examine  the  general  arrangement  of  the  interior  of  the  quarters, 
the  bunks,  bedding,  cooking,  and  table  utensils,  and  such 
other  objects  as  may  present  themselves;  and  afterwards  the 
exterior. 

314..  -The  Adjutant  shall  exhibit  to  the  Inspector  the  regi- 
mental books  and  papers,  including  those  relating  to  the 
transactions  of  the  Council  of  Administration,     The  company 


lid 

books  and  papers  will  also  be  exhibited,  the  whole  together, 
generally  at  the  Adjutant's  office,  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
officers  not  otherwise  particidarly  engaged. 

315..  .The  Inspector  will  examine  cntically  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  administrative  and  disbursing  officers  of  the 
command,  and  the  money  and  property  in  their  keeping. 

3 16... The  inspection  of  cavalry  and  artillery  wdl  conform 
to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  regard 
beincf  had  to  the  svstem  of  instruction  for  those  arms  of  service 
respectively. 

ARTICLE  XXXI. 

MUSTERS. 

317... The  musters  will  be  made  by  an  Inspector-General, 
if  pi-esent,  otherwise  by  an  officer  specially  designated  by  the 
Conmiander  of  tije  Army,  Division,  or  Department;  and  in 
absence  of  either  an  Inspector-General  or  officer  specially 
designated,  the  muster  will  be  made  by  the  commander  of  the 
post. 

318... When  one  inspecting  officer  can  not  nuister  all  the 
troops  himself  on  the  day  specified,  the  commanding  officer 
will  designate  such  other  competent  officers  as  may  be  neces- 
sary, to  assist  him. 

319... All  stated  musters  of  the  troops  shall  be  preceded 
by  a  minute  and  careful  inspection  in  the  prescril)ed  mode;  and 
if  the  command  be  more  than  a  company,  by  a  review,  before 
inspection. 

320..  .The  mustering  officer  having  inspected  the  companies 
in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right,  returns  to  the  first  com- 
pany to  muster  it.  The  company  being  at  ordered  arms,  with 
open  ranks,  as  when  inspected,  the  Captain  will,  as  the 
mustering  officer  approaches,  connnand, 

1.  Attention.     2.   Company!     3.   Shoulder — Arms! 
4.  Support — Arms  ! 

The  mustering  officer  will  then  call  over  the  names  on  the  roll, 
and  each  man,  as  his  name  is  called,  will  distinctly  answer. 
Here!  and  bring  his  piece  to  a  carrij  and  to  an  order. 

32 J... After  each  company  is  mustered,  the  Captain  will 
order  it  to  be  marched  to  the  company  parade,  and  there 
dismissed  to  quarters  to  await  the  Inspector's  visit. 

322..  .After  mustering  the  companies,  the  musteiiug  officer, 


:i4 

attended  l)y  the  company  coiimiauders,  will  visit  the  guard  and 
hospital,  to  verify  the  presence  of  the  men  reported  there. 

32o..  .The  muster  and  pay  rolls  will  be  made  on  the  printed 
forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-Greneral's  office,  and  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  given  on  them.  On  the  muster-rolls 
companies  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the  Captain,  whethey 
present  or  absent.  The  pa3^-roll  is  left  blank,  to  be  filled  by 
the  Paymaster. 

824..  -One  copy  of  each  muster-roll  will  be  transmitted  by 
the  mustering  officer  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office  in  the 
"War  Department  within  three  days  after  the  muster. 

ARTICLE   XXXII. 

F  O  R  M  S      O  F     P  A  E  A  D  E  . 

325..  -On  all  parades  of  ceremony,  such  as  Reviews,  Guard- 
mounting,  at  Troop  or  Retreat  parades,  instead  of  the  word 
"ifef,"  which  allows  the  men  to  move  or  change  the  position 
of  their  bodies,  the  command  will  be  "Parade — Rest!" 
At  the  last  word  of  this  command,  the  soldier  will  carry  the 
right  foot  six  inches  in  the  rear  of  the  left  heel,  the  left  knee 
slightly  bent,  the  body  upright  upon  the  right  leg;  the  mnsket 
resting  against  the  hollow  of  the  right  shoulder,  the  hands 
crossed  in  front,  the  jiacks  of  them  outward,  and  the  left  hand 
uppermost.  At  the  vrord  "Attention!"  the  soldier  will 
resume  the  correct  position  at  ordered  arms.  In  the  positions 
here  indicated,  the  soldier  will  remain  silent  and  motionless ;. 
and  it  is  particularly  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  cause  the 
commands  above  given,  on  the  part  of  the  soldier,  to  be  exe- 
cuted with  great  briskness  and  spirit. 

320..  .Officers  on  all  duties  under  arms  are  to  have  their 
swords  drawn,  vvithout  waiting  for  any  words  of  command  for 
that  purpo;?e. 

I.    DRESS    PARADE. 

327... There  shall  be  daily  one  dress  parade,  at  trooij  or 
retreat,  as  tlie  commanding  officer  may  direct. 

32S,.  .A  signal  willbe  beat  or  sounded  half  an  hour  before 
troop  or  retreat,  for  the  music  to  assemble  on  tiie  regimental 
parade,  and  each  company  to  turn  out  under  arms  on  its  own 
parade,  for  roU-call  and  inspection  by  its  own  officers. 

329..  .Ten  minutes  after  that  signal,  the  Adjutaufs  call  will 
]->e  given,  when  the  Captains  will  march  tlieir  companies  (the 
band  plaj-ing)  ta  the  regimental  parade,  where  they  take  theiv; 


positions  in  the  ordor  of  battle..  When  the  line  is  lofnioil,  the 
Oiiptainot  the  lirst  company,  on  notice  from  the  Adjutant,  steps 
one  pace  to  the  front,  and  gives  to  his  company  the  command, 
"■^ Order — Akmk!  Pauapk — Kest!"  which  is  repeated  by  each 
Captain  in  succession  to  the  lelt.  The  Adjutant  takes  post 
tvVo  paces  on  the  riglit  of  the  line ;  the  Sergeant-major  two 
paces  on  the  left.  The  nnisic  will  l.)e  formed  in  two  ranks  on 
the  right  of  the  Adjutant.  The  senior  olHcer  present  will  tak(^ 
the  connhund  of  the  parade,  and  will  take  post  at  a  suitable 
distance  in  front,  opposite  the  centre,  facing  the  line. 

o3()..  .When  the  companies  have  ordercci  arms,  the  Adjutant 
will  order  the  nuisic  to  Imtt  off,  when  it  will  commence  on  the 
right,  l)eat  in  front  of  th(»  line  to  the  left,  and  back  to  its  place 
on  the  right. 

:>:}1...Whcn  the  music  has  ceased,  the  Adjutant  will  stej) 
two  paces  to  the  front,  lace  to  the  left,  and  connnand, 

1.  AUciU'ion!     2.  Bat/aUon.     3.   ShoidJcr — Au.Ms!      4.  Prepare 
lo  (qK/i  rail  Is!     5.    To  tlic  rear,  02>eu  order!     G.  Makcii. 

At  the  sixth  command,  the  ranks  will  be  opened  according- to 
the  system  laid  down  in  the  lufantr}'  Tactics,  the  connnissiomed 
officers  marching  to  the  front,  the  compan}-  ollicers  four  paces, 
field  olhcers  six  paces,  opposite  to  their  positions  in  the  Order 
of  battle,  where  the}'  will  halt  and  dress.  The  Adjutant,  seeing 
ilie  I'anks  aligned,  will  command, 

and  march  along  the  front  to  the  centre,  face  to  the  right,  and 
pass  the  line  of  company  ollicers  eight  or  ten  [)aces,  where  he 
will  {■()]]'.{)  to  the  )"ight  about,  and  command. 

Present — Ak:\[.s! 

when  arms  will  be  presented,  officers  saluting. 

.'5:^2..  .Seeing  this  e.vecuted,  he  will  face  about  to  tlu; 
commanding  officer,  salute,  and  report,  "  Sir,  the  parade  is 
Jonnedy  The  Adjutant  will  then,  oil  uitiniation  to  ihat  effect, 
take 'his  statiqu  three  paces  on'  the  left  of  the  cominandin|i' 
officer,  one  pace  retired,  passing  round  his  rear. 

333... The  commanding-  officer,  having  Acknowledged  tlu^ 
>'ahtte  of  the  line  by  touching  his  hat,  will,  after  thp  AdjutajiT 
lias  taken  his  post,  draw  ids  sword,  and  command, 

1.    BdUalion.      1.    Slunddrr — ArMs! 


3G 

and  add  such  exercises  as  he  may  thinlL  proper,  concluding  with 

Order — Aiais! 

then  return  his  sword,  and  direct  the  Adjutant  to  receive  the 
reports. 

334... The  Adjutant  will  now  pass  round  the  right  of  tlie 
connnanding  officer,  advance  upon  the  line,  halt  midway  be- 
tween him  and  the  line  of  company  officers,  and  command, 

1.  First  Sergeants,  to  the  front  and  centre.     2.  March! 

At  the  first  command,  they  will  s/iouldcr  arms  as  Sergeants, 
march  two  paces  to  the  front,  and  face  inward.  At  the  second 
command,  they  will  march  to  the  centre,  and  halt.  The  Adju- 
tant will  then  order, 

1.  Front — Face.     2.  Report. 
At  the  last  word,  each  in   succession,  beginning  on  the  right, 
will  salute  by  bringing  the  left  hand  smartly  across  the  breast 
to  the  right  shoulder,  and  report  the  result  of  the  roll-call  pre- 
viously made  on  the  company  jiarade. 

335... The  Adjutant  again  commands, 
1.  First  Sergeants,  outward — Face  !     2.  To  your  posts — March  ! 

when  they  will  resume  their  places,  and  order  arms.  The  Ad- 
jutant will  now  face  to  the  commanding  officer,  salute,  report 
absent  officers,  and  give  the  result  of  the  First  Sergeants'  re- 
ports. The  commanding  officer  will  next  direct  the  orders  to 
be  read,  when  the  Adjutant  will  face  about,  and  announce, 

^  Attention  to  Orders. 

He  will  then  read  the  orders. 

336... The  orders  having  been  read,  the  Adjutant  will  face 
to  the  commanding  officer,  salute,  and  report ;  when,  on  an 
intimation  from  the  commander,  he  will  face  again  to  the  line, 
and  announce, 

Parade  is  dismissed. 

All  the  officers  will  now  return  their  swords,  fiice  inward,  and 
close  on  the  Adjutant,  he  having  taken  position  in  their  line, 
the  field  officers  on  the  flanks.     The  Adjutant  commands, 

1.  Fro7it — Face!     2.  Forward — March! 

when  they  will  march  forward,  dressing  on  the  centre,  the 
music  playing ;  and  when  within  six  paces  of  the  commander, 
the  Adjutant  will  give  the  word. 

Halt! 


The  officers  will  then  salute  the  conimanding  officer  by  nusir.i]^ 
the  hand  to  the  cap,  and  there  remain  until  lie  shall  have  coui- 
niunicated  to  them  such  instructions  as  he  may  have  to  give,  or 
intimates  that  the  ceremony  is  finished.  As  the  officers  dis- 
perse, the  First  Sergeants  will  close  the  raidvs  of  their  resj)(>c- 
tive  companies,  and  march  them  to  the  conipany  parades, 
where  they  will  be  dismissed,  the  band  continuing  to  play  until 
the  companies  ch^ar  the  regimental  parade. 

337..  .All  field  and  company  officers  and  men  will  be  present 
at  dress  parades,  unless  especially  excused,  or  on  some  duty 
incompatible  with  such  attendance. 

33S..  .A  dress  parade  once  a  day  will  not  be  dispensed  willi, 
except  on  extraordinary  and  urgent  occasions. 

II.       KKVIEW    OF    A    BATTALION    OF    IXFAXrKV. 

339..  .Preparatory  to  a  review,  the  Adjutant  will  cause  a 
camp-color  to  be  placed  SO  or  100  paces,  or  more,  according 
to  the  length  of  the  line,  in  front  of,  and  opposite  to,  when^ 
the  centre  of  the  battalion  will  rest,  where  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer is  supposed  to  take  his  station  ;  and,  altliough  he  may 
choose  to  quit  that  position,  still  the  color  is  to  be  consider(>d 
as  the  point  to  which  all  the  movements  and  formations  are 
relative. 

340..  .The  Adjutant  will  also  cause  points  to  be  marked,  at 
suitable  distances,  for  the  wheelings  of  the  divisions ;  so  that 
their  right  flanks,  in  marching  past,  shall  only  be  about  four 
paces  from  the  camp-color,  where  it  is  supposed  the  reviewing 
officer  places  himself  to  receive  the  .salute. 

341..  .The  battalion  being  formed  in  the  order  ol'  battle,  at 
sfinvMard  arri's,  the  colonel  will  command. 

].    Battal ion  1  prepare  for  rev i civ  !     2.    To  the  rear,  >>i)(n  order. 
3.  Mauch  ! 

At  the  word  ]\[.M{rii,  the  field  and  ^ti\iX  officers  dismovmt  ;  tin' 
company  officers  and  the  color-rank  advance  foiu-  paces  in  front 
fif  the  front  rank,  and  place  themselves  op|)osite  to  their  respec- 
tive places,  in  the  order  of  battle.  The  color-guard  replae(»  the 
color-rank.  The  staff'  officers  place  themselves,  according  to 
rank,  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  rank  of  company  officers, 
and  one  pace  from  each  other  ;  the  music  takes  post  as  at  p.'jr- 
ade.  The  non-connnissioned  stafi'take  post  one  pace  from  each 
other,  and  three  ])aces  on  t1ie  right  of  tlu>  front  rank  of  the. 
battalion. 


^]42...When  llio  i-nuks  arc  aliiiiied,  tho  colonel  will  ooni- 
iiinnd, 

Fkoxt! 
and  placn  himself  oiglit  paces,  and  the  Lientenant-Colonel  and 
Major  will  ])lace  thcmHolves  two  paces,  in  front  of  the  rank  of 
company  officers,  and  opposite  to  their  respective  places  in  the 
order  of  battle,  all  facing  to  the  front. 

34o..  .When  the  reviewing  officer  presents  himself  before 
the  centre,  and  is  fifty  or  sixty  paces  distant,  the  Colonel  will 
face  about,  and  command,  \ 

Present — Arms  ! 
and  resume  his  front.  The  men  present  arms,  and  tlie  officers 
salut(S  i^o  «is  to  drop  their  swords  with  the  last  motion  of  tlie 
firelock.  The  iioil-commissioued  staff  sahite  by  bringing  the 
sword  to  a  poixe,  the  hilt  resting  on  tlie  breast,  the  blade  in 
i'roiit  of  the  face,  inclining  a  little  outward.  The  music  will 
pl;!}^  and  all  the  di'ums  beat,  ;!Ccording  to  the  rank  of  the  re- 
viewing officer.  The  colors  only  salute  such  persons  as,  from 
their  ranl^,  and  by  regulation,  (See  Article  XXIX,)  are  entitled 
to  that  honor.  If  the  reviewing  officer  be  junior  in  rank  to 
tli(^  commandant  of  the  parade,  no  compliment  will  be  paid  to 
him,  but  he  will  be  received  with  arms  carried,  and  the  officers 
will  not  salute  as  the  column  passes  in  review. 

3-44..  .The  reviewing  officer  having  halted,  and  acknowledged 
the  salute  of  the  line  by  touching  or  raising  his  cap  or  hat,  the 
Colonel  will  face  about  and  command, 

Si  milder — Aii^is  ! 
when  the  men  shoulder  their  pieces  ;  the  officers  and  non-com- 
missioned staff  recover  their  swords  with  the  last  njotion,  and 
the  Colonel  faces  to  the  front. 

34-3..  .The  reviewing  officer  will  then  go  toward  the  right, 
the  whole  I'cmaining  perfectly  steady,  without  paying  any  fur- 
ther compliment,  while  he  passes  along  the  front  of  the  bat- 
talion, and  })roceeds  round  the  left  flank,  and  along  the  rear  of 
the  lile-closers,  to  the  right.  While  the  reviewing  officer  is 
going  round  the  battalion,  the  baud  will  play,  and  will  cease 
when  he  has  returned  to  the  right  flank  of  the  troops. 

346. .  .When  the  reviewing  officer  turns  off,  to  place  himself 
by  the  camp-color  in  front,  the  Colonel  will  face  to  the  line 
and  command. 

I .   Close  Order.  '  2.  Makcii  1 

At  the  first  command,  the  field  and  company  officers  will 


face  to  ilio  r/g/il-((h(/i!f,iwd  ;it  the  .second  eoniin;iii<l,all  ])ersoiJS, 
except  the  Colonel,  will  n^suiiie  their  places  in  the  order  <ri' 
battle;  the  held  and  .stall'  officers  mount. 

-347.. /rh(^  reviewing  officer  hnviiii;'  taken  his  position  near 
the  camp-color,  the  Colonel  will  conmiand, 
1.  By  comiuinij.,  r'iglit   n-lircl.     2.   Q/iirl- — ]\[ai?('1I  !     •>.  Fdss  lit 

remew.  4.  Column,  j'onrard.  •>.  (iauJr  right.  6.  March  ! 
The  battalion,  in  column  of  companies,  right  hi  trout,  will  then, 
in  conmion  time,  and  at  sJioiildcird  (inns,  be  put  in  motion  ; 
the  Colonel  four  paces  in  front  of  the  Captain  of  the  leading 
company  ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel  on  a  line  with  the  leading 
compaii}';  the  Major  on  a  line  with  the  rear  company;  the 
Adjutant  on  a  line  with  the  second  Company  ;  the  Sergeant- 
Major  on  a  line  with  the  company  next  preceding  the  rear — 
each  sik  paces  from  the  flank  (left)  opposite  to  the  reviewing 
otticer ;  the  staff  officers  in  one  rank,  according  to  the  order  of 
precedency,  from  the  right,  four  paces  in  rear  of  the.  column  ; 
the  music,  preceded  by  the  principal  musician,  six  paces  before 
the  Colonel  ;  the  pioneers,  preceded  b}'  a  Corporal,  four  paces 
before  the  principal  musician;  and  the  Quartermaster-Sergeant 
two  paces  from  the  side  opposite  to  the  guides,  and  in  line 
with  the  pioneers. 

:348. ..  All  other  officers  and  non-conmiissioned  officers  will 
march  past  in  the  places  prescribed  for  them  in  the  inarch  of 
an  open  column.  The  guides  and  .soldiers  will  keep  their  heads 
steady  to  the  front  in  passing  in  review. 

340. ..The  color-bearer  will  remain  in  the  ranks  while  pass- 
ing and  saluting. 

-3-3{)...The  music  will  begin  to  play  at  the  command  to 
march,  and  after  passing  the  reviewing  otTicer,  whetd  to  the 
left  out  of  the  column,  and  take  a  position  opposite  and  facing 
him,  and  will  continue  to  play  until  the  rear  of  the  column 
shall  have  passed  him,  when  it  will  cease,  and  follow  in  the 
rear  of  the  battalion,  unless  the  battalion  is  to  pass  in  </'/'(/< 
time  also,  in  which  case  it  will  keep  its  position. 

•3-51..  -The  officers  will  salute  the  reviewing  ofHcer  when  they 
urrivo  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  recover  their  swords  when 
six  paces  past  Inm.  All  officers,  in  .saluting,  will  cast  their  o}  es 
toward  the  niviewing  ofHcer. 

->-32...The  Colonel,  when  he  has  saluted  at  the  head  of  the. 
battalion,  will  place  himself  near  the  reviewing  officer,  and  will 
remain  there  until  the  rear  has  passed,  when  he  will  rejoin  the 
biVtiahon. 


40 

'363..  .The  colors  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer,  if  entitled 
to  it,  when  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  be  raised  when  they 
l)av(!  passed  by  him  an  equal  distance.  The  drums  will  beat  a 
mai'ch,  or  ruffle,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  revicw^ing  officer, 
at  the  same  time  that  the  colors  salute. 

3o4.. -When  the  colmiiii  has  passed  the  reviewing  officer, 
{,\}c  Colonel  will  direct  it  to  the  ground  it  marched  from,  and 
command. 

Guide,  Ifft, 

in  time  for  the  s^uides  to  cover.  The  column  liavini)^  arrived 
on  its  ground,  the  Colonel  will  command, 

1.   Cvlamn.     2.  Halt! 

form  it  in  order  of  battle,  and  cause  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  as 
in  paragraph  341.  The  review  will  terminate  by  the  whole 
.saluting  as  at  the  beginning. 

355...  If,  however,  instructions  have  been  previously  given 
to  march  the  troops  past  in  quick  time  also,  the  Colonel  will, 
instead  of  changing  the  guides,  halting  the  column,  and  wheel- 
ing it  into  line,  as  above  directed,  give  the  command, 

1.   Qv,icl:  time.     2.  March. 

In  passing  the  reviewing  officer  again,  no  salute  will  be  offered 
by  either  officers  or  men.  The  nmsic  will  have  kept  its  posi- 
tion opposite  the  reviewing  officer,  and  at  the  last  command 
will  commence  playing,  and  as  the  column  approaches,  will 
place  itself  in  front  of,  and  march  off  with  the  column,  and 
continue  to  play  until  tbe  battalion  is  halted  on  its  original 
ground  of  formation.  The  Review  will  terminate  in  the  same 
manner  as  prescribed  above. 

;  r  356..  .The  Colonel  will  afterwards  cause  the  troops  to  j)er- 
form  such  exercises  and  maneuvres  as  the  reviewing  officer  may 
direct. 

357..  .When  tw^o  or  more  battalions  are  to  be  reviewed, 
they  will  be  formed  in  parade  order,  with  the  proper  intervals, 
and  will  also  perform  the  same  movements  that  are  laid  down 
for  a  single  battalion,  observing  the  additional  directions  that 
are  given  for  such  movements  when  applied  to  the  line.  The 
Brigadier-General  and  his  staff,  on  foot,  will  place  themselves 
opi^osite  the  centre  of  the  brigade;  the  Brigadier-Greneral  two 
paces  in  front  of  the  rank  of  Colonels,  his  aid  two  paces  on  his 
right,  and  one  retired ;  and  the  other  brigade  staff'officers,  those 
havinc;  the  rank  of  held    officers,  in   the   rank  of  Lieutenant- 


41 

Colonels  aiicl  Majors ;  and  those  below  that^rank,    in   the  rank 
of  company  officers. 

358. ..In  passing  in  review,  a  Mnjor-General  will  l)e  fonr 
paces  in  front  of  the  Colonel  of  the  leading  l)attalion  of  his 
division;  .and  the  Brigadier-General  will  be  on  the  right  of  the 
Colonels  of  the  leading  battalions  of  their  brigades  ;  staff  of- 
ficers on  the  left  of  their  Generals. 

359..  .AVhen  the  line  exceeds  two  battalions,  the  reviewing: 
officer  may  cause  them  to  march  past  m  quick  time  only.  In 
such  cases  the  mounted  officers  only  will  salute. 

360..  -A  number  of  companies  less  than  a  battalion  will  be 
reviewed  as  a  battalion,  and  a  single  company  as  if  it  were 
with  the  battalion.  In  the  latter  case,  the  company  may 
pass  in  column  of  platoons. 

361..  .If  several  brigades  are  to  be  reviewed  together,  or  in 
one  line,  this  further  difference  will  be  observed:  the  review- 
ing personage,  joined  by  the  General  of  the  division,  on  the; 
right  of  his  division,  will  proceed  down  the  line,  parallel  to  its 
front,  and  when  near  the  Jirigadier-Generals  resj^ectively,  will 
be  saluted  by  their  brigades  in  succession.  The  music  of  each, 
after  the  prescribed  salute,  will  play  while  the  reviewing  pcn-- 
sonage  is  in  front,  or  in  rear  of  it,  and  onl}-  then. 

362. . .  In  marching  in  review,  with  several  battalions  in 
common  time,  the  music  of  each  succeeding  battalion  will 
commence  to  play  when  the  music  of  the  preceding  one  has 
ceased,  in  order  to  follow  its  battalion.  When  marching  in 
(piick  time,  the  music  will  begin  to  play  when  the  rear  com- 
pany of  the  preceding  battalion  has  passed  the  reviewing 
officer. 

363.-  .The  reviewing  officer  or  personage  will  acknowledge 
the  salute  by  raising,  or  taking  oil',  his  cap  or  hat,  when  the 
commander  of  the  troops  salutes  him  ;  and  also  when  the 
colors  pass.  The  remainder  of  the  time  occupied  by  the  pas- 
sage of  the  troops,  he  will  be  covered. 

364..  .The  review  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  be  conducted 
on  similar  principles,  and  according  to  the  systems  of  instruc- 
tion for  those  arms  of  service. 

III.      GUAUD-MOUNTIXG. 

3()5...Canip  and  garrison  guards .  will  be  relieved  everv 
twenty-four  hours.  The  guards  at  outposts  will  ordinarily  be 
relieved    in   the  same  manner;    but  this  must  depend  on  their 

F 


42 

distances  from  camp,  or  other  circiimstauces,  which  may  some- 
tunes  reqiiire  their  continuing  on  duty  several  days.  In  such 
cases,  they  must  be  previously  warned  to  provide  tliemselves 
accordingly.  , 

366..  .At  the  first  call  for  guard-mounting,  the  men  warned 
for  duty  turn  out  on  their  company  parades  for  inspection  by 
the  First  Sergeants  ;  and  at  the  second  call,  repair  to  the  regi- 
mental or  garrison  parade,  conducted  by  the  First  Sergeants. 
Each  detachment,  as  it  arrives,  will,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Adjutant,  take  post  on  the  left  of  the  one  that  preceded  it,  in 
open  order,  arms  shouldered,  and  bayonets  fixed  ;  the  supernu- 
meraries five  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  men  of  their  respective 
companies  ;  the  First  Sergeants  in  the  rear  of  them.  The  Ser- 
geant-Major  will  dress  the  ranks,  cotmt  the  files,  verify  the 
details,  and  when  the  guard  is  formed,  report  to  the  Adjutant, 
and  take  post  two  paces  on  the  left  of  the  front  rank. 
"'  367..  .The  Adjutant  then  commands  .Fro??/",  when  the  officer 
bf  the  guard  takes  post  twelve  paces  in  front  of  the  centre,  the 
Sergeants  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  officers  ; 
and  the  Corporals  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the 
Sergeants — all  facing  to  the  front.  The  Adjutant  then  assigns 
their  places  irl  the  gnard. 

368..  .The  Adjutant  will  then  command, 

1,    Officer  and  non-commissioned  officers.      2.  About — Face! 
3.  Inspect  your  guards — March! 

The  non-commissioned  officers  then  take  their  posts.  The 
commander  of  the  guard  then  commands, 

1.   Order — Arms!     2.  Inspection — Arms!  , nio 

and  inspects  his  guard.  When  there  is  no  commissioned  officer 
on  the  guard,  the  Adjutant  will  inspect  it.  During  inspection, 
the  band  will  play. 

369... The  inspection  ended,  the  officer  of  the  guard  takes 
post  as  though  the  guard  were  a  company  of  a  battalion,  in  open 
order,  under  review ;  at  the  same  time,  also,  the  officers  of  the 
day  will  take  post  in  fiont  of  the  centre  of  the  guard  ;  the  old 
officer  of  the  day  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  new  officer  of 
the  day,  one  pace  retired. 

370..  .The  Adjutant  will  now  command, 

1.  Parade — Rest!     2,  Troop— Beat  off! 
when  the    music,  beginning  on   the  right,  will  beat  down  the 


line  in  front  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  to  the  left,  and  bark  to 
its  place  on  the  right,  where  it  will  cease  to  play. 
371..  .The  Adjutant  then  commands, 
1.  Aticntion!     2.  Shoulder — Arms!     li.  Close  order — March! 

At  the  word  "  close  order,"  the  officer  will  face  about ;  .at 
"  march,"  resume  his  post  in  line.  The  Adjutant  then  com- 
mands. 

Present — Arms  ! 
At  which  he  will  fiice  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day,  salute,  and 
report,  'SS'/r,  fhe  guard  is  formed. ^^  The  new  officer  of  the  day, 
after  acknowledging  the  salute,  will  direct  the  Adjutant  to 
march  the  guard  in  review,  or  by  flank  to  its  post.  But  if  the 
Adjutant  1)0  senior  to  the  officer  of  the  day,  he  will  report 
without  saluting  with  the  sword  then,  or  when  marching  the 
guard  in  review. 

372. . .  In  review,  the  guard  march  past  the  officer  of  the  day, 
according  to  the  order  of  review,  conducted  by  the  Adjutant, 
marching  on  the  left  of  the  first  division  ;  the  Sergeant-Major 
on  the  left  of  the  last  division. 

373..  .When  the  column  has  passed  the  officer  of  the  day, 
the  officer  of  the  guard  marches  it  to  its  post,  the  Adjutant  and 
Sergeant-Major  retiring.  The  mnsic,  which  has  wheeled  out 
of  the  column,  and  taken  post  opposite  the  officer  of  the 
day,  will  cease,  and  the  old  oilicer  ot  the  day  salute,  and  give 
the  old  or  standing  orders  to  the  new"  officer  of  the  day.  The 
supernumeraries,  at  the  same  time,  will  be  marched  by  the 
First  Sergeants  to  their  respective  company  parades,  and  dis- 
missed. 

374..  .In  bad  weather,  or  at  night,  or  after  fatiguing  marches, 
the  ceremony  of  turning  off  may  be  dispensed  with,  but  not 
the  inspection. 

375..  .Grand  guards,  and  other  brigade  guards,  are  organized! 
and  mounted  on  the  brigade  parade  by  the  stafl'  officer  of  the 
parade,  under  the  direction  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  according   to    the    principles   here  prescribed  for  the 
police  guard  of  a  regiment.     The  detail  of  each  regiment  is  , 
assembled  on  the  regimental  parade,  veiified  b}^  the  Adjutant,  ' 
and  marched  to  the  brigade  parade  by  the  senior  officer  of  the 
detail.     After  inspection  and  review,  the  officer  of  the  day 
directs  the  several  guards  to  tiieir  respective  .posts. 

376..  .The  officer  of  the  old  guard,  having  his  guard  paraded. 
on  the  approacli  of  the  new  guard,  cDinmauds, 

Presoif — Arms! 


44 

377... The  new  guard  will  marcli,  in  quick  time,  past  the 
old  guard,  at  shouldered  arms,  officers  saluting,  and  take  post 
four  paces  on  its  right,  where,  being  aligned  with  it,  its  com- 
mander will  order, 

Present — Arms! 

The  two  officers  will  then  approach  each  other,  and  salute. 
They  will  then  return  to  their  respective  guards,  and  command, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!     2.  Order — Arms! 

378..  .The  officer  of  the  new  guard  will  now  direct  the  de- 
tail for  the  advanced  guard  to  be  formed  and  marched  to  its 
post,  the  list  of  the  guard  made  and  divided  into  three  reliefs, 
experienced  soldiers  placed  over  the  arms  of  the  guard  and  at 
the  remote  and  responsible  posts,  and  the  young  soldiers  in 
posts  near  the  guard  for  instruction  in  their  duties,  and  will 
himself  proceed  to  take  possession  of  the  guard-house  or  guard- 
tent,  and  the  articles  and  prisoners  in  charge  of  the  guard. 

379..  .Daring  the  time  of  relieving  the  sentinels  and  of  call- 
ing in  the  small  posts,  the  old  commander  will  give  to  the  new 
all  the  infonnation  and  instructions  relating  to  his  post. 

380.  - .  The  first  relief  having  been  designated  and  ordered 
two  paces  to  the  front,  the  Corporal  of  the  new  guard  will 
take  charge  of  it,  and  go  to  relieve  the  sentinels,  accompanied 
by  the  corporal  of  the  old  guard,  who  will  take  command  of 
the  old  sentinels,  when  the  whole  are  relieved.  .;, 

381..  -If  the  sentinels  are  numerous,  the  Sergeants  are  to  be'*:' 
employed,  as  well  as  the  Corporals,  in  relieving  them. 

382..  .The  relief,  with  arms  at  a  support,  in  two  ranks,  will 
march  by  a  flank,  conducted  by  the  Corporal  on  the  side  of  th(! 
leading  front-rank  man  ;  and  the  men  will  be  numbered  alter- 
nately in  the  front  and  rear  rank,  the  man  on  tlu;  right  of  the 
front  rank  being  No.  1.  Should  an  officer  approach,  the  Cor- 
poral will  command  carry  arms,  unA  resume  the  suiJj)ort  arms 
when  the  officer  is  passed. 

383... The  sentinels  at  the  guard-house  or  guard-tent  will 
be  the  first  relieved  and  left  behind  ;  the  others  are  relieved  in 
succession. 

384..  .When  a  sentinel  sees  the  relief  approaching,  he  will 
halt  and  face  to  it,. with  his  amis  at  a  shoulder.  At  six  paces, 
the  Corporal  will  command, 

1.  ReVuf,     2.  Halt! 


4h 

when  the  vplioC  will  halt  and  cany  arms.  Tho  Corporal  will 
then  add,  "  No.  1,"  or  "No.  2,"  or  "No;  :{,"  according  to  tin? 
number  of  the  post, 

Anns — 1Y)Kt! 

The  two  sentinels  will,  with  arms  at  jwrf,  then  approacli  each 
other,  when  the  old  sentinel,  under  tlie  correction  of  the  Cor- 
poral, will  whisper  the  instructions  to  the  new  sentinel.  This 
done,  the  two  sentinels  will  shoulder  arms,  aiid  the  Old  seliti- 
nel  will  pass,  in  quick  tinie,  tb  his  place  in  rear  of  the  relief. 
The  Corpora]  will  then  connnand, 

1.   S/qiinir! — AuMs!     2.  Forward,     o.    ]\L\i;('u! 

and  the  relief  proceeds  in  tlu?  same  manner  until  the  Avhoh^ 
are  relieved. 

iJ85..  .The  dcitachments  and  sentinels  li'om  the  old  i>,iiard 
having  come  in,  it  will  be  marched,  at  shouldered  urms,  along 
the  front  of  the  new  guard,  in  ([uick  time,  the  new  guard 
standing  at  iircscntcd  arms;  offic(!rs  saluting,  and  the  n:iusic  ol 
both  guards  beating,  except  at  the  outposts. 

'  3S6..  .On  arriving  at  the  regimental  or  garrison  parade,  the 
connnander  of  the  old  guard  will  send  the  detachments  com- 
posing it,  under  charge  of  the  nou-comiuissioned  officers,  ii) 
their  respective  regiments.  Before  the  men  are  dismissed, 
their  pieces  will  be  drawn  or  discharged  at  a  target.  .  Oii  re- 
joiniiig  their  companions,  the  chiefs  of  squads  will  examine  the 
arms,  &:c.,  of  their  men,  and  cause  the  whole  to  be  put  away ' 
in  good  order. 

3S7..  .When  the  old  guard  has  marched  oft^  fitly  paces,  the 
officer  of  the  new  guard  will  order  his  men  to  stack  their  arms,'* 
or  place  them  in  the  arm-racks. 

oSS..  .The  commander  of  the  guard  will  then  make  himself 
acquainted  with  all  the  instructions  for  his  post,  visit  the  senti- 
nels, and   question    them   and   th«^   non-commissioned    ollici^'s 
relative  to  the  instructions  they  may  have^ieceiviul  from  other" 
persons  of  the  old  guard. 

ARTICLE  XXXIII. 

Gl'ARDS. 

389..  .Sentinels  will  be  reliaved  every  two  liours,  unless  the,, 
state  of  the  weather,  or  other  causes,  should  make  it  necessary 
or  pro})er  that  it  be  done  at  shorter'or  longer  iut(M-vals. 

390... Each   relief,    before   mounting,    is  inspected   by   the 


40 

commander  of  the  guard  or  of  its  post.     The  Corporal  reports 
to  him,  and  presents  tlie  old  relief  on  its  return. 

391... The  coimtersign,  or  watchword,  is  given  to  such  per- 
sons as  are  entitled  to  pass  during  the  night,  and  to  officers, 
non-commissioned  officers,  and  sentinels  of  the  guard.  Interior 
guards  receive  the  countersign  only  when  ordered  by  the  com- 
mander of  the  troops. 

392. — The  iiarole  is  imparted  to  such  officers  only  as  have  a 
right  to  visit  the  guards,  and  to  make  the  grand  rounds ;  and 
to  officers  commanding  guards. 

893..  -As  soon  as  the  new  guard  has  been  marched  off,  the 
officer  of  the  day  will  repair  to  the  office  of  the  commanding 
officer  and  report  for  orders. 

394..  .The  officer  of  the  day  must  see  that  the  officer  of  the 
guard  is  furnished  with  the  parol  and  countersign  before 
retreat. 

395..  .The  officer  of  the  day  visits  the  guards  during  the  day 
at  such  times  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  and  makes  his  rounds 
at  night  at  least  once  after  12  o'clock. 

396..  .Upon  being  relieved,  the  officer  of  the  day  will  make 
such  remarks  in  the  report  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  as  cir- 
cumstances require,  and  present  the  same  at  head -quarters. 

397..  .Commanders  of  guards  leaving  their  posts  to  visit 
their  sentinels,  or  on  other  duty,  are  to  mention  their  inten- 
tion, and  the  probable  time  of  their  absence,  to  the  next  in 
command. 

39S..  .The  officers  are  to  remain  constantly  at  their  guards, 
except  while  visiting  their  sentinels,  or  necessarily  engaged 
elsewhere  on  their  proper  duty. 

399..  .Neither  officers  nor  soldiers  are  to  take  off  their  clo- 
thing or  accoutrements  while  they  are  on  guard. 

400.. -The  officer  of  the  guard  must  see  that  the  counter- 
sign is  duly  communicated  to  the  sentinels  a  little  before  twi- 
light. 

401... When  a  fire  breaks  out,  or  any  alarm  is  raised  in  a 
garrison,  all  guards  are  to  be  immediately  under  aims. 

402..  .Inexperienced  officers  are  put  on  guard  as  supernu- 
meraries, for  the  purpose  of  instruction. 

403. ..  Sentinels  will  not  take  orders  or  allow  themselves  to 
be  relieved,  except  by  an  officer  or  non-commissioned  officer  of 
their  guard  or  party,  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  connnanding 


47 

officer;    iu  wliicli  case  the  orders  will  be  immediately  notified 
to  the  commander  of  the  guard  by  the  officer  giving  them. 

404..  .Sentinels  will  report  every  breach  of  orders  or  regu- 
lations they  are  instnicted  to  enforce. 

405..  .Sentinels  must  keep  themselves  on  the  alert,  observing 
every  thing  that  takes  place  within  sight  and  hearing  of  their 
post.  They  will  carry  their  arms  habitually  at  support,  or  on 
either  shoulder,  but  will  never  quit  them.  In  wet  weather,  if 
there  be  no  sentry-box,they  will  secure  arms. 

406..  .No  sentinel  shall  quit  his  post  or  hold  conversation 
not  necessary  to  the  proper  discharge  of  his  duty. 

407... All  persons,  of  whatever  rank  in  the  service,  are  re- 
quired to  observe  respect  toward  sentinels. 

408..  .In  case  of  disorder,  a  sentinel  must  call  out  ihc  cruard; 
and  if  a  fire  take  place,  he  must  cry — ^'Firc!^^  adding  the 
number  of  his  post.  If  in  either  case  the  danger  be  great,  he 
must  discharge  his  firelock  before  calling  out. 

409... It  is  the  duty  of  a  sentinel  to  repeat  all  calls  made 
from  posts  more  distant  from  the  nmin  body  of  the  guard  than 
his  own,  and  no  sentinel  will  be  posted  so  distant  as  not  to  be 
heard  by  the  guard,  either  directly  or  through  other  sentinels. 

410. .  .Sentinels  will  present  arms  to  general  and  field  of- 
ficers, to  the  officer  of  the  day,  and  to  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  post.     To  all  other  officers  they  will  carry  arms. 

411. ..When  a  sentinel  in  his  sentry-box  sees  an  officer  ap- 
proaching, he  will  stand  at  attention,  and  as  the  officer  passes 
will  salute  him,  by  bringing  the  left  hand  briskly  to  the 
musket,  as  high  as  the  right  shoulder. 

412..  .The  sentinel  at  any  post  of  the  guard,  when  he  sees 
any  body  of  troops,  or  an  officer  entitled  to  compliment,  ap- 
proach, must  call — "  Turn  out  the  guard !  "  and  announce  who 
approaches. 

413...  Guards  do  not  turnout  as  a  matter  of  compliment 
after  sunset;  but  sentinels  will,  when  officers  in  uniform  ap- 
proach, pay  them  proper  attention,  by  facing  to  the  proper 
iront,  and  standing  steady  at  shouldered  arms.  This  will  be 
observed  until  the  evening  is  so  far  advanced  that  the  sentinels 
begin  challenging. 

414..  .After  retreat  (or  the  hour  appointed  by  the  command- 
mg  officer),  until  broad  daylight,  a  sentinel  challenges  evory 
person  who  approaches  him,  taking,  at  the  same  time,  the  po- 


48 

sition  of  arms  'pnrl.  He  will  suft'er  no  person  to  come  nearer 
than  within  reach  of  his  bayonet,  until  the  [)erson  has  given 
the  countersiiin. 

415..  .A  sentinel,  in  challenging,  will  call  out — '^  Who  comes 
there?"  If  answered — '■^Friend,  ivitli  the  covntcrsign"  and  he 
be  instructed  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  he  will 
reply  "  Advance  friend,  with  the  countersign  !"  If  answered 
— "  Friends  /"  he  wall  reply,  "  Halt  friends !  Advance  one,  with 
the  countersign  /"  If  answered — "  Relief"  ^^  Patrol"  or  "  Grand 
rounds"  he  wdll  reply — "  Halt  !  Advance,  Sergeant,  {or  Cor- 
jMfal)  with  the  counteisign  !"  and  satisfy  himself  that  the  party 
is  wliat  it  represents  itself  to  be.  If  he  have  no  authority  to 
pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  if  the  wrong  countersign 
be  given,  or  if  the  persons  have  not  the  countersign,  he  will 
cause  them  to  stand,  and  call,  "  Corporal  of  tJie  Gua.rd !" 

416..  .In  the  daytime,  when  the  sentinel  before  the  guard 
sees  the  officer  of  the  day  approach,  he  will  call — "  Turn  out 
the  guard  !  Officer  of  the  day."  The  guard  M'ill  be  paraded, 
and  salute  with  presented  arms. 

417.. -.When  any  person  approaches  a  post  of  the  guard  at 
night,  the  sentinel  before  the  post,  after  challenging,  causes 
him  to  halt  until  examined  by  a  non-commissioned  officer  of 
the  guard.  If  it  be  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  any  other  officer 
entitled  to  inspect  the  guard  and  to  make  the  rounds,  the 
non-commissioned  officer  will  call — "  Tttrn  out  the  guard!"  when 
the  guard  will  be  paraded  at  shouldered  arms,  and  the  officer 
of  the  guard,  if  he  thinks  necessary,  may  demand  the  pouter- 
sign  and  parole. 

418..  .The  officer  of  the  day,  wishing,  to  make  the  rounds, 
will  take  an  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  two  men. 
When  the  rounds  are  challenged  by  a  sentinel,  the  Sergeant 
will  answer — ''Grand  roimds!"  and  the  sentinel  will  reply — 
'■'■Halt,  grand  ronnds!  Advance,  Sergeant,  withthe  cowitersignl" 
Upon  which  the  Sergeant  advances  and  gives  the  countersign. 
Tjie  sentinel  will  then  cry— ''Advance  ronnds!  "  and  stand  at  a 
shoulder  till  they  have  passed. 

419..  .When  the  sentinel  before  the  guard  challenges,  and 
is  answered — "Grand  rounds,"  he  will  reply — "Halt,  grand 
rounds  !  Turn  out  the  guard  ;  grand  rounds  !"  Upon  which 
the  guard  will  be  drawn  up  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer 
commanding  the  guard  will  then  order  a  Sergeant  and  two 
njen  to  advauce ;  when  within  ten  paces,  the  Sergeant  chal- 
lenges.    The  Sergeant  of  the  grand  round'- answers — '•^ Grand 


49 


FORM    OF   GUARD    REPORT. 


Report  of  a  Guard  mounted  at ,  on  the ,  and  relieved  on  the . 


Parole. 


Countcrsi'in. 


Detail. 


c: 
a 

3 
m 

a 

ci 

to 

1 

1 

o 

r 

a 
.5 

"3 

5 
o 
H 

Is 

< 

Articles  in 
Charge. 

— 

— 

— 

_l 

a.,   o 


1S  <S 

r5^ 


<U    o   ^ 

g  bo 


LIST   OF   THE   GUARD. 


Reliefs,  and  when  posted.                        | 

Where  posted. 

1st.  Relief. 

From — to — aud 

—  to  — 

2d  Relief 

From  —  to  — 

aud  —  to  — 

3d.  Relief 

Fiom  —  to  — 

and  —  to  — 

Remarks. 

No. 

Name. 

Co. 

Rt. 

Name. 

Co. 

Rt. 

3d. 
2d. 
5th 

Name. 

Co. 

G 
H 
I 

Rt.. 

8th 

9th 

10th 

Guard  House. 
Magazine. 
Quarm'r  Store 

1 
2 
3 

C.  D. 
E.   F. 
G.  H. 

A 
B 

c 

1st. 
4th. 
6th. 

I.   J. 
K.  L. 

M.N. 

I). 
E. 
F. 

0.  r. 

Q,  R. 

S.  T. 

1 

2 
3 

Sergeant  W.  V.,  Co.  A,  1st  ArtilliTy. 
Corporal  W.  X.,  Co.  B,  1st.  Infantry. 
Corporal  Y.  Z.,  Co.  C,  3d  Infantry. 

Serg't  Guard. 
Co>-p'l       " 

LIST    OK    PRISONERS. 


No. 

Names. 

1 

s 

Confined. 

Charges. 

Sentences. 

Remarlt.s". 

O 

When. 

By  Whom. 

1 
1 

I 

2 
3 
4 
5 

1 

! 

1 

A.  B.  C, 

Lieut.  —  Reg't. . 

Commanding  tlie  Guard. 


rounds  r^  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  re^jlies — ^^ Advance,  Ser- 
geant,  ivith  tlie  countersign  /"  Tlie  Sergeant  of  the  rounds  ad- 
vances alone,  gives  the  countersign,  and  returns  to  his  round. 
The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  calls  to  his  officer — "  The  counter- 
sign is  right  /"  on  whicii  the  officer  of  the  guard  calls — '■^Ad- 
vancc,  roinids!''^  The  officer  of  the  rounds  then  advances  alone, 
the  guard  standing  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer  of  the 
rounds  passes  along  the  front  of  the  guard  to  the  officer,  who 
keeps  his  post  on  the  right,  and  gives  him  the  parole.  He 
then  examines  the  guard,  orders  back  his  escort,  and,  taking  a 
iiev/.  one,  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  to  other  guards. 

420..  -AH  material  instructions  given  to  a  sentinel  on  post 
by  persons  entitled  to  make  grand  rounds,  ought  to  be 
promptly  notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

421..  .An}^  General  officer,  or  the  commander  of  a  post  or 
garrison,  may  visit  the  guards  of  his  command,  and  go  the 
griuid  rounds,  and  be  received  in  the  same  manner  as  prescribed 
for  the  officer  of  the  day. 

ARTICLE  XXXIV. 

OKDEKS    AND    COIiEESPONDENCE. 

422..  .The  orders  of  commanders  of  armies,  divisions,. 
]>rjgades,  regiments,  are  denominated  orders  of  such  army, 
division,  &c.,  and  are  either  general  or  special.  Orders  are- 
numbered,  general  and  special,,  in  separate  series,  each  begin- 
ning witli  the  year. 

423..  .General  orders  announce  the  time  and  place  of  issues 
and  payments,  hours  for  roll-calls  and  duties;  the  number  and 
kind  of  orderlies,  and  tJie  time  when  they  shall  be  relieved ; 
police  regulations,  and  the  prohibitions  required  by  circum- 
stances and  localities ;  returns  to  be  made,  and  their  forms  j 
laws  and  regulations  for  the  army ;  promotions  and  appoint- 
ments ;  eulogies  or  censures  to  corps  or  individuals,  and  gene- 
rall}^  whatever  it  may  be  miportant  to  make  known  to  the 
whole  command. 

424.-  .Special  orders  .'i-re  such  as  do  not  concern  the  troops 
generally,  and  need  not  be  pubhshed  to  the  whole  command  ; 
such  as  relate  to  the  march  of  some  particular  corps,  the  es- 
tablishment of  some  post,  i\\e  detaching  of  individuals,  the 
granting  requests,  &c.,  &c. 

425..  .A  general  order,  and  an  important  special  order,  must 
be  read  and  approved  by  the  officer  whose  order  it  is,  before  it 
is  issued  bv  the  staff'  officer. 


^ 


ol 

420..  -An  order  will  state  at  the  head  the  source,  pUice,  and 
elate,  and  at  the  loot,  the  name  of  tlie  couiniander  who  aivos 
it :  as  for  example  : 

Hrnd  Q^infrlrr'  ^f  thr  First  Brigade,  Second  Divixiort. 
Cnmp  at  ,  I.-?/  Jmir,  l^fJ 

Genekai>  ()K1)EK<,  \ 

No. .  S 

By  oomiii.ind  of  Briiiadier-GeniMal  A.  B. 

(\  1).,  Assist;nit  Adjutant-General. 

4:27..  .Orders  may  he  ])iit  in  the  form  of  letters,  bnt  szene- 
rally  in  the  strict  niilitnvy  f>rm,  throngh  the  office  of  the  Adju- 
tant or  Adjutant-General  of  ^e  command. 

42S.. -Orders  ar^*  transmitted  through  all  the  intermediate 
commanders  in  the  order  of  rank.  When  an  inteimediate  com- 
nuinder  is  omitted,  the  ofhcer  who  gives  the  order  sli.ill  inform 
him,  and  he  who  receives  it  shall  re])ort  it  to  his  innnediate 
.superior. 

429... Orders  for  any  body  of  troops  will  be  addressed  .to 
The  commander,  and  will  be  opened  and  executed  by  tlie  com- 
mander present,  and  published  or  distributed  by  him  when 
nect^ssary ;  jirinted  orders,  however,  are  generally  distributed 
direct  to  posts  from  the  head-quarters  where  issued. 

430..  .Orders  assigning  the  stations  of  officers  of  engineers, 
ordnance,  and  oi'  the  staff  departments,  exce]>t  as  provided  in 
■the  regulations  lor  troops  in  the  campaign,  will  be  given  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  through  the  Adjutant-General's  office, 
•or  by  commanders  of  geographical  departments,  under  the 
special  authority  of  the  War  ]3epartment.  Th(;  conmiander 
ol"  a  department,  who,  in  consequence  of  the  movement  oi" 
troops  or  other  necessity  of  the  service,  removes  an  officer  from 
the  station  assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  shall 
promptly  report  the  case  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

431... A  hie  of  the  printed  orders  will  be  kept  with  the 
head-quarters  of  each  regiment,  with  each  company,  and  at 
each  military  post,  and  will  be  regularly  turned  o\'cr  by  tii<' 
commander,  when  relieved,  to  his  successor. 

432..  .If  general  orders  are  not  received  in  regular  succefi- 
sion,  commanding  officers  will  report  the  missmg  nunjbers  to 
the  proper  head-quarters. 

433... The  orderly  hours  being  lixed  at  each  liead-r(uarters, 
the  stall'  officers  and  chiefs  of  the  special  services  either  attend 
in  person,  or  send   theii-  assistants  to  obtain  the  orders  of  Die 


o2 

rlay  ;  and  the  First  Sergeants  of  companies  repair  for  tliat  pur- 
pose to  the  regimental  or  garrison  lieacl-([narters. 

434..  .Duriug  marches  and  active  operations,  and  when  the 
regular  orderly  hours  cannot  be  observed,  all  orders  will  be 
either  sent  direct  to  the  troops,  or  the  respective  commanders 
of  regiments  or  corps  will  be  informed  when  to  send  to  head- 
quarters for  them.  Under  the  same  circumstances,  orders  will 
be  read  to  the  troops  during  a  halt,  without  waiting  for  the 
regular  parades. 

435..  .Orders  to  any  officer  to  make  a  tour  of  travel  on  duty, 
as  for  the  inspection  or  payment  of  troops,  &c.,  shall  desig- 
nate the  troops  and  posts  he  shall  visit,  and  the  order  in  which 
he  shall  visit  them,  and  the  route  of  travel. 

436... Every  commander  who  gives  an  order  involving  an 
expenditure  of  public  money,  shall  send  a  copy,  without  delay, 
to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  the  expendi- 
ture appertains;  and  if  such  commander  be  serving  in  a  mili- 
tary de])artment,  he  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Deparument. 

437. -.If  a  mihtary  commander  shall  give  to  a  disbursing 
officer  any  order  in  conflict  with  orders  received  by  him 
from  the  officer  in  charge  of  his  department,  at  any  superior 
head-quarters,  such  commander  shall  forthwith  transmit  the 
order  to  such  head-quarters,  with  exphi nation  of  the  necessity 
which  justifies  it. 

438... Copies  of  all  orders  of  the  commaitders  of  armies, 
tlepartmfents,  divisions,  and  detached  brigades,  and  of  the  su- 
perintendent of  the  recruiting  service,  will  be  forwarded  at 
their  dates,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  in  separate 
series,  on  full  sheets  of  letter  paper,  or  as  printed,  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General's office. 

439. ..  Written  communications  from  a  commander  to  those 
under  his  command  may  be  made  by  his  stall"  officer.  In  all 
other  cases,  by  the  officer  himself. 

440..  .In  signing  an  official  communication,  the  writer  shall 
annex  to  his  name  his  rank  and  corps.  When  he  writes  by 
•order,  he  shall  state  by  whose  order. 

441..  .Communications  to  a  commander  from  those  under  his 
command  are  addressed  to  the  proper  officer  of  his  stall';  to  the 
chief  of  the  Adjutant-General's  Department,  in  what  relates 
specially  to  his  bureau,  or  to  the  service  generally  ;  to  the  chief 
of  any  other  department  of  the  staff,  in  what  relates  specially 
to  his  branch  of  the  service.     Communications  to  the  Secretary 


53 

-ir 

of  War  will  be  made  through  the  AJjutaiit- General's  oflice  of" 
the  War  Department,  iniless  it  be  a  case  of  claim,  allowance, 
or  other  business  specially  appertaining  to  some  other  bureau  ; 
for  example — d.-iiins  of  pay  will  Ix;  trnusmitied  through  the 
Paymaster-General  ;  for  n^.ileage,  or  quarters,  ».\:c.,  through  the 
Quartermaster-General.  All  communications,  except  rolls  and 
stated  returns,  and  accounts,  are  to  be  passed  through  the  in- 
termedinte  couiuuuiders.  The  same  rule  governs  in  verl)ai 
a})plicnti()ns ;  for  example — a  Lieutenant  seeking  an  indulgence 
must  apply  through  hisGaptain.  Coimnuuicationsfrom  olHcers 
of  the  staff  and  administrative  services  to  their  own  chiefs  do 
not  pass  through  the  military  conunandcrs  under  whom  they 
serve,  except  estimates  for  funds  or  supplies. 

442..  .Copies  of  all  important  conununications  from  the  bu- 
reaus of  the  War  Department  to  disbursing  officers,  relating  to 
the  service  in  a  military  department,  shall  be  sent  from  the. 
bureau  to  the  department  conunauder. 

443..  .Rolls  and  returns  v>'ill  be  accompanied  by  a  lelter  of 
transmittal,  enumerating  them,  and  referring  to  no  other  subject. 

444.. -Generally,  officers  who  forward  communications,  in- 
dorse on  them  their  remarks  or  opinion,  without  other  letters 
of  transmittal. 

445..  .Official  letters  should  generally  refer  to  one  uintter 
■only.  In  regard  to  an  enlisted  man,  the  company  and  regiment 
nuist  be  stated. 

44()..  .L(^tters  on  letter  paper  will  be  foldtnl  in  three  folds, 
paralhd  with  the  writing. 

447..  .All  connuunicatious  on  pu))]ic  service  are  to  be  mai-ked 
on  the  cover,  "  OJic/al  Business."' 

ARTICLE   XXXV. 

U  E  r  URNS     AND     R  E  P  O  IJ  '1'  S  . 
MONTHLY   RETURNS. 

448..  .Commanders  of  regiments,  corps,  and  posts,  will  inake 
to  the  Adjutant-General's  offic(^  of  the  War  Department,  month- 
ly returns  of  tlu'ir  respective  regiments,  corps,  and  posts,  on 
the  forms  furnished  from  that  office,  and  according  to  the  direc- 
tions expressed  on  them.  In  like  manner.  Captains  luake 
monthly  company  returns  to  regimental  head-cpiarters.  All 
monthly  returns  will  be  forwarded  on  the  first  day  of  the  next 
month,  except  reginu^ntal  retin-ns,  which  are  forwarded  as  soon 
■as  all  tlie  company  returns  are  receiv«Hl. 


o4 

440.. -If  any  conipany  be  so  far  from  reginieiital  lioad-quai'- 
tors  as  to  delay  the  transmittal  of  the  monthly  return  to  the 
lOth  of  the  month,  the  Colonel  will  not  wait  lor  the  return  of 
such  company,  but  leave  space  for  it  to  be  entered  at  the  Ad- 
iitant-General's  office  ;  for  which  purpose  the  Captain  will 
transmit  a  copy  of  the  return  direct  to  the  vVdjutant-Greneral, 
as  well  as  to  ]'ea:imental  head-quarters. 

450.. -In  campaign,  iKonthly  returns  of  divisions  and  de- 
tached brigades  will  l)e  made  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 
Tliey  will  exhibit  separately  the  several  regiments,  and  detach- 
ments, aiid  staff  corps,  and  the  strength  of  each  garrison  v/ithin 
the  com7nand.  These  returns,  and  those  of  regiments,  corps, 
•and  posts,  in  campaign,  will,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  be  trans- 
mitted thi'ougli  the  intermediate  commanders. 

451.-  -The  established  j;r('V?;'erf  forms  and  blanks  of  all  returns 
required  from  the  connnanders  of  divisions,  brigades,  regiments, 
corps,  companies,  and  posts,  will  be  furnished  from  the  Adju- 
tant-General's office,  on  their  requisitions  annually  made,  or 
oftener,  if  necessary.  The  receipt  of  these  forms  and  blanks 
will  be  immediately  acknowledged,  and  afterward  accounted 
for  on  the  next  monthly  returns. 

452. .  -  Manuscript  returns,  rolls,  certificates,  and  other  docu- 
ments, are  prohibited,  unless  the  proper  irrinud  forms  have  not 
been  received  in  time.  Regimental  returns  must  be  made  out 
in  the  name  of  the  Colonel,  whether  he  be  present  or  absent. 

ANNUAL    KEXrL'NS — CASUALITIES. 

453..  .This  return  will  exhibit  the  various  changes  and  alter- 
ations which  may  have  taken  place  in  the  regiment  during  the 
preceding  twelve  months :  tliat  is  to  say — a  statement  of  the 
number  of  resignations,  transfers,  deaths,  etc.,  of  commissioned 
officers  ;  the  number  of  men  joined  by  enlistment,  transferred, 
and  discharged  ;  the  number  tried  by  courts-martial  or  by  the 
civil  law,  and  the  nature  of  their  offenses ;  the  number  of  dis- 
charges, deaths,  dismissals,  and  desertions  ;  number  joined  from 
desertion,  j^ardoned,  kc,  kc. 

KETUEN    OF    DECEASED    SOLDIERS. 

454.- -To  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the 
Colonels  of  regiments,  qvartcrhj.  Also,  a  duplicate  to  the 
■Second  Auditor  of  the  Treasury. 

FIELD    RETURNS* 

455.. -Besides  the  stated   returns  of  the  troops,  such  other 


55 

field  returns  iiikl  reports  will  be  made  as  may  be  necessary  to 
keep  tlie  govermiient  iulbrmed  oi"  the  condition  and  strengtli 
of  the  forces. 

456. ..After  any  action  or  aftliir,  a  return  of  the  killed, 
wounded,  and  missing  will  be  made,  in  which  the  name,  rank, 
and  regiment  of  each  ollicer  and  soldier  wnll  be  specified,  with 
such  lemarks  and  explanations  as  maybe  re([uisite  for  the  records 
of  the  Department  of  War,  or  be  nc^cessary  to  establish  the  just 
claims  of  any  individual  who  may  have  been  wounded,  or  of 
the  heirs  and  representatives  of  any  killed  in  action  (taking 
care  to  specify  the  nature  of  the  womuf,  the  time  and  ylacc  of  its* 
occurrence,  the  company,  regiment,  or  corps,  and  the  name  of 
the  Cnptain,  Colonel,  or  other  commanding  oflicer.) 

i;i:!'ORTs. 

457... The  date  of  appointment,  of  detjul,  and  of  removal 
of  all  staff  officers,  or  of  officers  selected  for  duty  in  staff  de- 
partments, which  may  entitle  them  to  receive  additional  pay, 
will  be  innnediatel_v  reported  by  the  officer  making  such  ap- 
pointment, detail,  or  removal,  to  the  Adjutant-(iener;d,  and  to 
the  Paymaster  of  the  department  or  command  to  which  such 
officers  belong. 

45S..  .Whenever  any  change  tfikes  place  in  the  position  or 
location  of  troops,  the  fact  will  be  iunnediately  reported  by 
the  commanding  officer  to  general,  division,  and  department 
head-quarters,  specifying  the  date  of  departure  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  troops,  or  of  the  arrival  of  any  detachment;  as 
well  as  all  other  circumstances  connected  with  such  changes 
in  the  command.  These  special  reports  will  always  be  accom- 
panied by  an  exact  return,  of  the  troops  according  to  the  estab- 
lished printed  forms.  A  similar  report  will  be  noted  on  the 
next  monthly  return  of  the  post  or  station.  If  a  new  post  or 
position  be  established,  its  situation,  and  the  nearest  post-office 
and  proper  route  to  it  should  be  reported. 

450... Officers  on  detached  duty  will  make  reports  to  the 
head-(|uarters  of  the  regiments  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant- 
General,  as  often  as  their  stations  may  be  changed. 

PRISONERS  OF  WAR — CAPTURED    PROPERTY. 

4G()...A  return  of  prisoners,  and  a  report  of  the  number 
and  description  of  the  killed  and  wounded  of  the  enemv,  will 
he  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-Oeneral's  office,  Montgomery,  Ala. 

161..  .A  return  of  all   property  captured   will  be  made  by 


the  couinuuiduig  olHcci-  of  the  troops  by  whom  such  capture 
was  made,  to  tlie  Adjutant-General,  at  Montgomery,  in  order 
that  it  may  be  disposed  of"  according  to  the  orders  of  the 
War  Department. 

INSPECrnON  EKrOETS. 

4G2.- .Inspection  reports  will  show  the  discipline  of  the 
troops ;  their  instruction  in  all  military  exercises  and  duties ; 
tlie  state  of  their  arms,  clothing,  equipments,  and  accoutre- 
ments of  all  kinds ;  of  their  kitchens  and  messes  ;  of  the  bar- 
racks and  (juarters  at  the  post ;  of  the  guard-house,  prisons, 
hospital,  bake-house,  magazine,  store-houses,  and  stores  of  every 
description ;  of  the  stables  and  horses ;  the  condition  of 
the  post-school ;  the  management  and  application  of  the  post 
and  company  funds  ;  the  state  of  the  post,  and  regimental, 
and  company  books,  papers,  and  files  ;  the  zeal  and  ability  of 
the  officers  in  command  of  troops ;  the  capacity  of  the  officers 
conducting  the  administrative  and  staff  services,  the  fidelity  and 
economy  of  their  disbursements;  the  condition  of  all  public 
property,  and  the  amount  of  money  in  the  hands  of  each  dis- 
bursing officer;  the  regularity  of  issues  and  payments;  the 
mode  of  enforcing  discipline  by  courts-martial,  and  by  the  au- 
thority of  the  officers  ;  the  propriety  and  legality  of  all  punish- 
ments inflicted  ;  and  any  information  whatsoever,  concerning 
the  service  in  any  matter  or  particular  that  may  merit  notice, 
or  aid  to  correct  defects  or  introduce  improvements. 

4();J.. -Inspectors  are  required  particidarly  to  report  if  any 
oiKcer  is  of  intemperate  habits,  or  unfit  for  active  service  by 
infirmity  or  any  other  cause. 

ARTICLE    XXXVI. 

TROOPS     IN     CAMPAIGN". 
ORGANIZATION    OF   AN   ARMY   IN    THE    FIELD. 

404..  -The  formation  by  divisions  is  the  basis  of  the  organiz- 
ation and  administration  of  armies  in  the  field. 

465... A  division  consists  usually  of  two  or  three  brigades, 
either  of  infantry  or  cavalry,  and  troops  of  other  c&rps  in  the 
necessary  proportion. 

466..  .A  brigade  is  formed  of  two  or  more  regiments.  The 
first  number  takes  the  right. 

467 . .  Mixed  brigades  are  sometimes  formed  of  infantry  and 
light  cavalry,  especially  for  the  advanced  guards. 


61 

46S. . .  As  the  troops  arrive  at  the  rendezvous,  the  general 
commanding-in-chief  will  organize  them  into  brigades  and 
divisions. 

409..  .The  light  cavalry  is  employed  as  flankers  and  parti- 
sans, and  generally  for  all  service  out  of  the  line. 

470.-  .Heavy  cavalry  belongs  to  the  reserve,  and  is  covered, 
when  necessary,  in  mnvches,  camps^*  or  bivouacs,  by  light 
troops,  or  infantry  of  the  line. 

471..  .The  arrangement  of  the  troops  on  parade  and  in  order 
of  battle  is — 1st,  the  light  infantry;  2d,  infantry  of  the  line; 
3d,  light  cavalry;  4th,  cavalry  of  the  line;  5th,  heavy  cavalry. 
The  troops  of  the  artillery  and  engineers  are  in  the  centre  of 
the  brigades,  divisions,  or  corps  to  which  they  are  attached  ; 
marines  take  the.  left  of  other  infantry;  volunteers  and  militia 
take  the  loft  of  regular  troops  of  the  same  arm,  and  among 
themselves,  regiments  of  volunteers  or  mihtiaof  the  same  arm 
take  place  by  lot.  This  arrangement  is  varied  by  the  general 
commanding-in-chief,  as  the  circumstances  of  war  render  ex- 
pedient. 

472..  .Brigades  in  divisions,  and  divisions  in  the  army,  are 
numbered  from  right  to  left ;  but  in  reports  of  military  opera- 
tions, brigades  and  divisions  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the 
general  connnanding  them. 

473..  .The  order  of  regiments  in  brigades  and  of  brigades 
in  divisions  may  be  changed  by  the  commander  of  the  division 
for  important  reasons,  such  as  the  weakness  of  some  corps,  or 
to  relieve  one  from  marching  too  long  at  the  rear  of  the  col- 
mnn.  Such  changes  must  be  reported  to  the  general  command- 
ing-in-chief. 

474..  .The  general  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  generals 
of  divisions  and  of  brigades  to  their  respective  commands,  when 
the  assignment  is  not  made  by  the  Department  of  War. 

475..  .the  general  of  brigade  inspects  his  troops  in  detail, 
by  companies,  when  he  takes  the  command  and  at  the  opening 
of  the  campaign,  and  as  often  as  may  be  necessary  to  ascer- 
tain exactly  their  condition.  The  general  of  division  makes 
similar  inspections  when  he  thinks  proper.  At  these  inspec- 
tions the  generals  examine  the  arms,  clothing,  equipments, 
harness,  horses,  &c.,  direct  the  necessary  repairs,  and  desig- 
nate the  men  and  horses  to  remain  in  depot,  or  march  witli 
the  train. 

170..  .  Rpports  of  inspections    arr    inadr    by    thp    go.iieral   ot' 

H 


brigade  to  tlie  general  of  division,  and  by  the  general  of  divi- 
sion to  the  general  cornmanding-in- chief. 

477..  .During  niarclies  and  all  active  operations,  generals  of 
brigade  keep  themselves  exactly  informed,  by  reports  of  corps 
and  by  their  inspections,  of  the  actual  strength  of  the  regi- 
ments, so  as  always,  and  especially  aftat  an  engagement,  to 
make  accurate  returns  to  the  general  of  division. 

478..  .Staff  officers  and  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  and 
iirtillery,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  are  assigned 
_to  the  head-quarters  of  armies  and  divisions,  and  detached 
brigades,  by  order  of  the  general  comrnanding-in-chief,  when 
the  distribution  of  these  officers  has  not  been  regulated  by  the 
_War  Department.  The  necessary  staff  will  be  assigned  to  com- 
manders of  brigades. 

479... When  an  Engineer  or  other  officer  is  charged  Xvith 
directing  an  expedition  or  making  a  reconnoissance,  without 
having  command  of  the  escort,  the  commander  of  the  escort 
shall  consult  him  on  all  the  arrangements  necessary  to  secure 
the  success  of  the  operation. 

480. . .  Staff  officers,  and  commanders  of  engineers,  ordnance^ 
and  artillery,  report  to  their  immediate  commanders  the  state 
of  the  supplies  and  whatever  concerns  the  service  under  their 
direction,  and  receive  their  orders,  and  communicate  to  them 
those  they  receive,  from  their  superiors  in  their  own  corps. 

481... The  senior  officer  of  engineers,  of  ordnance,  and  the 
departments  of  the  general  staff  serving  at  the  chief  head- 
quarters in  the  field,  will  transmit  to  the  bureau  of  his  depart- 
ment at  Montgomery,  at  the  close  of  the  campaign,  and  such 
other  times  as  the  commander  in  the  field  may  approve,  a  full 
report  of  the  operations  of  his  department,  and  whatever  infor- 
mation to  improve  its  service  he  may  be  able  to  furnish. 

The  report  of  the  officer  of  engineers  will  embrace  plaifs  of 
military  works  executed  during  the  carnpaign,  and,  in  case  of 
siege^  .a  journal  of  the  attack  or  defense. 

:     •'-     ••■   '['■•  CONTEIBUTIONS. 

462... When  the  wants  of  the  anny  absolutely  require  it, 
and  in  other  cases,  under  special  instructions  from  the  War 
Department,  the  general  commanding  the  army  may  levy 
contributions  m  money  or  kind  on  the  enemy's  country  occu- 
pied by  the  troops.  No  other  commander  can  levy  such  con- 
tributions without  written  authority  from  the  general  com- 
m^ndinff-in-f^i'iief. 


V;.  ORDERLIES. 

4S3..  .At  the  opening  of  a  campaign,  the  connnander  of  au 
army  determines  and  announces  in  orders  the  number  of  order- 
lies^ mounted  or  foot,  for  tbo  Generals,  and  the  corps  or  regi- 
ments by  which  they  are  to  be  siipph'ed,  and  the  periods  at 
which  they  sliall  be  reh'eved.  b  i  .  ;  ■.f<\>i 

'464.-  -In  marclies,  the  mounted  orderlies  follow  tlie  Gene- 
rals, and  perform  the  duty  of  escorts,  or  march  with  orderlies 
on  foot  at  the  head  of  the  division  or  bricade.^ '  '  '  ''-^     ■•^'■'^ 

.,  4S5.^  -The  staff  officer  who  distributes  the  orderlies  to  their 
posts  seiids  with  them  a  note  of  the  time  and  place  of  depar- 
ture;,  t1io6e"rehcved  receive  a.  hke  note  from  the  staff  office  rat 
the  head-qnort<n-s. 

4SG..  .Mounted  solcliers  are  to  be  employed  to  cany  dis- 
patches only  in  special  and  urgent  cases.  ;,  . 

.  487... The  precise  time  when  the  dispatcii  is  sent  ofi',  and 
th<?  rate  ut  which  it  is  to  be  conveyed,  are,  to  be  written  cleiuiy, 
on  the  covers  of  all  letters  transiuitted  by  a  mounted  orderiyi 
and  the  necessary  instructions  to  him,  and  the  rate  of  tr(vveil 
going  and  returning,  are  to  be  distinctly  explained  to  him. 

"^iyEPdTS. 

r4SS...Thc  grand  depots' t)f  an  army  are  established  where 
the  military  operations  would  not  expose  them  to  be  broken 
up.  Smaller  depots  are  organised  for  the  divisions  and  the 
several  arms.  They  are  commanded  by  officers  temporarilv 
disabled  for  field  service,  or  by  other  officers  when  necessary, 
and  comprise,  as  much  as  possible,  the  hospitals  and  depots 
tor  convalescents.  When  conveniently  placed,  they  serve  -a.^ 
points  for  the  halting  and  assembling  of  detachments.  They 
receive  the  disabled  from  the  corps  on  the  march  ;  and  the 
officers  in  command  of  the  depots  send  with  the  detachments 
to  the  army  those  at  the  depots  who  have  become  fit  for 
s&rvice. 

CAMPS. 

489... Camp  is  the  place  where  trocps  are  established  in 
tents,  in  huts,  or  in  bivouac.  Cantonments  are  the  inhabited 
places  which  troops  occupy  for  shelter  when  not  put  in  bar- 
racks. The  camping-party  is  a  detachment  detailed  to  prepare 
a  camp.  >. 

E3j^90., .  Keconuoispanoes^  should  precede  the  establishiueutioi' 


the  camp.  For  a  camp  of  troops  on  the  march,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  look  to  the  liealth  and  comfort  of  the  troops,  the 
facility  of  the  communications,  the  convenience  of  wood  and 
water,  and  the  resources  in  provisions  and  forage.  The 
ground  for  an  intrenched  camp,  or  a  camp  to  cover  a  country, 
or  one  designed  to  deceive  the  enemy  as  to  the  strength  of  the 
army,  must  be  selected,  and  the  camp  arranged  for  the  object 
in  view. 

491..  .The  camping-party  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the  regi- 
mental Quartermaster  and  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  and  a 
Corporal  and  two  men  per  company.  The  General  decides 
whether  the  regiments  camp  separately  or  together,  and 
whether  the  police  guard  shall  accompany  the  camping-party* 
or  a  larger  escort  shall  be  sent. 

492..  .Neither  baggage  nor  led  horses  are  permitted  to  move 
with  the  camping-party. 

493. . .  When  the  General  can  send  in  advance  to  prepare 
the  camp,  he  gives  his  instructions  to  the  chief  of  the  Quarter- 
master's Department,  who  calls  on  the  regiments  for  their 
camping-parties,  and  is  accompanied,  if  necessary,  by  an  En- 
gineer to  propose  the  defenses  and  communications. 

494. . .  The  watering-places  are  examined,  and  signals  placed 
at  those  that  are  dangerous.  Any  work  required  to  make 
them  of  easier  access  is  done  by  the  police  guard  or  Quarter- 
master's men.  Sentinels,  to  be  relieved  by  the  guards  of  the 
regiment  when  they  come  up,  are  placed  by  the  camping- 
party  over  the  water  if  it  is  scarce,  and  over  the  houses  and 
stores  of  provisions  and  forage  in  the  vicinity. 

495..  .If  the  camping-party  does  not  precede  the  regiment, 
the  Quartermaster  attends  to  these  things  as  soon  as  the  regi- 
ment reaches  the  camp. 

496... On  reaching  the  ground,  the  infantry  form  on  the 
color  front ;  the  cavalry  in  rear  of  its  camp. 

497..  .The  Generals  establish  the  troops  in  camp  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  particularly  after  long,  fatiguing  marches. 

498... The  number  of  men  to  be  furnished  for  guards, 
pickets,  and  orderlies ;  the  fatigue  parties  to  be  sent  for  sup- 
plies; the  work  to  be  done,  and  the  strength  of  the  working 
parties  ;  the  time  and  place  for  issues  ;  the  hour  of  marching, 
&c.,  are  then  announced  by  the  Brigadier-Generals  to  the 
Colonels,  and  by  them  to  the  field  officers — the  Adjutant  and 
Captains  formed  in  front  of  the  regiment,  the  First  Sergeants 
taJiiDg  post  behind  their  Captains.     The  Adjutant  then  makes 


61 

the  details,  and  the  First  Sergeants  warn  the  rnen.  The 
regimental  otiicer  of  the  day  forms  the  picket,  and  sends  the 
guards  to  their  posts.  The  colors  are  then  planted  at  the 
centre  of  the  color  line,  and  the  arms  are  stacked  on  the  line ; 
the  fatigue  parties  to  procure  supplies,  and  the  woiking  par- 
ties form  in  rear  of  the  arms  ;  the  men  not  on  detail  pitch  the 
tents. 

499...  If  the  camp  is  near  the  enemy,  the  picket  remains 
under  arms  until  the  return  of  the  fatigue  parties,  and,  if  ne- 
cessary, is  reinforced  by  details  from  each  company. 

•500... In  the  cavalry,  each  troop  moves  a  little  iu  rear  of 
tJie  point  at  which  its  horses  are  to  be  secure<l,  and  forms  in 
one  rank;  the  men  then  dismount;  a  detail  is  made  to  hold 
the  horses;  the  rest  stack  their  arms  and  iix  the  picket  rope; 
after  the  horses  are  attended  to,  tiie  tents  are  pitched,  and  each 
horseman  places  his  carbine  at  the  side  from  the  weather,  and 
hangs  his  sabre  and  bridle  on  it. 

501... The  standard  is  then  carried  to  the  tent  of  the 
Colonel, 

502...  The  terms  front,  flank,  right,  left,  file,  and  rank,  have 
the  same  meaning  when  applied  to  camps  as  t-o  the  order  of 
battle. 

503..  .The  front  of  the  camp  is  usually  equal  to  the  froht  of 
the  troops.  The  tents  are  arranged  in  ranks  and  files.  The 
number  of  ranks  varies  with  the  strengtli  of  the  companies  and 
the  size  of  the  tents. 

504... No  oflicer  will  be  allowed  to  occupy  a  house, 
although  vacant  and  on  the  ground  of  his  camp,  except  by 
peniiission  of  the  commander  of  the  brigade,  who  shall  report 
it  to  the  commander  of  the  division. 

505.. -The  staff  officer  charged  with  establishing  the  camp 
will  designate  the  place  for  the  shajiibles.  The  offal  will  be 
buried. 

CAiMP    OF    INFANTRY. 

506..  .Each  company  has  its  tents  in  two  files,  facing  on  a 
street  perpendicular  to  the  color  line.  The  width  of  the  street 
depends  on  the  front  of  the  camp,  but  should  not  be  less  than 
&  paces.  The  interval  between  the  ranks  of  tents  is  2  paces ; 
between  the  files  of  tents  of  adjacent  companies,  2  paces; 
between  regiments,  22  paces. 

507.,  .The  color  line  is  10  paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank 


of  teuts;  The  kitchens  are  20  .jjacea  .behind  the  rear  rauk  ot 
company  tents  ;  the  non-commissioned  staff  and  sutler,  20 
paces  in  rear  of  the  kitchens ;  the  company  officers,  20  paces 
farther  in  rear  ;  and  the  held  and  staff,  20  paces  in  roar  of  the 
company  ofhcers. 

508..  .The  company  officers  are  in  rear  of  their'  respective 
companies;  the  Captains  on  the  right.  ''-*•' 

509... The  Colonel  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  arc  near  the 
centre  of  the  line  of  field  and  staff :  the  Adjutant,  a  Major  amd 
Surgeon,  on  the  right;  the  Quartermaster,  a  Major  and  Assis- 
tant Surgeon,  on  the  left. 

510.-  .The  police  guard  is  at  the  centre  of  the  line  of  the 
non-commissioned  staff,  the  tents  facing  to  the  front,  tlie  stacks 
of  arms  on  the  left. 

511..  .The  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  about  200 
paces  in  front  of  the  color  line,  and  opposite  the  centre  of  the 
regiment,  or  on  the  best  ground ;  the  prisoners'  tent  about  4 
paces  in  rear.  In  a  regiment  of  the  second  line,  the  advanced 
post  of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  rear  of  the  line  of  itt* 
field  and  staff. 

512... The  horses  of  the  staff  officers  and  of  the  baggage 
train  are  2-5  paces  in  rear  of  the  tents  of  the  field  and  staff; 
the  wagons  arc  parked  on  the  same  line,  and  the  men  of, the 
train  camped  near  tbenj. 

513..  .The  sinks  of  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front  of  the 
color  line — those  of  the  officers  100  paces  in  rear  of  the  train. 
Both  are  concealed  by  bushes.  When  convenient,  the  sinks 
of  the  men  may  be  placed  in  rear  or  on  a  flank.  A  portion 
of  the  earth  dug  out  for  sinks  to  be  thrown  back  occasionally. 

514..  .The  front  of  the  camp  of  a  regiment  of  1000  men  in 
two  ranks  will  be  400  paces,  or  one-fifth  less  paces  than  the 
number  of  files,  if  the  camp  is  to  have  the  same  front  as  the 
troops  in  order  of  battle.  But  the  front  may  be  reduced  to 
190  paces  by  narrowing  the  company  streets  to  5  paces ;  and 
if  it  be  desirable  to  reduce  the  front  still  more,  the  tents  of 
companies  may  be  pitched  in  single  file — those  of  a  division 
facing  on  the  si^me  Street. 

t  .   >\:.,  CAMP   OF   CA.VALKY. 

515..  .In  the  cavalry,  «ach  company  has  one  file  of  tents — 
the  tents  opening  on  the  street  facing  the  left  of  the  camp. 

516..  .The  horses  of  each  company  are  placed  in'  a  single 
file,  facing  the  opening  of  the  tents,  and  are  fastened  to  pickets 


613 

planted  linulv  in  the  gromitl,  from  :{  to  G  paces  from  the  tents 
of  the  troops. 

517..  .The  hiterval  between  the  file  of,  tents  should  be  sueh 
that,  the  regiment  being  broken  into  column  of  companies,  each 
coilipany  should  be  on  the  extension  of  the  line  on  Avhich  the 
horses  are  to  be  picketed. 

618... The  streets  separating  the  squadrons  are  wider  than 
those  between  the  companies  by  the  interval  separating  squad- 
rons in  line  ;  these  intervals  are  kept  free  from  any  obstruction 
throughout.the  camp. 

519..  .Tiie  horses  of  the  rear  rank  are  placed  on  the  left  of 
those  of  tlieir  file-leaders. 

'j20..  .The  horst^s  of  the  Lieutenants  are  placed  on  the  right 
of  their  platoons;  thos;^.  of  the  Captains  on  the  right  of  the^ 
company.  * 

521..  .Each  horse  occupies  a  space  of  about  2  paces.  The 
number  of  horses  m  the  company  fixes  the  depth  of  the  camp, 
and  the  distance  between  the-files  of  tents;  the  forage  is  placed 
between  tlie  tents. 

522..  .The  kitchens  are  20  paces  in  front  of  each  lile  of  tents. 

523..  .The  nou-conmiissioned  officers  are  in  the  tents  of  the 
front  rank.  Camp-followei«„, teamsters,  &c.,  are  in  tlxe  rear 
Yiink.  The  police  guard  in  the  rear  rank,  near  the  centre  of 
the  regiment. 

524..  .The  tents  of  the  Lieutenants  are  30  paces  in  rear  of 
the  lileof  their  company  ;  the  tents  of  the  Captains  30  paces  in 
rear  of  the  Lieutenants. 

525..  .The  Colonel's  tent  30  mces  in  the  rear  of  the  Cap- 
tains', near  the  centre  of  the  regnnent ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel 
on  his  right ;  the  Adjutant  on  his  left  ;  the  Majors  on  the  same 
line,  opposite  the  2d  company  on  the  right  and  left;  the  Sur- 
geon on  the  left  of  the  Adjutant.  ■  •■  .    > 

52G. . .  The  field  aud  staff  lifive  their  horses  on  the  left  of  their 
tents,  on  the  .same  line  with  the  company  horses;  sick  horses 
are  placed  in  one  line  on  the  right  or  left  of  the  canip.  The 
men  who  attend  theip  have  a  separate  file  of  tents  ;  the  forges 
and  wagons  in  rear  of  this  file.  The  horses  of  the  train  and 
of  camp-fol lowers  are  in  one  or  more  files  extending  to  the 
rear,  behind  the  right  of  left  sqnadron.  The  advanced  post  of 
the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  front,  opposite  the  centre  of 
the  regiment  ;  the  horses  in  on^  or  two  files.  " 


■   ^  .64 

527... The  sinks  for  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front — ^thosc 
for  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  camp. 

CAMP   OF   ARTILLERY. 

528..  .The  artillery  is  encamped  near  the  troops  to  which  it 
is  attached,  so  as  to  be  protected  from  attack,  and  to  contribute 
to  the  defense  of  the  camp.  Sentinels  for  the  park  are  fur- 
nished by  the  artillery,  and,  when  necessaiy,  by  the  other 
troops. 

529..  .For  a  battery  of  6  pieces,  the  tents  are  in  three  files — 
one  for  each  section  ;  distance  between  the  ranks  of  tents,  15 
paces  ;  tents  opening  to  the  front.  The  horses  of  each  section 
are  picketed  in  one  file,  10  paces  to  the  left  of  the  file  of  tents. 
In  the  horse  artilleiy,  or  if  the  number  of  horses  makes  it  ne- 
cessary, the  horses  are  in  two  files,  on  the  right  and  left  of  the 
file  of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  25  paces  in  front  of  the  front 
rank  of  tenta.  The  tents  of  the  officers  are  in  the  outside  files 
of  company  tents,  25  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  rear  rank — the 
Captain  on  the  righr,  the  Lieutenants  on  the  left. 

530..  .The  park  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  camp,  40  paces 
in  rear  of  the  officers'  tents.  The  carriages  in  files  4  paces 
apart ;  distance  between  ranks  of  carriages  sufficient  for  the 
Iiorses  when  harnessed  to  them  ;  the  park  guard  is  25  paces  in 
rear  of  the  park.  The  sinks  for  the  men,  150  paces  in  front; 
for  the  officers,  100  peaces  in  the  rear.  The  harness  is  in  the 
tents  of  the  men. 

nivouACS. 

531..  .A  regiment  of  cavalry  being  in  o-rder  of  battle,  in  rear 
of  the  ground  to  be  occupied,  the  Colonel  breaks  it  by  platoons 
to  the  right.  The  horses  of  each  platoon  are  placed  in  a  single 
row,  and  fastened  as  prescribed  for  camps  ;  near  the  enemy, 
they  remain  saddled  ail  night,  with  slackened  girths.  Tiie 
arnis  are  at  first  stacked  in  rear  of  each  row  of  horses ;  the 
sabres,  with  the  bridles  hung  on  them,  are  placed  against  the 
stacks. 

532... The  forage  is  placed  on  the  right  of  each  row  of 
horses.     Two  stable-guards  for  each  platoon  watch  the  horses. 

533..  .A  fire  for  each  platoon  is  made  near  the  color  line,  20 
paces  to  the  left  of  the  row  of  horses.  A  shelter  is  made  for 
the  men  around  the  fire,  if  possible,  and  each  man  then  stands 
his  arms  and  bridle  against  the  shelter. 

534..  .The  fires  and  shelter  for  the  officer);;  are  placed  in  rear 
of  the  line  of  thofio  for  the  men. 


66 

635..  .The  intei-vals between  the  squadrons  must  be  without 
obstruction  throughout  the  whole  depth  of  the  bivouac. 

530..  .The  interval  between  the  shelters  should  be  such  that 
the  platoons  can  take  up  a  line  of  battle  freely  to  the  front  or 
rear. 

537..  .The  distance  from  the  enemy  decides  the  manner  in 
which  the  horses  are  to  Ik?  fed  and  led  to  water.  Wiien  it  is 
permitted  to  unsaddle,  the  saddles  are  placed  in  the  rear  of  tho 
horses. 

53S..  .In  intantry,  the  fiivs  are  made  in  rear  of  i]\Q  rnlor  livo 
on  the  ground  that  it  would  be  occupied  by  the  tents  in  camp. 
The  companies  are  placed  around  them,  and,  if  possible,  con- 
struct shelters.  When  liable  to  surprise,  the  iuf^intry  should 
stand  to  arms  at  daybreak,  and  the  cavalry  mount  until  tho 
return  of  the  reconnoitering  parties.  If  the  arms  are  to  be 
taken  apart  to  clean,  it  must  be  done  by  detachments,  succes- 
sively. 

CANTOXMEKTS. 

539. — The  cavalry  should  be  placed  under  shelter  whenever 
the  distance  Irom  the  enemy,  and  from  the  ground  where  the 
troops  are  to  form  for  battle,  permit  it.  Taverns  and  farm- 
houses, with  large  stables  and  free  access,  are  selected  for 
quartering  them. 

540..  .The  Colonel  indicates  the  place  of  assembling  in  caso 
of  alarm.  It  should  generally  be  outside  the  cantonment ; 
the  egress  from  it  should  be  free ;  the  retreat  upon  the  other 
positions  secure,  and  roads  leading  to  it  on  the  side  of  the 
enemy  obstructed. 

511..  .The  necessar}*  orders  being  given,  as  in  establishing  a 
camp,  the  picket  and  grand  guards  are  posted.  A  sentinel  may 
be  placed  on  a  steeple  or  high  house,  and  then  the  troops  are 
marched  to  the  quarters.  The  men  sleep  in  the  stables,  if  it  U 
thought  necessary. 

542..  .The  above  applies  in  the  main  to  infantry.  Near  the 
enemy,  companies  or  platoons  should  be  collected,  as  much  as 
possible,  in  the  same  houses.  If  companies  must  be  separated, 
they  should  be  divided  by  platoons  or  squads.  XW  take  arms 
at  daybreak. 

543..  .When  cavalry  and  infantry  canton  together,  the  latter 
furnish  the  guards  by  night,  and  the  former  by  day. 

544..  .Troops  cantoned  in  presence  of  the  enemy  should  bo 
covered  by  advanced  guards  and  natural  or  artificial  obstacloM. 

I 


'-'fee 

Cantonments  taken  during  a  cessation  of  hostilities  should 
be  established  in  rear  of  a  line  of  defense,  and  in  front  of  the 
point  on  which  the  troops  would  concentrate  to  receive  an  at- 
tack. The  General  coramanding-in-chief  assigns  the  limits  of 
their  cantonments  to  the  divisions,  the  commanders  of  divisions 
to  brigades,  and  the  commanders  of  brigades  post  their  regi- 
ments. The  position  for  each  corps  in  case  of  attack  is  care- 
fully pointed  out  by  the  Generals. 

HEAD-QUARTERS. 

545..  .Generals  take  post  at  the  centre  of  their  commands, 
on  the  main  channels  of  communication.  If  troops  bivouac 
in  presence  of  the  enemy,  the  Generals  bivouac  with  them. 

MILITARY  EXERCISES. 

546... When  troops  remain  in  camp  or  cantonment  many 
days,  the  CoKonels  require  them  to  be  exercised  in  the  school 
of  the  battalion  and  squadron.  Regiments  and  brigades  en- 
camped by  division  are  not  united  for  drills  without  the  per- 
mission of  the  General  of  division.  The  troops  must  not  be 
exercised  at  the  firings  without  the  authority  of  the  General 
commanding-in-chief.  The  practice  of  the  drums  must  never 
begin  with  the  "general,"  or  the  "march  of  the  regiment;" 
nor  the  trumpets  with  the  sound  "  to  horse."  The  hour  for 
practice  is  always  announced.         , 

ORDERS. 

547..  .In  the  field,  verbal  orders  and  important  sealed  orders 
are  carried  by  otficers,  and,  if  possible,  by  staff  officers.  When 
orders  are  carried  by  orderlies,  the  place  and  time  of  departure 
will  be  marked  on  them,  and  place  and  time  of  delivery  on 
the  receipt. 

DISPATCHES. 

518..  .Dispatches,  particularly  for  distant  corps,  should  be 
intrusted  only  to  officers  to  whom  their  contents  can  be  con- 
fided. In  a  country  occupied  by  the  enemy,  the  bearer  of  dis- 
patches should  be  accompanied  by  at  least  two  of  the  best 
moui.tjd  men;  should  avoid  towns  and  villages,  and  the  main 
roads;  rest  as  little  as  possible,  and  only  at  out-of-the-v.'ay 
places.  Where  there  is  danger,  he  should  send  one  of  the  men 
in  advance,  and  be  ahvays  ready  to  destroy  his  dispatches.  He 
should  be  adroit  in  answering  questions  about  the  army,  and 
not  to  be  intimidated  bv  threats.. 


67 


WATCHWORDS. 


549..  .The  parole  and  countersign  are  issued  daily  from  the 
principal  head-quarters  of  the  command.  The  countersign  is 
given  to  the  sentinels  and  non-commissioned  ofticers  of  the' 
guards ;  the  parole  to  the  commissioned  officers  of  guards. 
The  parole  is  usually  the  name  of  a  general,  the  countersign 
of  a  battle. 

550..  .When  the  parole  and  countersign  can  not  be  commu- 
nicated daily  to  a  post  or  detachment  which  ought  to  use  the 
same  as  the  main  body,  a  series  of  words  may  be  sent  for  some 
days  in  advance. 

551..  .If  the  countersign  is  lost,  or  one  of  the  guard  deserts 
with  it,   the  commander  on  the  spot  will  substitnte  another, 
and  report  the  case  at  once  to  the  proper  superior,  that  imme-:' 
diate  notice  may  be  given  to  he^d-quarters. 


ISSUES.  ,  -■, 


552... At  what  time  and  for  what  period  issues  are  niade,- 
must  depend  on  circunjstances,.  and  be  regulated  in  orders. 
When  an  army  is  not  moving,  rations  are  generally  issued- for 
four  days  at  a  time.  Issues  to  the  companies  of  a  regiment, 
and  the  fatigues  to  receive  them,  are  superintended  by  an 
officfer  detailed  from  the  regiment.  Issues  are  made  ii-om  one 
end  of  the  line  to  the  other,  beginning  on  the  right  and  left 
alternately.  An  issue  commenced  on  one  regiment  will  not 
be  interrupted  for  another  entitled  to  precedence  if  it  had  been 
in  place. 

THE    ROSTEK,    OR    DETAILS    FOR    SERVICE. 

553..  .The  duties  performed  by  detail  are  of  three  classes. 
The  Jirsi  elms  comprises,  1st.  grand  guards  and  outposts ;  2d. 
interior  guards,  as  of  magazine,  hospital,  &c.;  3d.  orderlies  ; 
4th.  police  guards. 

The  scco)id  do.ss  con:prises,  1st.  detachments  to  protect  labor- 
ers on  military  woiks,  as  lield-works,  communications  &c.  : 
2d.  working  parties  on  such  works;  3d.  detachments  to  pro- 
tect fatigues. 

The  third  class  are  all  fatigues,  wdthout  arms,  in  or  out  of 
camp. 

In  the  cavah-y,  stable-guards  form  a  separate  roster,  and 
count  before  fatigue.  ^Z 

554. . .  The  rosters  are  distinct  for  each  class.  OjEiicevs  aiv 
•named  on  thciu  in  the  order  of  rank.  The  details  are  takeo  .irx 
euccession  in  tho  order  of  the  roster,  beginning  at  the  head.'.,  y 


•  63^ 

555..  .Lieutenants  form  one  loster,  and  first  and  second 
Lieutenants  are  entered  on  it  alternately.  The  senior  first 
Lieutenant  is  the  first  on  the  roster  ;  the  senior  second  Lieu- 
tenant is  the  second,  &c.  The  Captains  form  one  roster,  and 
are  exempt  from  fatigues,  except  to  superintend  issues.  A 
Captain  commanding  a  battalion  temporarily  is  exempt  from 
detail,  and  duty  failing  to  him  passes.  Lieutenant-Colonels 
aiid  Majors  are  on  one  roiter.  They  maybe  detailed  for  duties 
of  the  first  and  second  classps,  when  the  importance  of  the 
guards  and  detachments  requires  it.  Their  roster  is  kept  at 
division  and  brigade  head-quarters.  In  the  company,  sergeants, 
corporals  and  privates  form  distinct  rosters. 

556..  .Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers  take 
duties  of  the  first  class  in  the  order  stated,  viz,  the  first  for  the 
detail,  takes  the  grand  guards  ;  the  next,  the  interior  guards  ; 
the  last,  the  police  guard  ;  and  the  same  i-ule  in  regard  to  the 
details  and  duties  of  the  second  class.  In  the  details  for  the 
third  class,  the  senior  officer  takes  the  largest  party.  The  party 
first  for  detail  takes  the  service  out  of  camp. 

557..  .When  the  officer  whose  tour  it  is,  is  not  able  to  take 
it,  or  is  not  present  at  the  hour  of  marching,  the  next  after 
him  takes  it.  When  a  guard  has  passed  the  chain  of  sentinels, 
or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post,  the  officer  vrhose  tour 
it  wa3  cannot  then  take  it.  He  takes  the  tour  of  the  officer 
who  haf?  taken  his.  When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness 
from  taking  his  tour,  it  passes.  These  rules  apply  equally  to 
non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers. 

558..  .Duties  of  the  first  and  second  classes  are  credited  on 
the  roster  when  the  guards  or  detachments  have  passed  the 
chain  of  sentinels,  or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post; 
fatigue  duties  when  the  parties  have  passed  the  chain  or  begun 
the  duties  in  camp. 

559..  .Every  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  on 
duty  of  the  first  class,  or  who  is  of  the  next  detail  for  such 
duty,  takes  when  relieved,  the  duty  of  the  second  or  third  class 
that  has  fallen  to  him  during  that  time,  unless  he  has  marched 
for  detachment  of  more  than  twenty-four  hours. 

560..  .Soldiers  march  with  knapsacks  on  all  duties  of  the 
first  class;  and  with  arms  and  equipments  complete  on  all 
working  parties  out  of  the  camp,  unless  otherwise  ordered.  Li 
the  cavalry,  horses  are  packed  for  all  mounted  service. 

66L..Id  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men,  and  those  whose 
horses  are  not  in  order,   are  preferred  for  the  detail  for  dis- 


6§ 

mounted  service.  Those  who  are  mounted  are  never  employ- 
ed on  those  services,  if  the  number  of  the  other  class  are  suf- 
ficient. 

-5G2..  .Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  in  the 
cavalry  detailed  for  dismounted  service  must,  before  he  marches, 
take  to  the  First  St^rsronnt  of  the  troop,  or  Sori^eant  of  his 
squad,  liis  horse  equipments  and  his  valise  ready  packed.  In 
case  of  alarm,  the  First  Sorijoant  sees  that  tha  hoi'scs  of  these 
men  are  equipped  and  led  to  the  rendezvous. 

563..  .These  rules  in  regard  to  the  roster  apply  also  to  ser- 
vice in  garrison. 

POLICE    GU.4RD. 

564..  .In  each  rep'ment  a  police  guard  is  detailed  every  day, 
consisting  of  two  sergeants,  three  ooi-porals,  two  drummers, 
and  men  enough  to  furnish  the  required  sentinels  and  patrols. 
The  men  are  taken  from  all  the  companies,  from  each  in  pro- 
portion to  its  strengtii.  The  guard  is  commanded  by  a  Lieu- 
tenant, under  the  su}>ervision  of  a  Captain,  as  regimental  offi- 
cer of  tlie  day.  It  furnishes  ten  sentinels  at  the  camp;  one 
over  the  arms  of  the  guard ;  one  at  the  Colonel's  tent ;  three 
on  the  color  front,  one  of  them  over  the  colors;  three,  Kfty 
paces  in  rear  of  the  field  officers'  tents ;  and  one  on  each 
flank,  between  it  and  the  ne.xt  regiment.  If  it  is  a  flank  regi- 
ment, one  more  sentinel  is  posted  on  the  outer  flank. 

565..  .An  advanced  post  is  detached  from  tlie  police  guard, 
composed  of  a  sergeant,  a  corporal,  a  drummtir,  and  nine  men 
to  furnish  sentinels  and  the  guard  over  the  prisoners.  The 
men  are  the  first  of  the  guard  roster  from  each  compan3\  The 
men  of  the  advanced  post  must  not  leave  it  under  any  pre- 
text. Their  meals  are  sent  to  the  post.  The  advanced  post 
furnishes  three  sentinels ;  two  a  few  paces  in  front  of  the 
post,  opposite  the  right  and  left  wing  of  the  regiment,  posted 
80  as  to  see  as  far  as  possible  to  the  front,  and  one  over  the 
arms. 

560... In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men  are  employed  in 
preference  on  the  police  guard.  The  mounted  men  on  guard 
are  sent  in  succession,  a  part  at  a  time,  to  groom  their  horses. 
The  advanced  post  is  always  formed  of  mounted  men. 

567..  .In  each  company,  a  corporfd  has  charge  of  the  stable- 
guard.  His  tour  begins  at  retreat,  and  ends  at  morning  stable- 
call.  The  stable-guard  is  large  enough  to  relieve  the  men  on 
post  every  tv/o  hours.  They  sleep  in  their  tents,  and  are 
called  by  the  corporal  when  wanted.     At  retreat  ho  closes  tbo 


7G 

streets  of  the  camp  with  cords,  or  uses  other  precautions  to 
prevent  the  escape  of  loose  horses. 

568..  .The  officer  of  the  da}'  is  charged  with  the  order  and 
cleanliness  of  the  camp;  a  fatigue  is  furnished  to  him  when 
the  number  of  prisoners  is  insufficient  to  clean  the  camp.  He 
has  the  calls  beaten  by  the  drummer  of  the  guard. 

5G9..  .The  police  guard  and  the  advanced  post  pay  the  same 
honors  as  other  guards.  They  take  arms  when  an  armed  body 
approaches.  .n 

-  570.-  -The  sentinel  over  the  colors  has  orders  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  moved,  except  in  presence  of  an  escort  ;  to  let  no 
one  touch  them  but  the  color-bearer,  or  the  sergeant  of  the 
police  guard  when  he  is  accompanied  by  two  armed  men. 

571..  .The  sentinels  on  the  color  front  permit  no  soldier  to 
take  arms  from  the  stacks,  except  by  order  of  some  officer, 
or  a  non-commissioned  officer  of  the  guard.  The  sentinel  at 
the  Colonel's  tent  has  orders  to  warn  him,  day  or  night,  of  any 
unusual  movement  in  or  about  the  camp. 

572..  .The  sentinels  on  the  front,  flanks,  and  rear,  see  that 
no  soldier  leaves  camp  with  horse  or  arms,  unless  conducted  by 
a  non-commissioned  officer.  They  prevent  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  from  passing  out  at  night,  except  to  go  to 
the  sinks,  and  mark  if  they  return.  They  arrest,  at  any  time, 
suspicions  persons  prowling  about  the  camp,  and  at  night, 
eveiy  one  wlio  attempts  to  enter,  even  the  soldiers  of  other 
corps.  Arrested  persons  are  sent  to  the  officer  of  the  guards, 
who  sends  them,  if  necessary,  to  the  officer  of  the  day.     -.ui   oJ 

573. .  .The  sentinels  on  the  front  of  the  advanced  post  have 
orders  to  permit  neither  non-commissioned  officers  nor  soldiers 
to  pass  the  line,  without  reporting  at  the  advanced  post;  to 
warn  the  advanced  post  of  the  approach  of  any  armed  body, 
and  to  arrest  all  suspicious  persons.  The  sergeant  sends  per- 
sons so  arrested  to  the  officer  of  the  guard,  and  warns  him  of 
the  approach  of  any  armed  body. 

574... The  sentinel  over  the  anas  at  the  adv^^nced  post 
guards  the  prisoners  and  keeps  sight  of  them,  and  suffers  no 
one  to  converse  with  them  without  permission.  They  are  only 
permitted  to  go  to  the  sinks  one  at  a  time,  and  under  a  sentinel. 

575..  .If  any  one  is  to  be  passed  out  of  camp  at  night,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  him  under  escort  to  the  advanced 
post,  and  the  sergeant  of  the  post  has  him  passed  over  the 
chain. 


71 

576..  -At  retreat,  the  officer  of  the  guard  has  the  roll  of  his 
guard  called,  and  inpccts  arms,  to  see  that  they  are  loaded  and 
in  ordtM- ;  and  visits  the  advanced  post  for  the  same  purpose. 
The  Seigoaut  of  the  police  guard,  accompanied  b}'^  two  armed 
soldiers,  folds  the  colors  and  lays  them  on  the  trestle  in  the 
rear  of  the  arms.  He  sees  that  the  sutler's  stores  are  then 
closed,  and  the  men  leave  them,  and  that  the  kitchen  fires  are 
put  out  at  the  appointed  hour. 

577.., The  officer  of  the  day  satisfies  himself  frequently 
during  the  night,  of  the  vigilance  of  the  police  guard  and  ad- 
vanced post.  He  prescribes  patrols  and  rounds  to  be  made  by 
the  officer  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the  guard.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  orders  them  when  he  thinks  necessary. 
He  visits  the  sentinels  frequently. 

578..  .At  reveille,  the  police  guard  takes  arms:  the  officer  of 
the  guard  inspects  it  and  the  advanced  post.  The  Sergeant 
replants  the  colors  in  place.  At  retreat  and  reveille  the  ad- 
vanced post  takes  arms  ;  the  Sergeant  makes  his  report  to  the 
officer  of  the  guard  when  he  visils  the  post. 

579..  .When  necessary,  the  camp  is  covered  at  night  with 
small  outposts,  forming  a  double  chain  of  sentinels.  These 
posts  are  under  the  orders  of  the  commander  of  the  police 
guard,  arid  are  visited  by  his  patrols  and  rounds. 

5S0,.  .The  officer  of  the  guard  makes  his  report  of  his  tour 
of  service,  including  the  advanced  post,  and  sends  it,  after  the 
guard  is  marched  ott",  to  the  officer  of  the  day. 

5Sl...Whcn  the  regiment  marches,  the  men  of  the  police 
guard  return  to  their  companies,  except  those  of  the  advanced 
post.  In  the  cavalry,  at  the  sound  "  boot  and  saddle,"  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  one  half  the  men  to  saddle  and  pack ; 
when  the  regiment  assembles,  all  the  men  join  it. 

5S2. . .  When  the  camping-party  precedes  the  regiment,  and 
the  new  police  guard  marches  with  the  cam|ting-partv,  the 
guard,  on  reaching  the  cam}),  forms  in  line  thirty  paces  in  front 
of  the  centre  of  the  giound  marked  for  the  regiment.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  furnishes  the  sentinels  required  by  the 
connnander  of  the  camping-party.  The  advanced  post  takes 
its  station. 

533..  .The  advanced  post  of  the  old  police  guard  takes  charge 
of  the  prisoners  on  the  march,  and  marches,  bayonets  fixed,  at 
the  centre  of  the  regiment.  On  reaching  camp,  it  turns  over 
the  prisoners  to  the  new  advanced  post. 


72 


THE   PICKET. 


5S4.. .  Tlie  detail  for  the  picket  is  made  daily,  after  the  details 
for  duty  of  the  first  class,  and  frcm  the  next  for  detail  on  the 
roster  of  that  class.  It  is  designed  to  furnish  detachments  and 
guards  unexpectedly  called  for  in  the  twenty-four  hours ;  it 
counts  as  a  tour  of  the  first  class  to  those  who  kave  marched 
on  detaclinient  or  guard,  or  who  have  passed  the  night  in 
bivouac. 

585..  .The  officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  attd  soldiers  of 
the  picket  are  at  all  times  dressed  and  equipped  ;  the  horses 
are  saddled,  and  knapsacks  and  valises  ready  to  be  put  on, 

586..  .Detachments  and  guards  from  the  picket  are  taken 
from  the  head  of  the  picket  roll  in  each  company,  and,  if  possi- 
ble, equally  from  each  company.  The  picket  of  a  regiment  is 
composed  of  a  Lieutenant,  two  Sergeants,  four  Corporals,  a 
drummer,  and  about  forty  privates.  For  a  smaller  force,  the 
picket  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  detachment. 

587..  .Officers  and  men  of  the  picket  who  march  on  detach- 
ment or  guard  before  retreat,  will  be  replaced. 

588... The  picket  is  assembled  by  the  Adjutant  at  guard- 
mounting  ;  it  is  posted  twelve  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  guard, 
and  is  inspected  by  its  own  conmiander.  When  the  guard  has 
marched  in  review,  the  commandant  of  the  picket  marches  it 
to  the  left  of  the  police  guard,  where  it  stncks  its  arms,  and  is 
dismissed  ;  the  arms  are  under  chai'ge  of  the  sentinel  of  the 
police  guard. 

589... The  picket  is  only  assembled  by  the  orders  of  the 
Colonel  or  officer  of  the  day.  It  forms  on  the  left  of  the  police 
guard. 

590..  .The  officer  of  the  day  requires  the  roll  of  the  picket 
to  be  called  frequently  during  the  day  ;  the  call  is  sounded  from 
the  police  guard.  At  roll-calls  and  inspections,  infantry  pick- 
ets assemble  with  knapsacks  on,  cavalry  on  foot.  The  picket 
is  assembled  at  retreat ;  the  officer  has  the  roll  called,  and  in- 
spects the  arms.  The  picket  sleep  in  their  tents,  but  without 
undressing. 

591..  .The picket  does  not  assemble  at  night  except  in  cases 
of  alarm,  or  when  the  whole  or  a  part  is  to  march ;  then  the 
officer  of  the  day  calls  the  officers,  the  latter  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  these  the  men,  for  which  purpose  each 
ascertains  the  tents  of  those  he  is  to  call ;  they  are  assembled 
without  beat  of  drum  or  other  noise.  At  night,  cavalry  pickets 
assemble  mounted. 


73 

592..  .Pickets  rejoin  their  companies  wiienever  the  regiment 
is  under  arms  for  review,  drill,  march,  or  battle. 

GRAND  GUARDS  AND  OTHER  OUTPOSTS. 

593...  Grand  guards  are  the  advanced  posts  of  a  camp  or 
cantonment,  and  should  cover  the  approaches  to  it.  Their 
number,  strength,  and  position  are  regulated  by  the  commanders 
of  brigades ;  in  detached  corps,  by  the  co;iimanding  officer. 
When  it  can  be,  the  grand  guards  of  cavalry  and  ini'untry  are 
combined,  the  cavahy  furnishing  the  advanced  sentinels.  When 
the  cavalry  is  weak,  the  grand  guards  are  infantry,  but  furnished 
with  a  few  cavalry  soldiers,  to  get  and  carry  intelligence  of  the 
enemy. 

594... The  strength  of  the  grand  guard  of  a  brigade  will 
depend  on  its  object  and  the  strength  of  the  regiments,  the 
nattire  of  the  country,  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the  dis- 
position of  the  inhabitants.  It  is  usually  commanded  by  a 
Captain. 

595..  .Under  the  supervision  of  the  Generals  of  Division  and 
Brioadi^  the  orand  2;uards  are  specially  under  the  direction  of  a 
field  oiilcer  of  the  day  in  each  brigade.  In  case  ol  necessity, 
Captains  may  be  added  to  the  roster  of  Lieutenant-Colonels 
and  Majors  for  this  detail. 

596..  .Stall*  officers  sent  from  division  head-quarters  to  in- 
spect the  posts  of  grand  guards,  give  them  orders  only  in  urgent 
cases,  and  in  tlie  absence  of  the  field  ofticer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade. 

597..  .Grand  guards  usually  mount  at  tiie  same  time  as  the 
other  guards,  but  may  mount  before  daybreak  if  the  General 
of  Brigade  thinks  it  necessary  to  double  the  outposts  at  that 
time.  In  this  case  they  assemble  and  march  without  noise,  and 
during  their  march  throw  out  scouts  ;  this  precaution  should 
always  be  taken  in  the  first  posting  of  a  grand  guard.  The 
doubling  of  guards  weakens  the  corps  and  fatigues  the  men, 
and  should  seldom  be  resorted  to,  and  never  when  preparing 
to  march  or  fight. 

59S...A  grand  guard  is  conducted  to  his  post  in  the  first 
instance,  by  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  guided  by  a  staff  officer 
who  accompanied  the  General  in  his  reconnoissance.  x\fter 
the  post  has  been  established,  the  commander  sends  to  the  field 
officer  of  the  day,  when  necessary,  a  soldier  of  the  guard  to 
guide  the  relieving  guard  to  the  post.  He  also  sends  to  him 
in  the  evening  a  corporal  or  trusty  man  of  the  guard  for  tho 


n 

note  containing  the  parole  and  countersign,  and  sends  them 
before  dark  to  the  detached  posts.  He  will  not  suffer  his  guard 
to  be  relieved  except  b}-  a  guard  of  the  brigade,  or  by  special 
orders. 

599..  .If  there  is  no  pass  to  be  observed  or  defended,  the 
grand  guards  are  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  ground  they  are 
to  observe,  on  sheltered,  and,  if  possible,  high  ground,  the  bet- 
ter to  conceal  their  strength  and  observe  the  enemy  ;  they 
ought  not  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  a  ^vood.  When, 
during  the  day,  they  are  placed  very  near  or  in  sight  of  the 
enemy,  thej  fall  back  at  night  on  posts  selected  farther  to  the 
rear. 

GOO. ..In  broken  or  mountainous  countries,  and  particulai'ly 
if  the  inhabitants  are  ill-disposed,  intermediate  posts  must  be 
established  v^-hen  it  is  necessary  to  post  tlie  grand  guard  distant 
from  the  camp. 

GOl . . .  Grand  guards  are  chiefly  to  watch  the  enemy  in  front ; 
their  flanks  are'protected  by  each  other,  and  the  camp  must 
furnish  posts  to  protect  their  rear  and  secure  their  retreat. 

602..  .Grand  guards  are  seldoui  intrenched,  and  never  with- 
out the  orders  of  the  General,  except  by  a  bai-ricade  or  ditch 
when  exposed  in  a  plain  to  attacks  of  cavalry. 

603..  .The  General  of  Division,  if  he  thinks  proper,  changes 
the  stations  and  orders  of  these  guards,  and  establishes  posts 
to  connect  the  brigades  or  protect  the  exterior  flanks. 

604. .  .Xfter  a  grand  guard  is  posted,  the  first  care  of  the 
commander  and  of  the  held  officer  of  the  day  is  to  get  news  of 
the  enemy;  then  to  reconnoitre  his  position,  and  the  roads, 
bridges,  fords,  and  defiles.  This  reconnoissance  detei'mines 
the  force  and  position  of  the  small  posts  and  their  sentinels 
day  and  night.  These  posts,  according  to  their  importance, 
are  commanded  by  officers  or  non-commissioned  officers;  the 
cavalry  posts  may  be  relieved  every  four  or  eight  hours. 

605... The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  receives  detailed 
instructions  from  the  General  and  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  and  instructs  the  commanders  of  tlie  small  posts  as  to 
their  duties  and  the  arrangements  for  defense  or  retreat.  The 
commanders  of  grand  guards  may,  in  urgent  cases,  change  the 
positions  of  the  small  posts.  If  the  small  posts  are  to  change 
their  positions  at  night,  they  wait  until  the  grand  guard  have 
got  into  position  and  darkness  hides  their  movements  from  the 
enemy;  then  march  silently  and  rapidly  under  the  charge  of 
an  officer. 


76 

COG..  .In  detached  corps,  suiall  posts  of  picked  men  are  at 
night  sent  forward  on  the  roads  by  which  tlie  en(.Mny  may  at- 
tack or  turn  the  position.  They  watch  the  forks  of  the  roads, 
keep  silence,  conceal  themselves,  light  no  fires,  and  often 
change  place.  They  announce  the  approach  of  the  enemy  by 
signals  agreed  upon,  and  retreat,  by  routes  examined  during 
the  day,  to  places  selected,  and  rt^oin  the  guard  at  daybreak. 

C07... Grand  guards  have  special  orders  in  each  case,  and 
the  following  in  all  cases :  to  inform  the  nearest  posts  and  tho 
field  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  General  of  Brigade,  of  the  march 
and  movements  of  the  enemy,  and  of  the  attacks  they  receive 
or  fear  ;  to  examine  every  person  passing  near  the  post,  par- 
ticularly those  coming  from  without;  to  arrest  suspicious  per- 
sons, and  all  soldiers  end  camp-followers  who  try  to  pass  out 
without  permission,  and  to  send  to  the  General,  unless  other- 
wise directed,  all  country  people  who  come  in. 

608..  .AH  out-guards  stand  to  arms  at  night  on  the  approach 
of  patrols,  rounds,  or  other  parties  ;  the  sentinel  over  the  arms 
has  orders  to  call  them  out. 

609..  .Advanced  posts  will  not  take  arms  for  inspection  or 
ceremony  ^when  it  would  expose  them  to  the  view  of  the 
enemy. 

6 10... Grand  guards  are  often  charged  with  the  care  and 
working  of  telegraphic  signals. 

611..  .The  sentinels  and  vedettes  are  placed  on  points  from 
which  they  can  see  farthest,  taking  care  not  to  break  their 
connection  with  each  other  or  with  their  posts.  They  are 
concealed  from  the  enemy  as  much  as  possible  by  walls,  or  trees, 
or  elevated  ground.  It  is  generally  even  of  more  advantage  not 
to  be  seen  than  to  see  far.  They  should  not  be  placed  near 
covers,  where  the  enemy  may  capture  them. 

6 12... A  sentinel  should  always  be  ready  to  fire,  vedettes 
carry  their  pistols  or  carbines  in  their  hands.  A  sentinel  must 
be  sure  of  the  presence  of  an  enemy  before  he  fires  ;  once 
satisfied  of  that,  he  must  fire,  though  all  defense  on  his  part 
be  useless,  as  the  safety  of  the  post  may  depend  on  it.  Senti- 
nels fire  on  all  persons  deserting  to  the  enemy. 

013...  If  the  post  must  be  where  a  sentinel  on  it  cannot 
communicate  with  the  guard,  a  Corporal  and  three  men  are 
detached  for  it,  or  the  sentinels  are  doubled,  that  one  may 
coinmunicate  with  tlio. guard.  During  the  day  the  communi- 
cation may  be  made  by  signals,  such  as  raising  a  cap  or  hand- 


7« 

kerchief.     At  night  sentinels  are  placed  on  low  ground,  the 
better  to  see  objects  against  tlie  sky. 

611..  .To  lessen  the  duty  of  rounds,  and  keep  more  men  on 
the  alert  at  night,  sentinels  are  relieved  every  hour.  To  pre- 
vent sentinels  from  being  surprised,  it  is  sometimes  well  to 
precede  the  countersign  by  signals,  such  as  striking  the  mus- 
ket with  the  hand,  striking  the  hands  together,  &c. 

615... On  the  approach  of  any  one  at  night,  the  sentinel 
orders — "/ic/Z^.'"  If  the  order  is  not  obeyed  after  once  re- 
peated, he  fires.  If  obeyed,  he  calls — "  Who  goes  there?  ^^  If 
answered — '■^ Rounds''^  or  ^^  Patrol,"  he  says — '■'■  Advance  with 
the  crnnitersign."  If  more  than  one  advance  at  the  same 
time,  or  the  person  who  advances  fails  to  give  the  countersign 
or  signal  ngreed  on,  the  sentinel  fires,  and  falls  back  on  his 
guard.  The  sentinel  over  the  arms,  as  soon  as  his  hail  is  an- 
swered, turns  out  the  guard,  and  the  Corporal  goes  to  recon- 
noitre. When  it  is  desirable  to  hide  the  position  of  the  sentinel 
from  the  enemy,  the  hail  is  replaced  by  signals ;  the  sentinel 
gives  the  signal,  and  those  approaching  the  counter  signal. 

616... With  raw  troops,  or  when  the  light  troops  of  the 
en&my  are  numerous  or  active,  and  when  the  country  is  broken 
or  wooded,  tlie  night  stormy  or  dark,  sentinels  should  be 
doubled.  In  this  case,  while  one  watches,  the  other  called 
a  flying  sentinel,  moves  about,  examining  the  paths  and  hol- 
lows. 

617..  .The  commandants  of  grand  guards  visit  the  sentinels 
often ;  change  their  positions  when  necessary  ;  make  them  re- 
peat their  orders ;  teach  them  nnder  what  circumstances  and 
at  what  signals  tu  retire,  and  particularly  not  to  fall  back 
directly  on  their  guard  if  pursued,  but  to  lead  the  enemy  in  a 
circuit. 

61S..  .At  night,,  half  the  men  of  the  grand  guard  off  post 
watch  under  arms,  while  the  rest  lie  down,  arms  by  their  side. 
The  horses  are  alvrays  bridled  ;  the  horsemen  hold  the  reins, 
and  must  not  sleep. 

619..  .When  a  grand  guard  of  cavalry  is  so  placed  as  not  to 
be  liable  to  a  sudden  attack  from  the  enemy,  the  General  may 
permit  the  horses  to  be  fed  during  the  night,  unbridling  for 
this  purpose  a  few  at  a  time — the  horsemen  being  vigilant  to 
prevent  them  from  escaping. 

620... An  hour  before  break  of  day,  infantry  grand  guards 
stand  to  amis,   and   cavolry  mount.     At  the  advanced  posts, 


7^' 

some  of  the  infantry  are  all  niglit  under  arms,  some  of  the  cav- 
alry on  horseback. 

C21..  .The  commander  of  a  grand  gnard  regulates  the  num- 
bers, the  hours,  and  the  march  of  patrols  and  rounds,  accord- 
ing to  the  strengtii  of  his  troop  and  the  necessity  for  precau- 
tion ;  and,  accompanied  'by  those  wiio  are  to  <'omnuind  tlie 
patrols  and  rounds  during  the  night,  he  will  reconnoitre  all  the 
routes  they  are  to  follow. 

G22.- .Patrols  and  rounds  march  slowly,  in  silence,  and  with 
great  precaution  ;  halt  frequently  to  listen  and  examine  the 
ground.  The  rounds  consist  of  an  officer  or  non-commissioned 
officer  and  two  or  three  men. 

023..  .Towards  break  of  day  the  patrols  ought  to  be  more 
frequent,  and  sent  to  greater  distances.  They  examine  the 
hollow-ways,  and  ground  likel}''  to  conceal  an  enemy,  but  with 
great  caution,  to  avoid  being  cut  off,  or  engaged  in  an  unequal 
combat ;  if  they  meet  the  enemy,  they  hie  and  attempt  tc  slop 
his  march.  While  the  patrols  are  out,  the  posts  are  under 
arms. 

624..  .Cavalry  patrols  should  examine  th(5  conntr}-  to  a 
greater  distance  than  inlantry,  and  report  to  the  infantry  guard 
every  thing  tliey  observe.  The  morning  j'atrols  and  scouts  do 
not  return  until  broad  daylight ;  and  when  they  return,  the 
night  sentinels  are  withdrawn,  and  the  posts  for  the  day  rd- 
siimed. 

(325..  .When  patrols  are  sent  beyond  the  advanced  posts,  the 
posts  and  sentinels  should  be  warned. 

G26...0n  their  return,  commanders  of  patrols  report  in 
regard  to  the  ground  and  every  thing  they  have  observed  of 
the  movements  of  the  enemy,  or  of  his  posts,  and  the  com- 
mandant of  the  grand  guard  reports  to  the  Held  officer  of  the 
day. 

627..  .The  fires  of  grand  guards  should  be  hidden  by  a  wall, 
or  ditch,  or  other  screen.  To  deceive  the  enemy,  fires  are 
sometimes  made  on  ground  not  occupied.  Fires  are  not  per- 
mitted at  small  posts  liable  to  surprise. 

628... The  horses  of  cavalry  guards  are  watered  or  fed  by 
detachments;  during  which  tlie  rest  are  ready  to  mount. 

629.. -If  a  body  of  troops  attempt  to  enter  the  camp  at 
night,  unless  their  arrival  has  been  announced,  or  the  com- 
mander is  known  to,  or  is  the  bearer  of  a  written  order  to  the 
ommander  of  the  grtuid  guard,  ho  stops  them,  and  sends  tho 


7S 

comuiaridtir  under  escort  to  tlie  field  oiFicer  of  the  day,  and 
warns  the  posts  near  hiin. 

G-30. . .  Bearers  of  flags  are  not  permitted  to  pass  the  outer 
chain  of  sentinels ;  their  faces  are  turned  from  the  post  or 
army;  if  necessary  their  eyes  are  bandaged;  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer. stays  with  them  to  prevent  indiscretion  of  the 
sentinels. 

631. ..The  connnandant  of  the  grand  guard  receipts  for 
dispatches,  and  sends  them  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day  or 
General  of  Brigade,  and  dismisses  the  bearer;  but  if  he  has 
discovered  what  ought  to  be  concealed  from  the  enemy,  he  is 
detained  as  long  as  necessary. 

632..  .Deserters  are  disarmed  at  the  advanced  posts,  and 
sent  to  the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  who  gets  from 
them  all  the  inibrmation  he  can  concerning  his  post.  If  many 
come  at  night,  they  are  received  cautiously,  a  few  at  a  time. 
They  are  sent  in  the  morning  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day, 
or  to  the  nearest  post  or  camp,  to  be  conducted  to  the  Gen- 
eral of  the  brigade.  All  suspected  persons  are  searched  by 
commanders  of  the  posts. 

633..  -When  an  enemy  advances  to  attack,  unless  he  is  in  too 
great  force,  or  the  grand  guard  is  to  defend  an  intrenched  post 
or  a  defile,  it  will  take  the  positions  and  execute  the  move- 
ments to  check  the  enemy,  acting  as  skirmishers,  or  fighting  in 
close  or  open  order,  as  may  be  best.  The  guard  joins  its  corps 
when  in  line,  or  when  a  sufficient  number  of  troops  have 
reached  the  ground  it  defends. 

INTRENCHED    POSTS. 

634..  .Unless  the  army  be  acting  on  the  defensive,  no  post 
should  be  intrenched,  except  to  cover  the  weak  parts  of  the 
line,  or  at  points  which  the  enemy  can  not  avoid,  or  in 
mountain  warfare,  or  to  close  a  defile,  or  to  cover  winter 
quarters. 

635..  .Posts  connected  with  the  operations  of  an  army  are 
intrenched  only  by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief 
or  a  General  of  Division. 

636..  -Any  intrenchment  that  requires  artillery  is  considered 
as  a  post,  and  a  guard  or  garrison  and  commander  are  assigned 
to  it. 

637..  .The  General  who  establishes  an  intrenched  post  gives 
to  its  commander  detailed  instructions  in  regard  to  its  defense, 
and  the  circumstances  under  which  the  defense  should  cease. 


79 

638..  .The  conimarui'r  reconnoitres  his  post ;  distributes  the 
troops;  posts  the  officers  and  lion-commissioncd  officers;  forms 
a  reserve;  gives  orders  for  all  contingencies  he  can  foresee; 
supposes  an  attack,  and  arranges  liis  troops  for  defense,  so  as  to 
prepare  them  for  attack,  day  or  night. 

C39..  .In  dark  weather  he  redoubles  his  vigilance,  and  changes 
the  hours  and  direction  of  the  rounds  and  patrols.  He  pennits 
no  Hags  of  truce,  deseitcrs,  or  strangers  to  enter.  If  a  flag 
ought  to  pass  his  post,  he  bandages  his  eyes.  He  refuses  admit- 
tance to  a  relief  or  any  other  party  until  lie  has  carefully 
examined  them.  In  case  of  an  aitack,  he  does  not  wait  for 
orders  or  hold  a  council.  ITaviiig  defended  his  post  to  the 
last  e.xtrennty,  or  till  the  purpose  of  the  defense,  according  to 
his  instructions,  is  answered,  he  may  then  spike  his  guns  and 
rejoin  the  army  under  cover  of  night,  or  by  cutting  his  way 
through  the  enemy. 

DETACIIMEXTS. 

640.. .  Vvhen  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  the  differ- 
ent regiments  of  a  brigade,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  of 
the  brigade  assembles  it,  and  turns  it  over  to  the  commander. 

041..  .When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  different 
brigades,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  in  each  forms  the 
contingent  of  the  brigade,  and  sends  it  to  the  place  of 
assembling. 

04-2.. -Detachments  are  generally  formed  by  taking  battal- 
ions, squadrons,  companies,  platoons  in  turn,  according  to  the 
roster  for  such  detail. 

643..  .When  the  detachment  is  to  consist  of  men  from  every 
compau}'  or  troop,  the  hrst  on  the  roster  for  guard  are  taken. 

644..  .Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers,  whose 
tour  it  is  to  go  on  detachment,  if  employed  otherwise  at  the 
time,  are  relieved  from  the  duty  they  are  on,  if  they  can  reach 
the  camp  in  time  to  march  with  the  detachment. 

64-5..  .When  detachments  meet,  the  connnand  is  regulated 
while  they  serve  together  as  if  they  formed  one  detachment. 
But  the  senior  officers  cannot  prevent  the  commander  of  any 
detachment  ftom  moving,  when  he  thinks  proper,  to  execute 
the  orders  he  has  received. 

64G...On  the  return  of  a  detachment,  the  commander 
reports  to  the  head-quarters  from  which  he  received  his  orders. 

REC0NNOISS.4NCES. 
647..  .Near  anenemy.  daily  reconnoissancee  are  made  to  ob- 


so 

serve  the  ground  in  front,  and  to  discover  whether  the  advanced 
guards  of  the  enemy  have  been  increased  or  put  in  motion,  or 
any  other  sign  of  his  preparation  for  march  or  action. 

64S..  .They  are  made  by  small  parties  of  cavalry  and  infantry, 
from  the  brigade,  under  direction  of  the  General  of  Division  or 
the  General  of  a  separate  brigade,  and  to  less  distance  by  the 
patrols  of  the  grand  guard,  and  are  not  repeated  at  the  same 
hour  or  bv  the  same  rente.  On  the  plain,  reconnoissances  are 
made  by  cavalry  ;  among  mountains,  by  infantry,  with  a  few 
horsemen  to  carry  intelligence. 

649..  .Reconnoitring  parties  observe  the  following  precau- 
tions: to  leave  small  posts,  or  sentinels  at  intervals,  to  trans- 
mit intelligence  to  the  advanced  posts  of  the  army,  unless  the 
return  is  to  be  b}^  a  different  rente  ;  to  march  witli  caution,  to 
avoid  fighting  ;  and  see,  if  possible,  without  being  seen  ;  to 
keep  an  advanced  guard  ;  to  send  well-mounted  men  ahead  of 
the  advanced  guard,  and  on  the  flank  of  the  party  ;  to  instruct 
the  scouts  that  no  tVk'o  should  enter  a  defile  or  mount  a  hill  to- 
gether, but  to  go  one  at  a  time,  while  one  watches  to  carry  the 
news  if  the  other  is  taken. 

650.. -Before  daybreak  the  advanced  guard  and  scouts  are 
drawn  closer ;  the  party  then  march  slowly  and  silently,  stop 
frequently  to  listen,  and  keep  the  horses  that  neigh  in  the  rear. 
The  party  should  enter  no  wood,  defile,  village,  or  inclosure, 
until  it  has  been  fully  examined  by  the  scouts. 

651..  .Special  reconnoissances  are  made  under  the  instruction 
of  the  General  in  command,  by  such  officers  and  with,  such 
force  as  he  may  direct. 

652..  .Offensive  or  forced  reconnoissances  are  to  ascertain 
with  certainty  points  in  the  enemy's  position,  or  his  strength. 
They  are  sometimes  preludes  to  real  actions,  and  sometimes 
only  demonstrations.  They  drive  in  his  outposts,  and  some- 
times engnge  special  corps  of  his  line.  Tliey  are  only  made 
by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief,  or  the  com- 
mander of  an  isolated  corps. 

653..  .In  all  reports  of  reconnoissances,  the  officer  making 
them  shall  distinguish  expressly  what  he  has  seen  from  the  ac- 
counts he  has  not  been  able  to  verily  personally. 

654..  .In  special  and  offensive  reconnoissances,  the  report 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  field-sketch  of  the  localities,  the 
dispositions  and  defenses  of  the  enemy. 


SI 


PART^SA^•S   AND    FLANKERS. 

655..  .The  operations  of  partisan  corps  depend  on  the  nature 
and  theatre  of  the  war  ;  they  entt-r  into  the  general  plan  of 
operations,  and  are  conducted  under  the  orders  of  the  General 
comraanding-in-chief. 

65G..  .The  composition  and  strength  of  partisan  corps  and 
detachment  of  flankers  depend  on  the  object,  the  difficulties, 
the  distance,  and  the  probable  time  of  the  expedition. 

657..  .The  purpose  of  these  isolated  corps  is  to  reconnoitre 
at  a  distance  on  the  Hanks  of  the  army,  t6  protect  its  opera- 
tions, to  deceive  the  enemy,  to  interrupt  his  communications, 
to  intercept  his  couriers  and  his  correspondence,  to  threaten  or 
destroy  his  magazines,  to  carry  off  his  posts  and  his  convoys,  or, 
at  all  events,  to  retard  his  march  by  making  him  detach  largely 
for  their  protection. 

65S..  .AVliile  these  corps  fatigue  the  enemy  and  embarrass 
his  operations,  they  endeavor  to  inspire  confidence  and  secure 
the  good-will  of  the  inhabitants  in  a  friendly  country,  and  to 
hold  them  in  check  in  an  enemy's  country. 

659..  -They  move  actively,  appear  unexpectedly  on  different 
points,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  estimate 
their  force,  or  to  tell  whether  thev  are  irre<?ular  forces  or  an 
advanced  guard. 

660... These  operations  require  vigilance,  secrecy,  energy, 
and  promptness.  The  partisan  commander  must  frequently 
supply  by  stratagem  and  audacity  what  he  wants  in  numbers. 

661..  .These  detachments  are  sometimes  composed  of  differ- 
ent arms,  but  the  service  belongs  more  particularly  to  the  light 
cavalry,  which  can  move  to  a  distance  by  rapid  marches,  sur- 
prise the  enemy,  attack  unexpectedly,  and  retire  as  promptly. 

662..  .Stormy  weather,  fogs,  extreme  heat,  and  the  night 
above  all,  are  favorable  to  the  success  of  ainbuscades ;  when 
the  enemy  are  careless,  the  break  of  day  is  the  best  time.  A 
partisan  commander  should  communicate  to  his  second  in  com- 
mand his  secret  orders,  the  direction  and  object  of  the  expedi- 
tion, and  the  diHerent  points  of  junction  with  the  army. 

663... Guides  of  the  country  and  spies  are  often  necessary 
to  the  partisan.  They  are  examined  separately,  and  confronted 
if  their  accounts  differ.  When  there  is  but  one  guide,  he 
marches  with  the  advanced  guard,  guarded  by  twonien,  and 
hound  if  necessar}\  I'eddlers  and  smugglers  are  specially  suit- 
:ih]i'  iov  spies. 

K  • 


S2 

tib-i. . .  A  fit  time  to  attack  a  couvoy  is  at  a  halt,  or  when 
they  begin  to  park,  or  when  they  are  watering,  or  passing  a 
wood  or  a  defile  ;  at  a  bend  of  the  road,  a  bridge,  or  steep  as- 
cent. 

6G5..  .The  attacking  party  may  be  principally  cavalry,  with 
some  infantry.  The  first  object  is  to  disperse  the  escort.  Apart 
of  the  detachment  attacks  the  maiii  body  of  the  escort,  another 
the  wagons,  and  a  third  is  in  reserve;  skirmishers  line  the  road, 
and  try  to  cut  the  traces,  aud  to  seize  the  front  and  rear  wagons, 
and  turn  them  across  the  road,  to  prevent  the  train  from  ad- 
vancing or  retreating. 

666..  .If  the  convoy  is  parked,  the  cavalry  surrounds  it,  as- 
sails the  escort,  and  tries  to  draw  it  away  from  the  train.  The 
infantry  then  engage  the  troops  remaining  at  the  park,  slip 
under  the  wagons,  and  get  into  the  park.  When  the  cavalry 
is  alone  and  the  enemy  are  shaken,  they  dismount  a  portion  of 
the  men  to  supply  the  want  of  infantry. 

GG7.  ..If  it  is  a  large  convoy,  the  principal  attack  is  made 
on  the  centre  ;  the  most  valuable  wagons  are  also  selected^ 
and  additional  horses  are  put  to  them  if  the  attack  is  success- 
ful.    Those  that  can  not  be  carried  off  are  burned. 

MAKCHES. 

668..  .The  object  of  the  movement  and  the  nature  of  the 
ground  determine  the  order  of  march,  the  kind  of  troops  in 
each  column,  and  the  number  of  columns. 

669..  .The  force  is  divided  into  as  many  columns  as  circum- 
stances permit,  without  weakening  any  one  too  much.  They 
ought  to  preserve  their  communications,  and  be  within  support- 
ing distance  of  each  other.  The  commander  of  each  column 
ousfht  to  know  the  strength  and  direction  of  the  others. 

670._.The  adv^ance  and  rear  guards  are  usually  light  troops; 
their  strength  and  composition  depend  on  the  nature  of  the 
ground  and  the  position  of  the  enemy.  TJiey  serve  to  cover 
the  moven^ents  of  the  army,  and  to  hold  the  enemy  in  check 
until  the  General  lias  time  to  make  his  arrangements. 

671..  .The  advance  guard  is  not  always  at  the  head  of  the 
column ;  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  it  takes  such  positions  a.s  cover 
the  movement.  Sappers  are  attached  to  the  advanced  guard  if 
required, 

672..  .The  "•  generaU^  sounded  one  hour  before  the  time  of 
marching,  is  the  signal  to  strike  tents,  to  load  the  wagons,  and 


S3 

pack  horses,  and  send  them  to  the  place  of  assembling.  The  fires 
are  then  put  out,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  burning  straw,  &c.,  or 
giving  to  the  enemy  any  other  indication  of  the  movement. 

673... The  "march,"  vi-ill  be  beat  in  the  infantry,  and  the 
•**  advance"  sounded  in  the  cavahy,  in  succession,  as  each  is  to 
take  its  place  in  the  column. 

674... When  the  army  should  form  suddenly  to  meet  the 
enemy,  the  "  long  roll "  is  beat,  and  "  to  horse  "  sounded.  The 
troops  form  rapidly  in  front  of  their  camp. 

675.. .  Battel  ies  of  artillery  and  their  caissons  move  with  the 
corps  to  which  they  are  attached  ;  the  field  train  and  ambu- 
lances march  at  the  rear  of  the  column  ;  and  the  baggage  with 
the  rear  guard. 

676..  .Cavalry  and  infantry  do  not  march  togetlwr,  unless 
the  proximity  of  the  enemy  makes  it  necessaiy. 

677... In  cavalry  marches,  when  distant  from  the  enemy, 
each  regiment,  and,  if  possible,  each  squadron,  forms  a  separate 
column,  in  order  te  keep  up  the  same  gait  from  front  to  rear, 
and  to  trot,  when  desirable,  on  good  ground.  In  such  cases, 
the  cavalry  may  leave  camp  later,  and  can  give  more  rest  to 
the  horses,  and  more  attention  to  the  shoeing  an-d  harness. 
Horses  are  not  bridled  until  the  time  to  start. 

678... When  necessary,  the  orders  specify  the  rations  the 
men  are  to  carry  in  their  haversacks.  The  field  officers  and 
Captains  make  inspections  frequently  during  the  march ;  at 
halts  they  examine  tlie  knapsacks,  valises  and  haversacks,  and 
throw  away  all  articles  not  authorized.  The  officers  and  non- 
commissioned officers  of  cavalry  companies  attend  personally 
to  the  packs  and  girths. 

679.., When  it  can  be  avoided,  troops  should  not  be  assem- 
bled on  high  roads  or  other  places  where  they  interrupt  the 
communication. 

6 SO.,  .  Generals  of  Division  and  commanders  of  detached 
corps  send  a  st^itf  officer  to  the  rendezvous,  in  advance,  to  re- 
ceive the  troops,  who,  on  arriving,  take  their  place  in  the  order 
of  battle,  and  form  in  close  column,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Artillery,  or  trains  halted  on  the  roads,  form-  in  file  on  one 
side. 

6S1. . .  The  execution  of  marching  orders  must  not  be  delayed. 
If  the  commander  is  not  at  the  head  of  his  troops  when  they  are 
to  march,  the  next  in  rank  puts  the  column  in  motion. 

(592..  .If  possible,  each  column  is  preceded  by  a  detachment 


S4- 

of  sappers,  to  remove  obstacles  to  the  march,  aided,  wlieii  ne- 
cessary, by  infantry,  or  the  people  of  the  country.  The  de- 
tachment is  divided  into  two  sections  :  one  stops  to  remove 
the  first  obstacle,  the  other  moves  on  to  the  next. 

683..  .In  night  marches,  and  at  bad  places,  and  at  cross-roads, 
when  necessary,  intelligent  non-commissioned  officers  are  posted 
to  show  the  way,  and  are  relieved  by  the  regiments  as  they 
come  up. 

6S4..  .On  the  march,  no  one  shall  fire  a  gun,  or  cry  "  halt " 
or  "  march, ''^  witiiout  orders. 

685.-  .Soldiers  are  not  to  stop  for  water;  the  canteens  should 
be  filled  before  starting. 

6SG...It  is  better  to  avoid  villages ;  but  if  the  route  lies 
through  them,  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  are  to  be 
vigilant  to  prevent  straggling.  Halts  should  not  take  place  at 
villages. 

687. . .  Besides  the  rear  guard,  the  General  sometimes  takes 
a  detachment  from  the  last  regiment,  and  adds  to  it  non-com- 
missioned officers  from  each  regiment,  to  examine  villages  and 
all  hiding-places  ©n  the  route,  to  bring  up  stragglers  and  seize 
marauders. 

688..  .In  night  marches,  the  Sergeant-Major  of  eacli  regiment 
remains  at  the  rear  with  a  drummer,  to  give  notice  when  dark- 
ness or  difficulty  stops  the  march.  In  cavalry,  a  trumpet  is 
placed  in  rear  of  eacii  squadron,  and  the  signal  repeated  to  the 
the  head  of  the  regiment. 

'  689..  .The  (jreneral  and  field  officers  frequently  stop,  or  send 
officers  to  the  rear,  to  see  that  the  troops  march  in  the  prescri- 
bed order,  and  keep  their  distances.  To  quicken  the  march, 
the  General  warns  the  Colonels,  and  may  order  a  signal  to  be 
beat.     It  is  repeated  in  all  the  regiments. 

690..  .In  approaching  a  defile,  the  Colonels  are  w^arned;  they 
close  their  regiments  as  they  come  up  ;  each  regiment  passes 
separately,  at  an  accelerated  pace,  and  in  as  close  order  as  pos- 
sible. The  leading  regiment  having  passed,  and  left  room 
enough  for  the  whole  column  in  close  order,  then  halts,  and 
moves  again  as  soon  as  the  last  regiment  is  through.  In  the 
cavalry,  each  squadron,  before  quickening  the  pace  to  rejoin 
the  column,  takes  its  original  order  of  march.  ..i3v 

691... When  the  distance  from  the  enemy  permits,  ieS-ch 
regiment,  after  closing  up  in  front  and  rear  of  the  defile,  stacks 
arms. 


b6. 

692... Halls  lo  rest  and  re-tbrm  ihe  troops  are  frequent 
during  the  day,  depending  on  the  object  and  lengtii  of  the 
march.  They  are  nuide  in  preference  after  the  passage  of  de- 
files. 

693..  -iS'o  honors  arc  paid  by  troops  on  the  march  or  at  halts. 

694..  .The  sick  march  witli  the  wagons. 

695... Led  horses  of  officers,  and  the  horses  of  dismounted 
men,  follow  their  regiment.  The  baggage  wagons  never  march 
in  the  column.  When  the  General  orders  the  field  train  and 
ambulances  to  take  place  in  the  column,  he  designates  the  po- 
sition they  shall  take. 

696..  .If  two  corps  meet  on  the  same  road,  they  pass  to  the 
right,  and  both  continue  their  march,  if  the  road  is  wide 
enough  ;  if  it  is  not,  the  first  in  tlu;  order  of  battle  takes  the 
road,  the  other  halts. 

697... A  corps  in  march  must  not  be  cut  by  another.  If 
two  corps  meet  at  cross-roads,  that  which  arrives  last  halts  if 
the  other  is  in  motion.  A  corps  in  march  passes  a  corps  at  a 
halt,  if  it  has  precedenro  in  the  order  of  battle,  or  if  the  halted 
corps  is  not  ready  to  move  at  once. 

693..  .A  colnnm  that  halts  to  let  another  column  pass  re- 
sumes the  march  in  advance  of  the  train  of  this  column.  If  a 
column  has  to  pass  a  train,  the  train  must  halt,  if  necessary, 
till  the  column  passes.  The  column  which  has  precedence 
must  yield  it  if  the  connnander,  on  seeing  the  orders  of  the 
other,  iinds  it  for  the  interest  of  the  service. 

BATTLES. 

699..  .Dispositions  for  battle  depend  on  the  number,  kind, 
and  quality  of  the  troops  opposed,  on  the  ground,  and  on  the 
objects  of  the  war ;  but  the  following  rules  are  to  be  observed 
genei'ally  : 

700..  .In  attacking,  the  advanced  guard  endeavors  to  capture 
the  enemy's  outposts,  or  cut  them  olf  from  the  main  body. 
Having  done  so,  or  driven  them  in,  it  occupies,  in  advancing, 
all  the  points  that  can  cover  or  facilitate  the  march  of  the 
army,  or  secure  its  retreat,  such  as  bridges,  defiles,  woods,  and 
heights;  it  then  makes  attacks,  to  occupy  the  enemy,  without 
risking  too  much,  and  to  deceive  them  as  to  the  march  and 
projects  of  the  aripy. 

701..  .When  the  enemy  is  hidden  by  a  curtain  of  advanced 
troops,  the  commandant  of  the  advanced  guard  sends  scouts, 


56 

tinder  intelligent  officers,  to  the  right  and  left,  to  ascertain  hia 
position  and  movements.  If  he  does  not  succeed  in  this  way, 
he  tries  to  unmask  the  enemy  by  demonstrations ;  threatens  to 
cut  the  advance  from  the  main  body ;  makes  false  attacks ; 
partial  and  impetuous  charges  in  echelon ;  and  if  all  lail,  he 
makes  a  real  attack  to  accomplish  the  object. 

702..  .Detachments  left  by  the  advanced  guard  to  hold 
points  in  the  rear,  rejoin  it  when  other  troops  come  up.  If 
the  army  takes  a  position,  and  the  advanced  guard  is  separated 
from  it  by  defiles  or  heights,  the  communication  is  secured  by 
troops  drawn  from  the  main  body. 

703. -.At  proper  distance  from  the  enemy,  the  troops  are 
formed  for  the  attack  in  several  lines ;  if  only  two  can  be 
formed,  some  battalions  in  column  are  placed  behind  the  wings 
of  the  second  line.  The  lines  may  be  formed  of  troops  in 
column  or  in  order  of  battle,  according  to  the  ground  and  plan 
of  attack. 

704..  .The  advanced  guard  may  be  put  in  the  line  or  on  the 
wings,  or  other  position,  to  aid  the  pursuit  or  cover  the  retreat. 

705..  .The  reserve  is  formed  of  the  best  troops  of  foot  and 
horse,  to  complete  a  victory  or  make  good  a  retreat.  It  is 
placed  in  the  rear  of  the  centre,  or  chief  point  of  attack  or 
defence. 

706... The  cavalry  should  be  distributed  in  echelon  on  the 
wings  and  at  the  centre,  on  favorable  ground. 

707..  .It  should  be  instructed  not  to  take  the  gallop  until 
within  charging  distance ;  never  to  receive  a  charge  at  a  halt, 
but  to  meet  it,  or,  if  not  strong  enough,  to  retire  manoeuvring; 
and  in  order  to  be  ready  for  the  pursuit,  and  prepared  against 
a  reverse,  or  the  attacks  of  the  reserve,  not  to  engage  all  its 
squadrons  at  once,  but  to  reserve  one  third,  in  column  or  in 
echelon,  abreast  of  or  in  the  rear  of  one  of  the  wings ;  this 
arrangement  is  better  than  a  second  line  with  intervals. 

70S..  .In  the  attack,  the  artillery  is  employed  to  silence  the 
batteries  that  protect  the  position.  In  the  defense,  it  is  better 
to  direct  its  fire  on  the  advancing  troops.  In  either  case,  as 
many  pieces  are  united  as  possible,  the  fire  of  artillery  being 
formidable  in  proportion  to  its  concentration. 

709.. .  In  battles  and  military  operations  it  is  better  to  assume 
the  offensive,  and  put  the  enemy  on  the  defensive ;  but  to  be 
safe  in  doing  so  requires  a  larger  force  than  the  enemy,  or 
better  troops,  and  favorable  ground.     When  obliged  to  act  on 


S7 

the  defensive,  the  advantage  ot"  position  und  of  wiaking  th« 
attack  may  sometimes  be  secured  by  ibrniing  in  rear  of 
the  ground  on  which  we  are  to  fight,  and  advancing  at  the 
moment  of  action.  In  mountain  warfare,  the  assailant  has 
always  the  disadvantage ;  and  even  in  offensive  warfare,,  in  the 
open  field,  it  may  fiequeiitly  be  very  im[)ortant,  when  the 
artillery  is  well  posted,  and  any  advantage  of  the  ground  may 
be  secured,  to  await  the  enemy  and  compel  him  to  attack, 

710..  .The  attack  should  be  made  with  a  superior  force  on 
the  defensive  point  of  the  enemy's  position,  by  masking  this 
by  false  attacks  and  demonstrations  on  otiier  points,  and  by 
concealing  the  .troops  intended  lor  it  by  the  ground,  or  by 
other  troops  in  the  front. 

711..  .IJesides  the  arrangements  which  de]i»end  on  the  sup- 
posed plan  of  the  enemy,  the  wings  must  be  protected  by  the 
ground,  or  supported  by  troops  in  echelon  ;  if  the  attack  of 
the  enemy  is  repulsed,  the  offensive  must  at  once  be  taken,  to 
inspire  the  trooj)s,  to  disconcert  the  enemy,  and  often  to  decide 
the  action.  In  thus  taking  the  oii'ensive,  a  close  column  should 
be  pushed  rapidly  on  the  wing  or  Hank  of  the  enemy.  The 
divisions  of  this  colunm  i'onn  in  the  line  ot  battle  successively,  and 
each  division  moves  to  the  front  as  soon  as  formed,  in  order,  by 
a  rapid  attack  in  echelon,  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  changing 
front  or  bringing  up  his  reserves.  In  all  arrangements,  espe- 
cially in  those  ibr  attack,  it  is  most  important  to  conceal  the 
design  until  the  moment  of  execution,  and  then  to  execute  it 
with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  night,  therefore,  is  preferred 
for  the  movement  of  troops  on  the  lianiv  or  rear  of  the  enemy, 
otherwise  it  is  necessary  to  mask  their  march  by  a  grand  move- 
ment in  front,  or  by  taking  a  wide  circuit. 

712..  .In  making  an  attack,  the  communications  to  the  rear 
and  for  retreat  must  be  secured,  and  the  General  nuist  give 
beforehand  all  necessary  orders  to  provide  for  that  event. 

713..  -When  a  success  is  gained,  the  light  troops  should  pur- 
sue the  enemy  promptly  and  rapidly.  The  other  troops  will 
restore  oider  in  tlieir  columns,  then  advance  from  position  to 
position,  always  prepared  for  an  attack  or  to  support  the  troops 
engaged. 

714... Before  the  action,  the  Generals  indicate  the  places 
where  they  will  be ;  if  they  change  position,  they  give  notice 
of  it,  or  leave  a  stalT  otlicer  to  show  where  they  have  gone. 

715. . .  During  the  fight  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  ofTi- 
cerskeepthemeuinlhe  ranks,  and  enforce  obedience  ifneccsi^ari'. 


I  ss 

Soldiers  must  not  be  pcriDiited  to  leave  the  ranks  to  strip  or 
rob  the  dead,  nor  to  assist  the  wounded,  unless  by  express 
permission,  whicli  is  only  to  be  given  after  the  action  is  deci- 
ded. The  highest  interest  and  duty  is  to  win  the  victory, 
which  only  can  insure  proper  care  ol'  the  wounded. 

716... Before  the  action,  the  Quartermaster  of  the  division 
makes  all  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  transportation  of 
the  wounded.  He  establishes  the  ambulance  depots  in  the 
rear,  and  gives  liisj  assistants  the  necessary  instruction  for  the 
service  of  the  ambulance  wagons  and  other  means  of  removing 
the  wounded. 

717. — The  ambulance  dcDot,  to  which  the  wounded  are 
carried  or  directed  for  immediate  treatment,  is  generally  esta- 
blished at  the  most  convenient  building  nearest  the  held  of 
battle.  A  red  fag  marks  its  place,  or  the  v/ay  to  it,  to  the 
conductors  of  the  ambulances  and  to  the  wounded  who  can 
walk. 

718...  The  active  ambulances  follow  the  troops  engaged  to 
succor  the  wounded  and  remove  them  to  the  depots;  for  this 
purpose  the  conductors  should  always  liave  the  necessary 
assistants,  that  the  soldiers  may  have  no  excuse  to  leave  the 
ranks  for  that  object. 

719..  .Iriie  medical  director  of  the  division,  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  Quartermaster-General,  distributes  the  medical 
officers  and  hospital  attendants  at  his  disposal,  to  the  depots 
and  active  ambulances.  He  v/ill  send  officers  and  attendants, 
when  practicable,  to  the  active  ambulances,  to  relieve  the 
wounded  who  require  treatment  before  being  removed  from  the 
ground.  He  M'ill  see  that  the  depots  and  ambulances  are  pro- 
vided with  the  necessary  apparatus,  medicines,  and  stores.  He 
will  take  post  and  render  his  professional  services  at  the  prin- 
cipal depot. 

720..  .If  the  enemy  endanger  the  depot,  the  Quartermaster 
takes  the  orders  of  the  General  to  remove  it  or  to  strengthen 
its  guard. 

721..  .The  wounded  in  the  depots  and  the  sick  are  removed, 
as  soon  as  possible  to  the  hospitals  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Quartermaster-General  of  the  army  on  the  flanks  or  rear 
of  the  army. 

722..  .After  an  action,  the  officers  of  ordnance  collect  the 
munitions  of  war  left  on  the  field,  and  make  a  return  of  them 
to  the  General.     The  Quartermaster's  Department  collects  the 


S9  ' 

rest  of  the  public  property  captured,  and  iiuikes  tlie  returns  to 
liead-quartens. 

723..  .Written  reports  tor  the  General  coninianding-in-chiel' 
are  made  by  commandants  of  regiments,  batteries,  and  separate 
iS(]uadrons,  and  by  all  command«M-s  of  a  higher  grade,  each  in 
what  concerns  his  own  connjiand,  and  to  his  immediate  com- 
mander. 

72 i..  .When  an  ofticer  or  soldier  deserves  mention  for  con- 
dnct  in  action,  a  special  report  shall  be  made  in  his  case,  and 
the  Lleneral  commanding-in-chief  decides  whether  to  mention 
him  in  his  report  to  the  government  and  in  his  orders.  But  ho 
shall  not  be  meiijlioned  in  the  report  until  he  has  been  men- 
tioned in  the  orders  to  the  army.  These  special  reports  are 
examined  with  care  by  the  intermediate  commanders,  to  verity 
the  facts,  and  secure  connnendation  and  rewards  to  the  merito- 
rious only. 

725..  .The  report  of  battles,  which  must  frequently  be  made 
before  these  special  reports  of  peisons  are  scrutinized,  is  con- 
hned  to  general  praise  or  blame,  and  an  account  of  the  opera- 
tions. 

PRISONERS    OF    WAK. 

72G..  .Prisoners  of  war  will  be  disarmed  and  sent  to  the  rear, 
and  reported  as  soon  as  practicable  to  the  head-quarters.  The 
return  of  prisoners  from  the  Head-Quarters  of  the  Army  to  the 
War  l)(!partment  will  specify  the  numl)er,  rank,  and  corps. 

727. ..The  private  property  of  prisoners  will  be  duly  n;- 
spected,  and  each  shall  be  treated  with  the  regard  due  to  his 
rank.  They  are  to  obey  the  necessary  orders  given  them.  They 
receive  lor  subsistence  one  ration  each,  without  regard  to  rank; 
and  the  wounded  are  to  be  treated  with  the  same  care  as  tin; 
wounded  of  the  army.  Other  allowances  to  them  w^ill  depend 
on  conventions  with  the  enemy.  Prisoners'  horses  will  be  taken 
tor  the  army. 

72S..  .Exchanges  of  prisoners  and  release  of  olHcers  on  pa- 
role depend  on  the  orders  of  the  General  conjmanding-in-chicf, 
under  the  instructions  of  government. 

CONVOYS  AND  TIlEIli  ESCOlil'S. 
729..  .The  strength  and  composition  ot  the  escort  of  a  C(»h- 
voy  de})end  on  the  country,  tlie  nature  and  valiu'  of  thecon\ov, 
and  the  dangers  it  may  incur.  A  larger  escort  is  recpiired  lor 
H  convoy  of  powder,  thai  (he  defense  may  not  be  near  the 
irain. 


90 

730..  .Cavalry  is  employed  in  escoits  chiefly  to  reconnoitre  ; 
the  pro2:>ortion  is  larger  as  the  country  is  more  open. 

731..  .Pioneers  or  working  parties  are  attached  to  convoyy 
to  mend  roads,  remove  obstacles,  and  erect  defenses.  The  con- 
voys should  always  be  provided  with  spare  wheels,  poles,, 
axles,  &c. 

732. . .  The  commandant  of  the  escort  should  receive  de- 
tailed instructions  in  writing. 

733..  .As  far  as  the  defense  permits,  the  commander  of  the  es- 
cort shall  refer  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  convoy  for  the  hours 
of  departure,  the  halts,  the  parking  and  order  of  the  train,  and- 
the  precautions  against  accidents. 

'734..  .Officers  who  accompany  the  convoy,  but  do  not  be- 
long to  the  escort,  shall  e.xercise  no  authority  in  it  except  By 
consent  of  the  commander.  If  these  officers  are  junior  to  the 
commander,  he  m. ay  assign  them  to  duty  if  the  defense  re- 
quires it,  •    ' 

735... Large  convoys  are  foniied  into  divisions,  each  with  a 
conductor.  The  distance  between  the  wagons  is  four  paces. 
A  small  party  of  infantry  is  attached  to  each  division. 

736.  - .  Generally,  munitions  of  war  are  at  the  head  of  the 
convoy,  subsistence  next,  and  then  other  military  stores  ;  the 
sutler  last.  But  always  that  part  of  the  convoy  which  is  most 
important  to  the  army  shall  be  where  it  is  most  secure  from 
danger.  * 

737..  .The  commandant  should  send  out  reconnoitring  par- 
ties, and  never  put  the  convoy  in  motion  until  their  reports 
have  been  received.  He  always  forms  an  advance  and  rear 
guard,  and  keeps  the  main  body  under  his  immediate  order  at 
the  most  important  point,  with  small  guards  or  posts  at  other 
points. 

73S...In  an  open  country  the  main  body  marches  by  the 
side  of  the  road,  opposite  the  centre  of  the  convoy  ;  in  other 
cases  at  the  head  or  rea,r  of  the  column,  as  the  one  or  the  other 
is  more  exposed. 

739... The  advance  guard  precedes  the  convoy  far  enough 
to  remove  all  obstacles  to  its  advance.  It  examines  the  woods, 
defiles,  and  villages,  and  by  mounted  men  gives  information  to 
the  commander,  and  receives  his  orders.  It  reconnoitres  places 
for  halts  and  parks. 

740,.  .If  the  head  of  the  column  is  threatened,  the  advanced 
gnard  seizes  the  defiles  and  places  which  the  enemy  might  oc- 


91 


•cupv,  and  liold.s  tlunn  until  the  niniii  body  advances  to  the  front 
^md  relieves  it ;  the  main  body  holds  the  positions  until  the 
head  of  the  convoy  arrives,  and  then  leaves  detachments  which 
are  relieved  by  the  parties  marching  with  the  divisions ;  the 
posts  are  not  abandoned  until  the  whole  convoy  has  passed  and 
the  position  is  no  longer  important. 

7-il..  .When  the  rear  is  tlireatened,  like  measures  are  taken; 
the  rear  guard  defends  the  ground  and  retards  the  enemy  by 
breaking  the  bridges  and  blocking  the  road, 

742.. .  If  the  flanks  are  threatened,  and  the  ground  is  broken, 
^nd  many  defiles  are  to  be, passed,  the  defense  of  the  convoy 
becomes  more  diflicnlt;  the  advance  and  rear  guards  must  be 
reduced,  the  iianks  strengthened,  and  positions  which  wall 
x^.over  the  march  of  the  convoy  must  be  occupied  by  the  main 
body  of  the  troops  before  the  head  of  the  convoy  reaches  them, 
and  until  it  has  passed. 

7-43..  .If  the  convoy  is  large,  and  has  to  pass  places  that  the 
force  and  position  of  the  enemy  make  dangerous,  the  loss  of 
the  whole  convoy  must  not  be  risked;  it  must  pass  by  divi- 
sions, which  reunite  after  the  passage.  In  this  case  tlie  greater 
part  of  the  troops  guard  the.  first  division  ;  they  seize  the  im- 
portant points,  and  cover  them  with  light  troops,  or,  if  neces- 
sary, with  small  posts,  and  hold  them  until  all  the  divisions 
have  passed. 

.  744... If  there  is  artillery  in  the  convoy,  tlie  conmiander  of 
the  escort  uses  it  for  the  defense. 

745..  .To  move  foster  and  make  the  defense  easier,  the  wag- 
ons move  in  double  file  wlienever  the  road  allows  it.  If  a 
wagon  breaks,  it  is  at  once  renioved  from  the  road  ;  when  re- 
paired, it  takes  the  rear ;  when  it  cannot  be  repaired,  its  load 
and  horses  are  distributed  to  some  oi"  the  other  wagons  kept  in 
the  rear  for  that  purpose. 

746..  .Convoys  by  water  are  escovted  on  the  same  principles. 
Each  boat  has  a  sinail  infantry  guard;  one  portion  of  the  escort 
precedes  or  follows  the  convoy  in  boats.  The  cavalry  mai'ch 
opposite  the  convoy ;  tlie  advance  and  rear  guard  move  by 
land,  and  all  ar<^  connected  by  flankers  with  the  convoy.  Where 
a  rivcT  runs  tlu'ough  a  narrow  valley,  the  body  of  the  infantry 
moves  by  land  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  occupying  the  heights 
and  disturbing  the  convoy. 

747..  .Convoys  halt  every  hour  to  let  the  iiorses  take  breath 
and  the  wagons  close  up.  Long  halts  are  mado  but  seldom, 
*nd   only  in   places  that   have  been  reconnoitred  and  found  fa- 


92 

vorable  lor  defejise.  At  night  the  park  is  arranged  for  <lefen.se, 
and  in  preference  at  a  distance  from  inhabited  places,  if  in  an 
enemy's  country. 

748..  .The  wagons  are  usually  parked  in  ranks,  axle  against 
axle,  the  poles  in  the  same  direction,  and  with  sufficient  space 
between  the  ranks  for  the  horses.  If  an  attack  is  feared,  they 
are  parked  in  square,  the  hind-wheels  outside,  and  the  liorses 
inside. 

749... On  the  appearance  of  the  enemy  during  the  march, 
the  conimander  closes  up  the  wagons  and  continues  liis  march 
in  order;  he  avoids  fighting;  but  if  the  enemy  seizes  a  position 
that  commands  his  road,  he  attacks  vigorously  with  the  mass 
of  his  force,  but  is  not  to  continue  the  pursuit  far  fi-om  the 
convoy.  The  convoy  halts,  and  resumes  the  march  when  the 
position  is  carried. 

750... When  the  enemy  is  too  strong  to  be  attacked,  the 
convoy  is  parked  in  square  if  there  is  room  ;  if  not,  closed  up 
Jn  double  tile ;  at  the  front  and  rear  the  road  is  blocked  by 
wagons  across  it.  The  drivers  are  dismounted  at  the  heads  of 
the  horses.  They  are  not  permitted  to  uiake  their  escape.  The 
light  troops  keep  the  enemy  at  a  distance  as  long  as  possible, 
and  are  supported  when  necessary,  but  prudently,  as  the  troops 
must  be  kept  in  hand  to  resist  the  main  attack. 

75L.  .If  a  wagon  takes  fire  in  the  park,  remove  it  if  pos- 
sible ;  if  not,  remove  first  the  ammunition  wagons,  then  tho8(! 
to  leewaid  of  the  fire. 

752..  .When  a  whole  convov  can  not  be  saved,  the  most 
valuable  part  may  sometimes  be  by  abandoning  the  rest.  If  all 
efforts  fail,  and  there  is  no  hope  of  succor,  the  convoy  must  be 
set  on  fire  and  the  horses  killed  that  can  not  be  saved ;  the 
t^scort  may  then  cut  its  way  through. 

753... If  the  convoy  is  of  prisoners  of  war,  every  effort 
should  be  jnade  to  reach  a  villaaje  or  strong  buildinn-  where 
they  may  be  confined.;  if  forced  to  fight  in  the  field,  the  pris- 
oners must  be  secured  and  made  to  lie  down  until  the  action 
is  over. 

BAGGACxK    TRAINS. 

754. ..The  baggage  train  of  general  head-quarters  and  the 
trains  of  the  several  divisions  are  each  under  the  charge  of  an 
officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  These  officers  com- 
mand and  conduct  the  trains  under  the  orders  they  receive 
from   their  respective  head-quarters,     When  the  trains  of  dif- 


9.1 

fereiit  divisions  luarcb  together,  or  tlie  train  of  a  division  marches 
with  the  train  of  general  head-qnarters,  tiie  senior  Quartermas- 
ter directs  the  wliole. 

75-5.. -The  regimental  (^Jnaitermaster  lias  charg<;  of  the 
wagons,  liorses,  equipments,  and  all  means  of  transport  em- 
ployed in  the  service  of  tlie  regiment.  Under  the  orders  of  the 
Colonel,  he  assembles  them  for  the  march,  and  maintains  the 
order  and  police  of  the  train  in  park  and  on  tlie  march.  On 
marches,  the  regimental  trains  are  under  the  orders  of  the 
Q.uart(vnnaster  of  the  division.  When  the  march  is  by  brigade, 
the  senior  Regimental  Quartermaster  in  the  brigade,  or  the 
Quartermaster  of  the  brigade  has  the  direction  of  the  whole. 
The  necessary  wagon-masters,  or  iion-commissione<l  otficers  to 
act  as  such,  are  employed  with  the  sev(H-al  trains. 

7-56..  .None  but  the  authorized  wagons  are  allowed  to  march 
with  the  train.  The  wagons  of  the  several  head-qnarters,  the 
regimental  wagons,  and  the  wagons  of  sutlers  authorized  by 
orders  from  head-quarters  to  march  with  the  train,  are  all  to  be 
conspicuously  marked. 

7-37..  .When  the  train  of  head-quarters  is  to  have  a  guard, 
the  strength  of  the  guard  is  regulated  by  the  General.  Gene- 
rals of  Brigade  guard  their  trains  by  the  men  attached  to  the 
train  of  the  first  regiment  of  their  brigades.  The  regimental 
trains  are  loaded,  unloaded,  and  guarded,  as  far  as  practicable, 
by  convalescents  and  men  not  etli'ctive  in  the  ranks;  in  the 
cavalry,  by  dismounted  men.  W^hen  the  guard  of  a  train  is  the 
escort  for  its  defense,  the  regulations  in  regard  to  convoys  and 
escorts  take  etlect. 

758..  .Habitually  each  division  is  followed  by  its  train,  the 
regimental  trains  uniting  at  the  brigade  rendezvous.  When 
otherwise,  the  order  for  the  movement  of  the  divisions,  brig- 
ades, and  regiments  contains  the  necessary  directions  in  re- 
gard to  the  assembling  and  marching  of  the  respective  trains. 
The  several  trains  niarch  in  an  order  analogous  to  the 
rank  of  the  generals,  and  the  order  of  battle  of  the  troops  to 
which  they  belong.  Trains  are  not  allowed  in  any  case  to  be 
in  the  midst  oi"  the  troops,  or  to  impede  the  march  of  the 
troops. 

759... The  wagon-masters,  under  the  orders  of  the  orticers 
of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  exercise  the  necessary  re- 
straints over  the  teamsters  and  servants  who  leave  their  teams, 
or  do  not  properly  conduct  them  ;  or  who  ill-treat  their  horses, 
or  who  ait^'uqii  to  ]>illage,  or  run  awav  in  case  of  attack. 


94 

"/GO..  .The  General  coinnaniling  the  army  and  the  Generals 
of  Division  will  not  permit  any  general  or  staff' officer,  or  regi- 
ment under  their  orders,  or  any  person  whatsoever,  attached 
to  their  command,  to  have  more  than  the  authorized  amount 
or  means  of  transportation.  For  this  purpose  they  will  them- 
selves make,  and  cause  to  be  made,  frequent  reviev/s  and  in- 
spections of  the  trains.  The}"  will  see  that  no  trooper  is  em- 
ployed to  lead  a  private  horse,  no  soldier  to  drive  a  private 
vehicle,  and  that  no  trooper  is  put  on  foot  to  lend  his  horse  to 
an  officer.  They  will  not  permit  the  wagons  of  the  artillery 
or  of  the  train  to  be  loaded  with  any  thing  foreign  to  their 
proper  service,  nor  any  public  horse,  for  any  occasion,  to  be 
harnessed  to  a  private  carriage. 

761... The  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  the 
wagon  ir.asters,  and  all  conductors  of  trains,  are  charged  with 
watching  that  the  regulations  respecting  transportation  allow- 
^•mces  are  strictly  observed. 

GEiS^ERAL    POLICE. 

762. . .  When  necessary,  the  General-in-chief  or  General  of 
Division  may  appoint  a  provost  marshal  to  take  charge  of  pris- 
oners, with  a  suitable  guard,  or  other  police  force. 

763..  .Private  servants,  not  soldiers,  will  not  be  allowed  to 
wear  the  uniform  of  any  corps  of  the  army  ;  but  each  will  be 
required  to  carry  with  him  a  certificate  from  the  officer  who 
employs  him,  verified,  for  regimental  officers,  by  the  signature 
of  the  Colonel  ;  for  other  officers  under  the  rank  of  Colonel, 
by  the  chief  of  their  corps  or  department. 

764..  .Laundresses  permitted  to  follow  the  army  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates,  signed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
and  no  woman  of  bad  character  will  be  allowed  to  follow  the 
army.  Other  persons  with  the  arm)%  not  officers  or  soldiers, 
such  as  guides  of  the  country,  interpreters,  &c.,  will  carry 
about  them  similar  certificates  from  the  head-quarters  that 
employs  them. 

765..  .Deserters  from  the  enemy,  after  being  examined,  w.ill 
be  secured  for  some  days,. as  they  may  be  spies  in  disguise  ;  as 
opportunities  offer,  they  will  be  sent  to  the  rear;  after  which, 
if  they  are  found  lurking  about  the  army,  or  attempting  to 
return  to  the  enemy,  they  will  be  treated  with  severity. 

766... The  arras  and  accoutrements  of  deserters  will  be 
turned  over  to  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  their  horses  to 
the  corps  in  want  of  them,  after  being  branded  with    the  let- 


k'rs  "  C.  iS."  Tiie  cumpeiisuliou  Lo  be  accurJed  tu  Jescrter*, 
ior  such  objt^cts,  will  be  aeeordiiig  to  appraisemeut,  tuade  under 
the  direction  of  the  Quartennaster's  Departnieut.  The  enUst- 
nient  of  deserters,  witliout  express  permission  from  general 
head-quarters,  is  prohibited. 

767..  .It  is  forbidden  to  purchase  horses  witliout  ascertaining- 
the  right  of  the  party  to  sell.  Stolen  horses  sliall  be  restored. 
Estrays,  in  the  enemy's  country,  when  the  owner  is  not  dis- 
covered, are  taken  lor  the  army. 

768..  .PliHidering  and  maiauding,  at  all  tinu's  disgraceful  to 
soldiers,  when  connnittv^d  on  the  persons  or  property  of  those 
whom  it  is  tha  duty  of  the  army  to  protect,  become  crimes 
of  such  enormity  as  to  admit  of  no  remission  of  the  awful  pun- 
ishment which  the  ^nllltary  law  awards  against  ollenses  of  this 
nature. 

SAFEGUARDS. 

76!)..  .Safeguards  art;  protections  granted  to  persons  or  prop- 
erty in  foreign  parts  by  the  commanding  general,  or  by  other 
connnanders  within  the  limits  of  their  cxjmmand. 

770..  .Safeguards  are  usually  given  to  protect  hospitals, 
public  establishments,  establishments  of  religion,  charity,  or  in- 
struction, museums,  depositories  of  the  arts,  mills,  post-offices, 
and  other  institutions  of  public  benefit ;  also  to  individuals 
whom  it  may  be  the  interest  of  the  army  to  respect. 

77 1 . .  .A  safeguard  may  consist  of  one  or  more  men  of  fidelity 
and  firmness,  generally  non-effective  non-commissioned  officers, 
furnished  with  a  paper  Sietting  out  clearly  the  protection  and 
exemptions  it  is  intended  to  secure,  signed  by  the  commander 
giving  it,  and  his  staff  officer;  or  it  may  consist  of  such  paper, 
delivered  to  the  party  whose  person,  family,  house,  and  prop- 
erty it  is  designiMl  to  protect.  These  safeguards  must  be  num- 
bered and  registered. 

'772..  .The  men  left  as  safeguards  by  one  corps  may  be  re- 
placed by  another.  They  are  withdrawn  when  the  country  is 
evacuated  ;  but  if  not,  they  have  orders  to  await  the  arrival  of 
the  enemy's  troops,  and  apply  to  the  commander  for  a  safe- 
conduct  to  the  outposts. 

773..  .Form  of  a  safeguard  : 

r>y  authority  of , 

A  safeguard  is  hereby  granted  to  [A.  B ,  or  the  house 

and  family  of  A.  B ,  or  to  the  college,  nulls,  or  property; 

stating  precisely  the  place,  nature,  and  description  of  the  persoUi 


06 

property,  or  buildiiigis] .  All  officers  and  soldiers  belonging  to  the 
Hrmy  of  the  Confederate  States  are  therefore  commanded  to 
respect  this  safeguard,  and  to  afford,  if  necessary,  protection  to 
[the  person,  famih%  or  property  ot- — — —,  as  the  case  may  be.] 

Given  at  Head-Quarters,  the — day  of . 

A.  B. ,  Major-General  commanding-in-chief. 

By  command  of  the  General. 

C.  D ,  Adjutant-General. 

ri'ylh  Article  of  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  JFar. 
"  Whosoever   belonging  to  the    arnjies    of  the    Confederate 
States,  employed  in  foreiirn  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
buffer  death."' 

SIEGES. 

774..  -In  tlie  following  regulations  the  besieging  force  is  sup- 
posed to  be  two  divisions  of  infantry  and  a  brigade  of  cavalry. 
The  same  principles  govern  in  other  cases. 

775..  .The  Brigadier-Generals  of  infantry  serve,  in  turn,  as 
Generals  of  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  of  them  are  detailed 
daily,  according  to  the  front  and  number  of  attacks ;  they  su- 
perintend the  operations,  and  dispose  the  guards  of  the  trench- 
es to  repulse  sorties  and  protect  the  works.  Officers  of  the 
general  staff  are  assigned  to  them  to  transmit  their  orders  and 
attend  to  the  details  of  service. 

776..  .The  Colonels  and  Lieutenant-Colonels  of  infantry  al- 
ternate for  duty  in  the  trenches;  one  or  more  are  detailed  daily; 
they  superintend  the  service  of  the  guards  and  workmen  in  the 
part  of  the  work  to  which  the  General  of  the  trenches  assigns 
them,  being  posted  with  troops  of  their  own  regiments  in  pre- 
ference. The  commandant  of  the  siege  may  place  the  Colonels 
on  the  roster  with  the  Brigadier-Generals. 

777..  .The  commandants  of  engineers  and  artillery  accom- 
pany the  first  troops  before  the  place  to  examine  the  works 
and  the  approaches.  When  the  engineers  have  completed  the 
reconnoissance  of  the  works,  and  of  each  front  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable, the  commandant  of  engineers  makes  a  plan  of  the  works 
as  exact  and  detailed  as  possible,  and  under  the  instructions  of 
the  General  commanding  the  siege,  draws  up  the  general  plan 
of  the  siege,  and  discusses  it  with  the  commandant  of  artillery 
in  regard  to  the  best  employment  of  that  arm.  These  officers 
then  submit  their  joint  or  separate  opinions  to  the  General, 
who  decides  on  the  plan  of  the  siege,  and  gives  the  orders  for 
the  execution.  The  commandant  of  engineers  directs  the  con- 
struction of  all  the  works  of  the  siege,  under  the  authority  of 


97 

the  General,  and  lays  before  him  every  day  a  le^wrt  of  his 
operations,  and  a  plan  showing  the  progress  of  the  attack.  The 
commandant  of  artillery  also  makes  daily  reports  to  the  Gene- 
ral of  all  that  relates  to  his  branch  of  the  service. 

778..  .The  Quartermaster-General  establishes  the  hospitals, 
and  organizes  the  means  for  transporting  the  wounded  to  them. 

779..  .The  commanding  General  appoints  a  field  officer  of 
the  trenches,  vv^ho  is  aided  by  one  or  two  Captains  or  Lieuten- 
ants. 

780... The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  is  charged  with  all 
the  details  relative  to  the  assembling  of  the  guards  knd  the 
workmen.  lie  distributes  the  guards  on  the  diflferent  points  of 
the  attack  agreeably  to  the  orders  of  the  General  of  the  trenches, 
and  forms  the  detachments  of  workmen  for  the  engineers  and 
artillery ;  that  he  may  be  prepared  for  this  distribution,  he  re- 
ceives every  day  from  the  Adjutant-General  a  statement  of  the 
details  for  the  uext  day. 

7S1...0n  the  arrival  of  the  General  of  the  trenches,  the 
field  officer  of  the  trenches  gives  him  all  the  information 
necessary  to  enable  him  to  station  the  troops,  attends  him  in 
his  visit  to  the  trenches,  and  takes  his  orders  on  the  changes  to 
be  made  in  the  position  of  the  troops.  The  execution  is 
intrusted  to  the  commandants  of  the  troops. 

782... The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  sees  that  men  and 
litters  are  always  ready  to  bring  oft'  the  wounded.  One  or 
more  conipanies  of  the  guards  of  the  trenches  are  put  under 
his  innnediate  orders  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  pohce, 
in  the  trenches. 

783..  .The  divisions,  brigades,  regiments,  and  battalions,  an; 
encamped  during  the  siege  in  tlie  order  of  battle.  The  service 
of  camp  is  conducted  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

784... The  infantry  has  two  kinds  of  siege,  service — the 
guard  of  the  trenches  and  the  work  of  the  trenches. 

785... The  guards  of  the  trenches  mount  every  day  by 
battalions,  in  such  order  of  detail  that  all  the  troops  may  take 
an  equal  share,  and  no  part  of  the  line  be  left  too  weak.  If 
only  one  battalion  is  recpiired,  each  division  furnishes  it 
alternately;  if  two  are  required,  each  division  gives  one;  if 
three,  one  division  furnishes  two,  the  other  one,  alternately. 
The  two  battalions  of  the  same  divisions  are  not  taken  from 
the  same  brigade. 

>^(>...The  detail  lor  work  of  the  trenches  is  by  company, 


I'l'om  all  the  regiments  at  one  time,  or  iu  turn,  and  continues 
generally  twelve  honrs.  The  detail  from  any  regiment  should 
never  be  less  than  a  company.  If  only  half  a  company  would 
be  needed  from  all  the  regiments  at  a  time,  every  other  regi- 
ment  furnishes  a  full  company  alternately. 

787..  .The  battalions  for  guai'd  are  detailed  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  advance;  they  furnish  no  other  details  during  this  tour. 
If  the  whole  regiment  is  called  out,  it  leaves  a  sufficiei;it  police 
guard  in  camp. 

788..  .Twenty-four  hours,  or  twelve  at  least,  before  mount- 
ing guard  in  the  trenches,  the  battalions  detailed  for  guard  do 
not  furnish  workmen ;  and  the  companies  of  tliese  battalions 
whose  tour  it  would  have  been  to  work  in  the  trenches,  do  not 
go  there  for  twenty-four  hours  after  guard,  if  possible,  or 
at  the  least  twelve.  .     ,  ^njiv 

7S9...The  workmen  who  are  required  for  other  work  than 
that  of  the  trenches  are  taken  from  the  roster  for  fatigue  from 
the  battalions  and  companies  not  employed  in  the  trenches. 

790..  .The  battalions  first  for  detail  foi-  guard  of  the  trenches, 
and  the  companies  first  for  detail  for  work  in  the  trenches, 
ilirnish  no  other  details,  and  are  held  on  picket,  ready  to  march 
at  the  call  of  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches. 

79] Materials   for  the  siege,    such    as   fascines,   gabions, 

hurdleSj  pickets,  &c.,  are  furnished,  by  the  different  corps,  iu 
the  proportion  ordered  by  the  GeneraL 

792..  .Guards  and  workmen  i^oina'  to  the  trenches  march 
without  beat  of  drum  or  music. 

793..  -At  all  times,  and  especially  on  the  day  the  trenches 
are  opened,  every  thing  is  avoided  likely  to  attract  the  attention 
of  the  enemy.  With,  this  view  the  General  may  vary  the  hour 
of  relieving  guards. 

794..  .The  chiefs  of  engineers  and  artillery  make  requisitions 
for  workmen  in  advance,  tliat  the  details  may  be  made  in  time 
to  prevent  any  delay  in  the  M'ork.  They 'should  exceed  the 
number  strictly  required,  that  there  may  be  a  reserve  for  unfore- 
seen wants.  If  this  reserve  is  found  insufficient,  the  General 
directs  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  to  call  on  the  picket. 

795. . .  Before  the  guards  and  workmen  march,  the  field  officer 
of  the  trenches  arranges  them  so  that  each  detacliment  can 
reach  its  ground. without  confusion.  The  troops  are  posted  in 
the  trenches  according  to  the  position  of  their  regiments  in  the 
order  of  battle,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the  companies  of  work- 
men in  like  order.     The  reserves  of  workmen  are  placed  at  the 


91) 

depdt  of  the   trenches,   or  the   nearest  sui cable   pUice  to  th« 
works. 

796... The  workmen  leave  their  knapsacks  and  swords  in 
camp,  and  march  with  their  firearms  and  cartridge-boxes, 
which  they  place  near  them  while  at  work.  They  always 
c<irry  their  overcoats,  to  cover  them  in  resting  or  when  wounded. 

797... The  guards  always  enter  the  trenches  with  arms 
trailed,  and  the  workmen  also,  unless  they  carry  materials  or 
tools,  when  the  arms  are  in  the  sling. 

798... The  guards  and  detachments  of  v.-orkmen  send  a 
Corporal  to  the  openings  of  the  trenches  to  guide  the  relief. 
They  march  out  of  the  trenches  by  the  flank,  with  tiailed  arms. 

799..  .Sand-bags,  forming  loop-holes,  are  placed  at  intervals 
on  the  parapet  to  cover  the  sentinels;  they  are  more  numerous 
than  the  sentinels,  so  that  the  enemy  may  not  know  where 
the  sentinels  are  placed. 

SOO.-  .When  detachments  are  placed  at  night  in  advance  of 
the  trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen,  the  men  sit  or  lie  down, 
with  their  firearms  in  their  hands,  to  hide  themselves  better 
from  the  enemy;  the  sentinels  put  their  ears  to  the  ground 
Irequently,  that  they  may  hear  troopa  coming  out  of  the  place- 
To  prevent  mistakes,  the  workmen  are  told  what  troops  cover 
them. 

SOI..  .No  honors  are  paid  in  the  trenches.  When  the  General 
commanding  the  siege  visits  them,  the  guards  place  themselves 
in  rear  of  the  banquette,  and  rest  on  their  arms.  The 
coloi's  are  never  carried  to  the  trendies  unless  tlie  whole  regi- 
ment marches  to  repulse  a  sortie-or  make  an  assault.  Even  in 
this  case  they  are  not  displayed  until  the  General  conuiianding 
the  sii'ge  gives  a  formal  order. 

802..  -The  materials  of  the  siege  of  all  kinds,  together  with 
the  tools,  are  collected  in  part  at  the  depots  of  the  trenches, 
and  in  part  at  the  openings  of  the  trenches,  or  in  such  other 
place  as  has  bot'n  appointed  for  the  convenience  of  the  service 
by  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches,  on  the  advice  of  the  chiefs 
of  artillery  aud  engineers.  The}'^  are  in  charge  of  officers  of 
engineers  and  of  artillery,  with  guards  or  non-commissioned 
officers  of  both  corj>s.  Hut  if  these  corps  can  not  furnish  them, 
the  chietis  apply  for  assistance  from  the  infantry. 

ftO;^...The  workmen,  in  going  to  the  trenches,  carry  such 
tools  and  materials  as  are  required  by  the  artillery  and  engi- 
ntH^rs.  In  this  case,,  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  has  notice 
-aud  supi»rinteiids  ir..\7ii-.  •. 


100 

S04. . .  The  soldiers  aent  to  the  trenches  go  with  their  cartridge- 
boxes  filled.  Cartridges,  when  needed,  are  sent  to  the  trenches 
on  the  requisition  of  commanders  of  battalions,  approved  by 
the  General  of  the  trenches. 

805..  -In  the  case  of  a  sortie,  the  guards  move  rapidly  to  the 
places  that  have  been  designated  by  the  General  of  the  trenches, 
and  which  afford  the  best  defense  for  the  head  of  the  works, 
the  batteries,  the  communications,  or  the  flanks,  or  best  enable 
them  to  take  the  sortie  itself  in  flank  or  reverse.  Having 
lined  the  banquette  to  fire  on  the  enemy,  the  troops  form  on 
the  reverse  of  the  trench  to  receive  him.  The  workmen  take 
arms,  retain  their  positions,  or  retire  with  their  tools,  as  ordered. 
The  officers  commanding  the  detachments  of  workmen  see 
that  their  movements  are  made  promptly  and  in  good  order,  so 
as  to  avoid  all  confusion  in  the  communications. 

806..  .The  troops  that  advance  beyond  the  trenches  to  re- 
pulse the  sortie,  must  not  follow  in  pursuit.  The  General 
takes  care  that  they  return  to  the  trenches  before  the  retreat 
of  the  sortie  allows  the  artiller}^  of  the  place  to  open  on  them. 
When  the  workmen  return,  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  of  the  detachments  call  the  roll  without  interrupting 
the  work,  which  is  immediately  resumed. 

807... When  it  is  necessary  to  dismount  cavalry  and  send 
them  to  the  trenches,  they  should  be  employed  as  near  their 
camp  as  possible,  and  posted  between  the  detachments  of 
infantry. 

808... Men  belonging  to  the  cavalry  may,  in  assaults,  be 
<^mployed  in  carrying  fascines  and  other  materials  to  fill  ditches 
and  make  passages. 

809... The  general  officers  of  cavalry  are  more  particularly 
employed  in  the  service  of  posts  and  detachments  placed  in 
observation  to  protect  the  siege.  They  and  the  field  officers 
of  this  arm  are  employed  in  the  conunand  of  escorts  to  convoys, 
of  whatever  arms  the  escorts  may  be  composed.  When  these 
duties  are  not  sufficient  to  employ  them,  they  take  their  share 
of  the  duty  of  the  trenches. 

810..  .The  officers  of  engineers  and  artillery  of  the  trenches 
make  to  the  General  of  the  trenches  a  return  of  all  losses  in 
their  troops,  and  such  other  reports  on  the  work  as  he  requires, 
in  addition  to  the  reports  direct  to  their  respective  chiefs  on 
the  details  of  the  service. 

811.. -At  the  end  of  each  tour,  the  field  officer  of  the 
trenches  drawa  up  a  report  for  the  twenty-four  hours  to  the 


101 

general  of  the  trenches.  The  General  of  the  trenches  report* 
to  the  General  commanding  the  siege. 

812..  .The  commanders  of  the  several  corps  in  the  trenches 
report,  when  relieved,  to  their  respective  head-quarters  the  losses 
during-  the  tour,  and  the  conduct  of  the  officers  and  men. 

SJ 3..  .However  practicable  the  breach  may  appear,  or  how- 
ever ruined  the  works  in  rear  of  it,  the  heads  of  columns  must 
always  be  supplied  with  ladders  to  get  over  unexpected  ob- 
stacles. 

814..  .The  General  commanding  the  siege  designates  picked 
companies  to  jirotect  property  and  persons,  and  prevent  pillage 
and  violence,  from  the  moment  the  place  is  carried.  The  officers 
exert  themselves  to  restrain  the  men. 

815..  .The  general  designates  the  places  requiring  particular 
protection,  such  as  churches,  asylums,  hospitals,  colleges, 
schools  and  magazines.  The  order  for  their  ])rotection  should 
remind  the  soldiers,  at  the  time,  of  the  penalty  of  disobeying  it. 

816..  .Whether  the  place  be  taken  by  assault  or  by  capitu- 
lation, the  provisions  and  military  stores,  and  the  public  funds, 
are  reserved  for  the  use  of  the  army. 

817..  .The  commander  of  engineers  will  keep  a  journal  of  tin; 
siege,  showing  the  operations  of  each  day  in  detail,  the  force 
employed  on  the  work,  the  kind  and  (pumtity  of  materials  used 
in  them,  &c.  He  will  also  mark  on  a  plan  of  the  ground  the 
daily  progress  of  the  works,  and  make  the  necessary  drawings 
explanatory  of  their  construction. 

818... The  conmiandcr  of  the  artillery  will  keep  a  daily 
journal  of  the  operations  under  his  direction,  showing — the 
number  and  kind  of  pieces  in  battery,  the  force  employed 
in  serving  them,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ammunition  expend- 
ed, the  number  of  rounds  fired  from  each  piece  of  ordnance, 
the  eflect  of  the  fire,  and  all  other  particulars  relative  to  his 
branch  of  the  service. 

819... These  journals  and  drawings  will  be  sent,  after  the 
siege,  vvitli  the  report  of  the  General,  to  the  War  Department. 

DEFENSE    OF   FOIJTIFIED    PLACES. 

820. ..In  war,  every  commander  of  a  ibrtified  place  shall 
always  hold  liimself  prepared  with  his  plan  of  detiense,  as  if 
at  any  time  liable  to  attack.  He  arranges  this  plan  according 
to  the  probable  iriode  of  attack  ;  determines  the  posts  of  the 
troops  in  the  several  parts  of  the  works,  the  reliefs,  the  re- 
eerves,  and  the  details  of  service  in  all  the  corps.     He  draws 


1.0  :> 

lip  iiistructiDns  for  a  case  of  attack,  and  exercises  the  garrison 
according  to  his  plan  of  defense.  In  sea-coast  works,  he  pro- 
vides the  instructions  for  the  different  batteries  on  the  approacli 
of  ship,s. 

821 — In  framing  his  plan,  he  studies  the  works  and  the  ex- 
terior within  the  radius  of  attack  and  investment,  the  strength 
of  the  garrison,  the  artillery,  the  munitions  of  war,  subsistence 
and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  and  takes  immediate  measures  to 
procure  whatever  is  deficient  of  troops  or  supplies,  either  by 
requisition  on  the  government  or  from  the  means  put  at  his 
disposal. 

S22..  .On  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  he  removes  all  houses 
and  other  objects,  within  or  without  the  place,  that  cover  the 
approaches,  or  interrupt  the  fire  of  the  guns  or  the  movements 
of  the  troops.  He  assm'es  himself  personally  that  all  posterns, 
outlets,  or  embrasures,  &c.,  are  in  proper  state  of  security. 

823... He  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Department  of  War 
with  a  plan  of  the  works,  showing  all  the  details  of  the  forti- 
fications and  of  the  exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack  ;  with 
a  map  of  the  environs  within  the  radius  of  investment ;  witli 
a  map  of  the  vicinity,  including  the  neighboring  works,  roac^, 
water-channels,  coasts  &c. ;  with  a  memoir  explaining  the  situ- 
ation and  defense  of  the  place,  and  the  relations  and  bearings 
of  the  several  works  on  each  other,  and  on  the  approaches  by 
land  and  water — all  which  he  carefully  preserves,  and  commu- 
nicates only  to  the  council  of  defense. 

824.-  .He  consults  his  next  in  rank,  and  the  senior  officer  of 
ihe  engineers  and  of  the  artillery,  either  separately  or  as  a 
council  of  defense.  In  the  latter  case  he  designates  an  officer 
to  act  as  secretary  to  the  council,  and  to  record  their  proceed- 
ings and  their  joint  or  separate  opinions,  which  are  to  be  kept 
secret  during  the  siege.  The  members  may  record  their  opin- 
ions imder  their  own  signature;.  In  all  cases,  thp  commander 
decides  on  his  own  responsibility. 

825..  .The  commander  of  the  place,  and  the  chiefs  of  en- 
gineers and  of  artillery,  shall  keep  journals  of  tiie  defense,  in 
which  shall  be  entered,  in  order  of  date,  without  blank  or  in- 
terlineation, the  orders  given  or  received,  the  manner  in  which 
they  are  executed,  their  results,  and  every  event  and  circum- 
stance of  importance  in  the  progress  of  the  defense.  These 
journals  and  the  proceedings  of  the  council  of  defense,  shall  be, , 
^pnt  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  of  War.  j 

.  S^6».  .Tliere  shall  be  kept  in  the  oflice  of  the  commandant 


103 

of  the  place,  iv  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  DepaitmeiiL  of 
War,  a  map  of  the  environs,  a  plan  of  the  fortifications,  and  a 
special  plan  of  the  front  of  attack,  on  which  the  chief  engineer 
will  trace,  in  succession,  the  positions  occupied,  and  the  works 
executed  by  the  enemy  frojii  the  investment;  and  also  tho 
works  of  counter  approach  or  defense,  and  the  succ(?ssive  posi- 
tions of  the  artillery  and  other  troops  of  the  garrison  duiing 
the  progress  of  the  siege. 

827..  .The  commander  shall  defend  in  succession  the  ad- 
vanced works,  the  covered  way  and  outworks,  the  bod}'  of  the 
work,  and  the  interior  intrenchnients.  He  will  not  be  content 
with  clearing  away  the  fopt  of  the  breaches,  and  defending 
them  by  abattis,  mines,  and  all  the  means  used  in  sieges  ;  but 
he  shall  begin  in  good  time,  behind  the  bastions  or  front  of  at- 
tack, the  necessary  intrenchments  to  resist  assaults  on  the  main 
work. 

SL*S..  .He  shall  use  his  njeuns  of  defense  in  such  mauner  uh 
always  to  have  a  reserve  of  fresh  troops,  chosen  from,  his  best 
soldiers,  to  resist  assaults,  retake  tlie  outworks,  and  especially 
to  resist  the  assaults  on  the  body  of  the  place  ;  and  a  reserve 
of  provisions  for  the  last  period  of  the  siege,  and  of  ammuni- 
tion for  the  last  attacks. 

829..  .He  must,  in  every  case,  compel  the  besieging  force  ^p 
approach  by  the  slow  and  successive  works  of  siege,  and  must 
sustain  at  least  one  assault  on  a  practicable  breach  in  the  body 
of  the  place. 

830..  .When  the  commander  thinks  that  the  end  at'  tha  de- 
lense  has  come,  he  shall  still  consult  the  council  of  defense  on 
the  means  that  may  renjain  to  prolong  tlie  siege.  But  m  all 
cases  he  alone  will  decide  on  the  time,  manner,  and  terms  of 
the  surrender.  In  the  capitulation,  he  shall  not  seek  or  accept 
better  terms  for  himself  than  for  the  garrison,  but  shall  share 
their  fate,  and  exert  his  best  endeavors  lor  the  care  of  the 
troops,  and  especially  of  the  sick  and  wounded, 

831.,  .No  commander  in  the  field  shall  withdraw  troops  or 
supplies  from  any  fortified  place,  or  exercise  any  authority  over 
its  commandant,  unless  it  has  been  put  subject  to  his  orders  by 
competent  authoi-it}-. 

ARTICLE   XXXVH. 

TROOPS  ON  BOARD  OF  TRANSPORTS. 

832..  .Military  commanders  cliarged  with  the  embarkation 


104 

of  troops,  and  officers  of  the  Qiuirtcnnaster's  Department  in- 
trusted witli  the  selection  of  the  transports,  will  take  care  that 
the  vessels  are  entirely  seaworthy  and  proper  for  such  service, 
and  that  suitable  arrangements  are  made  in  them  for  the  health 
and  comfort  of  the  troops. 

833..  .If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  commanding  the  troops 
to  be  embarked,  the  vessel  is  not  proper  or  suitably  arranged, 
the  officer  charged  with  the  embarkation  shall  cause  her  to  be 
inspected  by  competent  and  experienced  persons. 

834..  .Immediately  after  embarking,  the  men  will  be  assigned 
to  quarters,  equal  parties  on  each  side  of  the  ship,  and  no  man 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  or  sleep  on  the  opposite  side.  As  far 
as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  company  will  be  assigned  to 
the  same  part  of  the  vessel,  and  the  squads,  in  the  same  man- 
ner, to  contiguous  berths. 

835..  .Anns  will  be  so  placed,  if  there  be  no  racks,  as  to  be 
Kecm'e  from  injury,  and  enable  the  men  to  handle  them  prompt- 
ly— bayonets  unfixed  and  in  scabbard. 

830..  .Ammmiition  in  cartridge-boxes  to  be  so  placed  as  to 
be  entirely  secure  from  fire  ;  reserve  ammunition  to  be  reported 
to  the  master  of  the  transport,  with  request  that  he  designate 
a  safe  place  of  deposit.  Frequent  inspections  will  be  made  of 
the  service  ammunition,  to  insure  its  safety  and  good  condition. 

837. ..No  officer  is  to  sleep  out  of  his  ship,  or  to  quit  his 
ship,  without  the  sanction  of  the  officer  commanding  on  board. 

838..  .The  guard  will  be  proportioned  to  the  number  of  sen- 
tinels required.  At  sea,  the  guard  will  mount  with  side-arms 
only.     The  officer  of  the  guard  will  be  officer  of  the  day. 

839..  .Sentinels  will  be  kept  over  the  fires,  with  buckets  of 
water  at  hand,  promptly  to  extinguish  fires.  Smoking  is  pro- 
hibited between  decks  or  in  the  cabins,  at  all  times  ;  nor  shall  any 
lights  be  allowed  between  decks,  except  such  ship  lanterns  as 
the  master  of  the  transport  may  direct,  or  those  carried  by  the 
officer  of  the  day  in  the  execution  of  his  duty. 

840. . .  Regulations  will  be  adopted  to  enable  companies  or 
messes  to  cook  in  turn ;  no  others  than  those  whose  turn  it  is, 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  round  or  approach  the  galleys  or  other 
cooking  places. 

841.. -The  commanding  officer  will  make  arrangements,  in 
concert  with  the  master  of  the  vessel,  for  calling  the  troops  to 
quarters,  so  that  in  case  of  alarm,  by  storm,  or  fire,  or  the  ap- 
proach of  the  enemy,  every  man  may  repair  promptly  to  his 


station.  But  he  will  take  care  not  to  ci'owd  the  deck,  f  he 
troops  not  wanted  at  the  guns  or  to  assist  the  sailors,  and  those 
who  cannot  be  advantageonsly  employed  with  small  arms, 
will  be  formed  as  a  reserve  between  decks. 

842... All  the  troops  will  turn  out   at  ,  a.  u.,  without 

arms  or  uniform,  and  (in  warm  weather)  without  shoes  or 
stockings  ;  when  every  individual  will  be  clean,  his  hands,  face 
and  feet  washed,  and  his  hair  covnbed.  The  same  personal  in- 
spection will  be  repeated  tliirty  minutes  before  sunset.  The 
cooks  alone  will  be  exempted  from  o?ic  of  these  inspections  per 
day,  if  necessary. 

843.. -Recruits  or  awkward  men  will  be  exercised  in  the 
morning  and  evening  in  the  use  of  arms,  an  hour  each  time, 
when  the  weather  will  permit. 

S44. . .  Officers  will  enforce  cleanliness  as  indispensable  to 
liealth.  When  the  weather  will  permit,  bedding  will  be  brought 
on  deck  every  morning  for  airing.  Tubs  may  be  fixed  on  the 
forecastle  for  bathing,  or  the  men  may  be  placed  in  the  chaim 
and  have  buckets  of  water  thrown  over  them. 

845..  .Between  dccJfs  will  not  be  washed  oftener  than  once  a 
week,  and  only  when  the  weather  is  fine.  The  boards  of  the 
lower  berths  will  be  removed  once  or  twice  a  week  to  change 
the  straw.  Under  the  direction  of  the  Surgeon  and  the  officer 
of  the  day,  frequent  fumigations  will  be  performed  between 
decks.  The  materials  required  are — common  salt, four  ounces; 
powdered  oxide  of  manganese,  one  ounce  ;  sulphiu'ic  acid,  one 
ounce,  diluted  with  two  ounces  of  water.  The  diluted  acid  is 
poui'ed  over  the  other  ingredients  in  a  basin  placed  in  a  hot 
sand-bath.  Solutions  of  chloride  of  lime  and  chloride  of  zinc 
ai'e  excellent  disinfecting  agents. 

846... During  voyages  in  hot  weather,  the  master  of  the 
vessel  will  be  desired  to  provide  wind-sails,  wliich  will  be  kept 
constantly  hung  up,  and  frequcntl}-  examined,  to  see  that  they 
draw  well  and  are  not  obstructed. 

847... During  cooking  hoiu's,  the  officers  of  companies  visit 
the  caboose,  and  wv  that  the  messes  are  well  prepared.  The 
coppers  and  other  cooking  utensils  are  to  be  regularly  and  well 
washed,  both  Ixfore  and  ajkr  use. 

848..  .The  bedding  will  be  replaced  in  the  berths  at  sunset, 
or  at  an  earlier  hour  when  there  is  a  prospect  of  bad  weather  ; 
and  lit  tattoo  every  man  not  on  dut}''  will  be  in  his  berth.  To 
insure  the  execution  of  this  regulation,  the  officer  of  the  day, 
with  a  lantern,  will  make  a  tour  between  decks. 

N 


106 

849..  .Lights  will. be  extinguished  at  tattoo,  except  such  as  are 
placed  under  sentinels.  The  officer  of  the  day  will  see  to  it,  and 
report  to  the  commanding  officer.  The  officers'  lights  will  be 
extinguished  at  10  o'clock,  unless  special  permission  be  given 
to  continue  them  for  a  longer  time,  as  in  case  of  sickness  or 
other  emei'gency. 

.'850i..^or  the  sake  of  exercise,  the  troops  will  be  occasion- 
ally called  to  quarters  by  the  beat  to  arms.  Those  appointed 
to  the  guns  will  be  frequently  exercised  in  the  use  of  them. 
The  arras  and  accoutrements  will  be  frequently  inspected. 
The  metallic  parts  of  the  former  will  be  often  wiped  and  greased 
again. 

851..  .The  men  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  on  deck  in  hot 
weather  or  in  the  sun  ;  they  will  be  encouraged  and  required 
to  take  exercise  on  deck,  in  squads  by  succession,  when  neces- 
sary. 

852... At  morning  and  evening  parades,  the  Surgeon  will 
examine  the  men,  to  observe  whether  there  be  any  appearance 
of  disease.  '    , 

853..  .The  sick  will,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  separated  from 
the  healthy  men.  On  the  first  appearance  of  malignant  con- 
tagion, a  signal  will  be  made  for  the  hospital  vessel  (if  there  be 
one  in  company),  and  the  diseased  men  removed  to  her. 

854..  -A  good  supply  of  hospital  stores  and  medicines  will 
be  taken  on  each  vessel,  and  used  only  for  the  sick  and  conval- 
escent. 

855... The  Surgeon  will  guard  the  men  against  costiveness 
on  approaching  a  hot  climate.  In  passing  through  the  .West 
Indies,  to  the  southern  coast  for  instance,  and  for  some  weeks 
idtec  landing  in  those  latitudes,  great  care  is  required  in  the 
use  of  fruit,  as  strangers  would  not  be  competent  to  judge  of 
it,  and  most  kinds,  after  long  voyages,  arc  prejudical. 

85G..  .In  harbor,  where  there  is  no  danger  from  sharks,  the 
men  may  bathe.;  but  not  more  than  ten  at  a  time,  and  attend- 
ed by  a  boat. 

857..  -In  fitting  up  a  vessel  for  the  transportation  of  horses, 
care  is  to  be.  taken  that  the  requisite  arrangements  are  made 
for  conveniently  feeding  and  cleaning  them,  and  to  secure  them 
from  injury  in  rough  weather  by  ropes  attached  to  breast-straps 
and  breeching,  or  by  other  suitable  means;  and  especially  that 
proper  ventilation  is  provided  by  openings  in  the  upper  deck, 


107 

wind-sails,  &c.  The  ventilation  of  steamers '  may  be  assisted 
by  using  the  engine  for  that  purpose.        ^      •■'* 

S5S..  .Horses  should  not  be  put  on  board  after  severe  exer- 
cise or  when  heated.  In  hoisting  tiiem  on  board,  the  slings 
should  be  made  fast  to  a  hook  at  the  end  of  tlie  fall,  or  the  knot 
tied  by  an  expert  seaman,  so  that  it  may  be  well  secured  and 
easily  loosened.  The  horse  shoidd  be  run  np  quickly,  to  pre- 
vent him  from  plunging,  and  should  be  steadied  by  guide  ropes. 
A  halter  is  placed  on  him  before  he  is  lilted  from  the  ground. 

859..  .On  board,  care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  liorses  are  uot 
over-fed  ;  bran  should  form  partof  their  ration.  The  face,  eyes, 
and  nostrils  of  each  horse  are  to  be  washed  at  the  usual  stable 
hours,  and,  occasionally,  the  mangers  should  be  washed  and 
the  nostrils  of  the  horses  sponged  with  vinegar  and  water. 

860. . .  In  loading  vessels  with  stores  for  a  military  expedition, 
the  cargo  of  each  should  be  composed  of  an  assortment  of  such 
stores  as  may  he  available  for  service  in  case  of  the  non-arrival 
of  others,  and  they  should  be  placed  on  board  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  tliey  may  be  easily  reached,  in  the  order  in  which  they 
are  required  for  service.  Each  store-ship  shoufld  be  marked,  at 
the  bow  and  stern,  on  both  sides,  in  large  characters,  with  a 
distinctive  letter  and  number.  A  list  is  to  be  made  of  the 
stores  on  board  of  each  vessel,  and  of  the  place  where  they  are 
to  be  found  in  it ;  a  copy  of  this  list  to  be  sent  to  the  chief 
officer  of  the  proper  department  in  the  expedition,  or  at  the 
place  of  destination.        •  ■•>  1/ ,:i; 

ARTICLE  XXXVIII. 

COUKTS-MARTIAL.  , 

861..  -In  appointing  a  general  court-martial,  as  many  uieni-- 
bers  will  be  detailed,  from  five    to  thirteen  inclusively,  as  can 
be  assembh^d  without  manifest  injury  to  tlie  service. 

802..  .The  decision  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court,  as  to 
the  number  that  can  be  assembled  without  manifest  injurv  to 
the  service,  is  conclusive. 

<\  863..  .A  President  of  the  court  will  not  be  appointed.  The 
officer  highest  in  rank  present  will  be  President. 

864...  Form  of  Order  appointing  a  general  court-martial; 
the  last  paragraph  omitted  when  the  court  can  be  kept  up  Witli 
thirt(!en  members  :  ' 

Head-Quarters. &c. 

A  General  Court-martial  is  hereby  a]>[)ointed  to  nieet  at 
,  on  the — day  of ,  or  as  soon  therealter  as  practica- 


108 

ble,  for  the  trial  of — ,  and  such  other  prisoners  as  may  be 

brought  before  it. 

Detail  for  the  Court : 

1.  . 8.  ^ 

2. 9. 

3.  . 10.  

4. 11. 

5. 12.  « 

6. 13. 

7. Judge  Advocate. 

No  other  officers  than  those  named  can  be  assembled  with- 
out'manifest  injury  to  the  service. 


By  order  of ,  commanding- 


-,  Assistant  Adjutant-General. 
8G5..  -In  the  detail  the  members  will  be  named,  and  they 
will  take  place  in  the  court,  in  the  order  of  their  rank.     A  de- 
cision of  the  proper  authority  in  regard  to  the  rank  of  the  mem- 
bers can  not  be  reversed  by  the  court. 

S6G..  .The  place  of  holding  a  court  is  appointed  by  the  au- 
thority convening  it. 

867..  .Application  for  delay  or  postponement  of  trial  must 
when  practicable,  be  made  to  the  authority  convening  the 
court.  When  made  to  the  court,  it  must  be  before  plea,  and 
will  then,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  well  founded,  be  re- 
ferred to  the  authority  convening  the  court,  to  decide  whether 
the  court  should  be  adjourned  or  dissolved,  and  the  charges  re- 
served for  another  court. 

868..  .Upon  application  by  the  accused  for  postponement  on 
the  ground  of  the  absence  of  a  witness,  it  ought  distinctly  to 
appear  on  his  oath,  1st.  that  the  witness  is  material,  and  how; 
2d.  that  the  accused  has  used  due  diligence  to  procure  his  at- 
tendance ;  and,  3d.  that  he  has  reasonable  ground  to  believe, 
and  does  believe,  that  he  will  be  able  to  procure  such  attend- 
ance within  a  reasonable  time  stated. 

869... The  President  of  a  court-martial,  besides  his  duties 
and  privileges  as  member,  is  the  organ  of  the  court,  to  keep 
order  and  conduct  its  business.  He  speaks  and  acts  for  the 
court  in  each  case  where  the  rule  has  been  prescribed  by  law, 
regulation,  or  its  own  resolution.  In  all  their  deliberaj;ions  the 
law  secures  the  equality  of  the  members. 

870..  .The  76th  Article  of  War  does  not  confer  on  a  court- 
martial  the  power  to  punish  its  own  members.  For  disorderly 
conduct,  a  member  is  liable  as  in  other  offenses  against  mill- 


'  109 

tary  discipline ;  improper  words  are  to  be  taken  down,  and  any 
disorderly  conduct  of  a  member  reported  to  the  authority  con- 
vening the  court. 

871... The  Judge  Advocate  shall  summon  the  necessary 
witnesses  for  the  trial;  but  he  shall  uot  summon  any  witness 
at  the  expense  of  the  Confederate  States,  uor  any  officer  of  the 
army,  without  the  order  of  the  court,  unless  satisfied  that  his 
testimony  is  material  and  necessary  to  the  ends  of  justice. 

S72..  .Every  court-martial  shall  keep  a  complete  and  accu- 
rate record  of  its  proceedings,  to  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
natures of  the  President  and  Judge  Advocate  ;  who  shall  also 
certify,  in  like  manner,  the  sentence  pronounced  by  the  court 
in  each  case.  The  record  must  show  that  the  court  was  organ- 
ized as  the  law  requires ;  that  the  court  and  Judge  Advocate 
were  duly  sworn  in  the  presence  of  the  prisoner ;  that  he  was 
previously  asked  whether  he  had  any  objection  to  any  member, 
and  his  answer  thereto.  A  copy  of  the  order  appointing  the 
court  will  be  entered  on  the  record  in  each  case. 

873..  .Whenever  the  same  court-martial  tries  more  prisoners 
than  one,  and  they  are  arraigned  on  separate  and  distinct 
charges,  the  court  is  to  be  sworn  at  the  commencement  of  each 
trial,  and  the  proceedings  in  each  case  will  be  made  up  separ- 
ately. 

874...  The  record  shall  be  clearly  and  legibly  written ;  as 
far  as  practicable,  without  erasures  or  interlineations.  The 
pages  to  be  numbered,  with  a  margin  of  one  inch  on  the  left 
side  of  each  page,  and  at  the  to[)  of  the  odd  and  bottom  of  the 
even  pages ;  through  this  last  margin  the  sheets  to  be  stitched 
together ;  the  documents  accompanying  the  proceedings  to  be 
noted  and  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to  afford  an  easy 
reference. 

875..  .No  recommendation  will  be  embraced  in  the  body  of 
the  sentence.  Those  meml)ers  only  who  concur  in  the  recoiu- 
mendation  will  sign  it. 

87G..  .The  legal  punishments  for  soldiers  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial  according  to  the  offense,  and  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  court,  are — death;  corporal  punishment  by  flogging  ;  con- 
finement ;  conlinement  on  bread  and  water  diet ;  solitary  con- 
finement; hard  labor;  ball  and  chain;  forfeiture  of  pay  and 
allowances  ;  discharges  from  service  ;  and  reprimands.  Soli- 
tary confinement,  or  confinement  on  bread  and  water,  shall  not 
exceed  fourteen  days  at  a  time,  with  intervals  between  the 


110 

periods  of  such  confinement  not  less  than  such  periods ;  and 
not  exceeding  eighty-four  days  in  any  one  year. 

S77..  .The  Judge  Advocate  shall  transmit  the  proceedings) 
without  delay,  to  the  officer  having  authority  to  confirm  the 
sentence,  who  shall  state,  at  the  end  of  the  proceedings  in  each 
case,  his  decision  and  orders  thereon. 

878..  .The  original  proceedings  of  all  general  courts-martial, 
after  the  decision  on  them  of  the  reviewing  authority,  and  all 
proceedings  that  require  the  decision  of  the  President  under 
the  65th  and  S9th  Articles  of  War,  and  copies  of  all  orders-con- 
firming or  disproving,  or  remitting  the  sentences  of  courts- 
martial,  and  all  official  communications  for  the  Judge  Advocate 
of  the  army,  will  be  addressed  to  "  The  Adjutant- General  oj 
the  Army,  War  DciMrtment,^^  marked  on  the  cover,  "  Judge 
Advocated 

879..  .The  proceedings  of  garrison  and  regimental  courts- 
martial  will  be  transmitted  without  delay  by  the  garrison  or 
regimental  commander  to  the  department  head-quarters  for  the 
supervision  of  the  department  commander. 

SSO..  .The  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  the  punishment  or- 
dered by  a  court-martial,  is  vested  in  the  authority  confirming 
the  proceedings,  and  in  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States. 
A  superior  military  conniiander  to  the  officer  confirming  the 
proceedings  may  suspend  the  execution  of  the  sentence  when, 
in  his  judgment,  it  is  void  upon  the  face  of  the  proceedings,  or 
when  he  sees  a  fit  case  for  executive  clemency.  In  such  cases, 
the  record,  with  his  order  prohibiting  the  execution,  shall  be 
transmitted  for  the  final  orders  of  the  President. 

881. ..When  a  court-martial  or  court  of  inquiry  adjourns 
without  day,  the  members  will  return  to  their  respective  posts 
and  duties,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

882..  .When  a  court  adjourns  for  three  days,  the  Judge  Ad- 
vocate shall  report  the  fact  to  the  commander  of  the  post  or 
troops,  and  the  members  belonging  to  the  command  will  be 
liable  to  duty  during  the  time. 

ARTICLE  XXXIX. 

W  0  R  K  I  N  G  -  P  A  R  T  I  E  S  . 

883..  -When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  the  army  at  work  on 
fortifications,  in  survej  s,  in  cutting  roads,  and  other  constant 
labor  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  the  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers  so  employed  are  enrolled  as  extra-duty  men,  and 


HI 

kre  allowed  twenty-five  cents  a  day  when  employed  as  laborers 
and  teamsters,  and  forty  cents  a  day  when  employed  as  me- 
chanics, at  all  stations  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  thirty- 
five  and  fifty  cents  per  day,  respectively,  at  all  stations  west  of 
those  mountains. 

SS4..  .Enlisted  men  of  the  Ordnance  and  Engineer  Depart- 
ments, and  artificers  of  artillery,  are  not  entitled  to  this  allow- 
ance when  employed  in  their  appropriate  work. 

8S5..  .Soldiers  will  not  be  employed  as  extra-duty  men  for 
any  labor  in  camp  or  garrison  whicii  can  properly  be  performed 
by  fatigue  parties. 

8SG..  .No  extra-duty  men,  except  those  required  for  the  or- 
dinary service  of  the  Quartermaster,  Conunissary  and  Medical 
Departments,  and  saddlers  in  mounted  companies,  will  be  em- 
ployed without  previous  authority  from  department  head- 
quarters, except  in  case  of  necessity,  which  shall  be  promptly 
reported  to  the  department  commander. 

SS7..  .Extra-duty  pay  of  a  saddler  in  a  mounted  company 
will  be  charged  on  the  company  muster-roll,  to  be  paid  by  the 
Paymaster  and  refunded  b}'  the  Ordnance  Department.  Extra- 
duty  pay  of  cooks  and  nurses  in  the  hos[)ital  service  will  be 
jiaid  by  the  Quartermaster,  in  the  absence  of  a  medical  dis- 
bursing officer,  and  refunded  by  the  Medical  Department. 

SSS..  .The  officer  commanding  a  working-party  will  conform 
to  the  directions  and  plans  of  the  engineer  or  other  officer 
directing  the  work,  without  regard  to  rank. 

889..  .A  day's  work  shall  not  exceed  ten  hours  in  summer, 
nor  eight  in  winter.  Soldiers  are  paid  in  proportion  for  any 
greater  number  of  hours  they  are  employed  each  day.  Smii- 
mer  is  considered  to  commence  on  the  1st  of  April,  and  winter 
on  the  1st  of  October. 

890.. -Although  the  necessities  of  the  service  may  require 
soldiers  to  be  ordered  on  working-parties  as  a  duty,  connnand- 
ins;  officers  are  to  bear  in  mind  that  fitness  for  militarv  service 
by  instruction  and  discipline  is  the  object  for  whicli  the  army 
is  kept  on  foot,  and  that  they  are  not  to  employ  the  troops 
when  not  in  the  field,  and  especially  the  mounted  troops,  in 
labors  that  interfere  with  their  military  duties  and  exercises, 
except  in  cases  of  innnediate  necessity,  which  shall  be  forth- 
with reported  for  the  orders  of  the  War  Department. 


ARTICLE  XL. 

PUBLIC   PEOPERTY,   MONEY,   AND   ACCOUNTS. 

891..  -AH  officers  of  the  Pay,  Commissary  and  Quartermas- 
ter's Departments,  and  military  store-keepers,  shall,  previous 
to  their  entering  on  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices,  give 
good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  Confederate  States,  fully  to 
account  for  all  moneys  and  public  property  which  they  may 
receive,  in  such  sums  as  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  direct ;  and 
the  officers  aforesaid  shall  renew  their  bonds  every  four  years, 
and  oftener  if  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  so  require,  and  when- 
ever they  receive  a  new  commission  or  appointment. 

892... The  sureties  to  the  bond  shall  be  bound  jointly  and 
severally  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  bond,  and  shall  satisfy 
the  Secretary  of  War  that  they  are  worth  jointly  double  the 
amount  of  the  bond,  by  the  affidavit  of  each  surety,  stating 
that  he  is  worth,  over  and  above  his  debts  and  liabilities,  the 
amount  of  the  bond,  or  such  other  sum  as  he  may  specify,  and 
each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

893... The  chiefs  of  disbursing  departments  who  submit 
requisitions  for  money  to  be  remitted  to  disbursing  officers, 
shall  take  care  that  no  more  money  than  is  actually  needed  is 
in  the  hands  of  any  officer. 

894. . .  The  Treasury  Department  having  provided,  by  arrange- 
ment with  the  assistant  treasurers  at  various  points,  secure 
depositories  for  funds  iu  the  hands  of  disbursing  officers,  all 
disl3ursing  officers  are  required  to  avail  themselves,  as  far  as 
possible,  of  this  arrangement,  by  depositing  with  the  assistant 
treasurers  such  funds  as  are  not  wanted  for  immediate  use,  and 
drawing  the  same  in  convenient  sums  as  wanted. 

895.. -No  public  funds  shall  be  exchanged  except  for  gold 
and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished  are  gold  and  silver,  all 
payments  shall  be  in  gold  and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished 
are  drafts,  they  shall  be  presented  at  the  place  of  payment, 
and  paid  according  to  law  ;  and  payments  shall  be  made  in  the 
funds  so  received  for  the  drafts,  unless  said  funds  or  said  drafts 
can  be  exchanged  for  gold  and  silver  at  par.  If  any  disbursing 
officer  shall  violate  any  of  these  provisions,  he  shall  be  suspend- 
ed by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  reported  to  the  President, 
and  promptly  removed  from  office  or  restored  to  his  trust  and 
duties  as  to  the  President  may  seem  just  and  proper.  (Act 
August  6,  1846.) 

896..  -No  disbursing  officer  shall  accept,  or  receive,  or  trans- 


.  lis' 

init  )i6  tHe  Ifreasury  io  fee  allowed  in  his'fav'of,  any  receipf  or 
voucher  from  a  creditor  of  the  Confederate  States  without 
having  paid  to  such  creditor,  in  such  funds  as  he  received 
for  disbursement,  or  such  other  funds  as  he  is  authorized  by  the  . 
preceding  article  to  take  in  exchange,  the  full  amount  specified 
in  such  receipt  or  voucher;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  a  conversion  to  his  own  use  of  the  amount  specified  m 
such  receipt  or  voucher.  And  no  officer  in  the  military  service 
charged  with  the  safe-keeping,  transfer,  or  disbursement  of 
public  money,  shall  convert  to  his  own  use,  or  invest  in  any 
kind  of  merchandise  or  property,  or  loan  with  or  without 
interest,  or  deposit  in  any  bank,  or  exchange  for  other  funds, 
except  as  allowed  in  the  preceding  article,  any  public  money 
intrusted  to  him  ;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
felony  and  an  embezzlement  of  so  much  money  as  may  be  so 
taken,  converted,  invested,  used,  loaned,  deposited,  or  exchang- 
ed.    (Act  August  6,  1846.) 

897..  .Any  officer  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  sell  or 
dispose  of,  for  a  premium,  any  Treasury  note,  draft,  warrant, 
or  other  public  security  in  his  hands  for  disbursement,  or  sell 
or  dispose  of  the  proceeds  or  avails  thereof  without  making 
returns  of  such  premium  and  accounting  therefor  by  charging 
it  in  his  accounts  to  the  credit  of  tlie  Confederate  States,  will 
forthwith  be  dismissed  by  the  President.     (Act  August  6,  1846.) 

898. -.If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  bet  at  cards  or  any 
game  of  hazard,  liis  commanding  officer  shall  suspend  his 
functions,  and  require  him  to  turn  over  all  the  public  funds  in^ 
his  keeping,  and  shall  immediately  report  the  case  to  the  proper 
bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

899..  .All  officers  are  forbid  to  give  or  take  any  receipt  in 
blank  for  public  money  or  property;  but  in  all  cases -the 
voucher  shall  be  made  out  in  full,  and  the  true  date,  place,  and 
exact  amount  of  mone3^  in  words,  shall  be  written  out  in  the 
receipt  before  it  is  signed. 

900..  .When  a  signature   is  not  written  by  the  hand  of  the., 
party,  it  must  be  witnessed.  ,  .,,"*;", 

901..  .No  advance  of  public  money  shall  be  made,  except 
advances  to  disbursing  officers,  and  advances  b}'  order  of  the 
War  Department  to  officers  on  distant  stations,  where  they 
can  not  receive  their  nay  and  emoluments  regularly  j  but  in 
all  cases  of  contracts  for  the  performance  of  any  service,  or 
the  delivery  of  articles  of  any  description,  pa3'mcnt  shall  not 
exceed  the  value  of  the  service  rendered,  ^  or  of  the  articles 
delivered,  previously  to  such  payment.'   ''  '^'' 


114 

902..  .No  officer  disbursing  or  directing  the  disbursement  of 
money  for  the  military  service  shall  be  concerned,  directly  or 
indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale,  for  commercial  purposes,  of , 
any  article  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to' 
the  department  of  the  public  service  in  which  he  is  engaged, 
nor  shall  take  or  apply  to  his  own  use  any  gain  or  emolument 
for  negotiating  or  transacting  any  public  business  other  thari . 
what  is  or  may  be  allowed  by  law. 

903..  .No  wagon-master  or  forage-master  shall  be  interested 
or  concerned,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  wagon  or  other 
means  of  transport  employed  by  the  Confederate  States,  nor 
in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  property  procured  for  or  belong- 
ing to  the  Confederate  States,  except  as  the  agent  of  the 
Confederate  States. 

904... No  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall 
3urchase  from  any  other  person  in  the  military  service,  or 
make  any  contract  with  any  such  person  to  furnish  supplies  or 
■iervices,  or  make  any  purchase  or  contract  in  which  such  per- 
oon  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part,  or  to  any  benefit  to 
arise  therefrom. 

905..  .No  person  in  the  military  service  whose  salary,  pay, 
or  emoluments  is  or  are  fixed  by  law  or  regulations,  shall 
receive  any  additional  pay,  extra  allowance,  or  compensation 
in  any  form  whatever,  for  the  disbursement  of  public  money, 
or  any  other  service  or  duty  whatsoever,  unless  the  same  shall 
be  authorized  by  law,  and  explicitly  set  out  in  the  appropria- 
tion. 

906..  .All  accounts  of  expenditures  shall  set  out  a  sufficient 
explanation  of  the  object,  necessity  and  propriety  of  the  ex- 
penditure. 

907. . .  The  facts  on  which  an  account  depends  must  be  stated 
and  vouched  by  the  certificate  of  an  officer,  or  other  sufficient 
evidence. 

90S..  .If  any  account  paid  on  the  certificate  of  an  officer  to 
the  facts  is  afterwards  disallowed  for  eiTor  of  fact  in  the  cer- 
tificate, it  shall  pass  to  the  credit  of  the  disbursing  officer,  and 
be  charged  to  the  officer  who  gave  the  certificate. 

909..  .An  officer  shall  have  credit  for  an  expenditure  of  mo- 
ney or  property  made  in  obedience  to  the  order  of  his  com- 
manding officer.  If  the  expenditure  is  disallowed,  it  shall  be 
charged  to  the  officer  who  ordered  it. 

910..  .Disbursing  officers,  when  they  have  the  money,  shall 
pay  cash  and  not  open  an  account.     Heads  of  bureaus  shall^ 


iU 

take  care,  by  timely  remittances,  to  obviate  tbe  necessity  of 
any  purchases  on  credit. 

911..  .Wlien  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved,  he  shall  certify 
the  outstanding  debts  to  his  successor,  and  transmit  an  account 
,of  the  same  to  the  head  of  the  bureau,  and  turn  over  his  pub- 
lic money  and  propert}'^  appertaining  to  tiie  service  from  which 
he  is  relieved  to  his  successor,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

912... The  chief  of  each  military  bureau  of  the  War  De- 
partment shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
regulate,  as  lar  as  practicable,  the  employment  of  hired  per- 
sons required  for  the  administrative  service  of  his  department. 

9K3..  .When  practicable,  persons  hired  in  the  military  ser- 
vice shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of  the  calendar  month,  and  when 
discharged.     Separate  pay-rolls  shall  be  made  for  cacli  mouth. 

9 14... When  a  hired  person  is  discharged  and  not  paid,  a 
.certified  statement  of  his  account  shall  be  given  him. 

915..  .Property,  paid  for  or  not,  must  be  taken  up  on  the 
return,  and  accounted  for  when  received. 

916..  .No  officer  has  authority  to  insure  public  property  or 
money. 

917..  .Disl)ursing  officers  are  not  authorized  to  settle  with 
heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  except  by  instructions  from 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department  upon  accounts  duly 
audited  and  certified  by  the  proper  accounting  officers  of  the 
Treasury. 

91S... Public  horses,  mules,  oxen,  tools,  and  implements 
shall  be  branded  conspicuously  C.  S.  before  being  used  in  ser- 
vice, and  all  other  public  property  that  it  may  be  useful  to 
mark;  and  all  public  property  having  the  brand  of  the  C.  S. 
when  sold  or  condemned,  shall   be  branded  with  the  letter  C. 

919..  .No  public  property  shall  be  used,  nor  labor  hired  for 
the  public  be  employed,  for  any  private  use  whatsoever  nol 
authorized  by  the  regulations  of  the  service. 

920..  .When  public  property  becomes  damaged,  except  bv 
fair  wear  and  tear,  the  officer  accountable  for  the  property 
shall  report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  ap- 
point a  board  of  survey  of  two  or  more  officers  to  examine  the 
property  and  ascertain  the  cause  and  amount  of  damage,  and 
whether  by  any  fault  of  any  person  in  the  military  service,  and 
report  the  facts  and  their  opinion  to  him  ;  which  report,  with 
his  opinion  thereon,  he  shall  transmit  to  the  chief  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appertains,  and  give  a  copy  to 


116 

the  officer  accountable  for  the  property  and  to  the  person  charge- 
able for  the  damage.  ' 
921..  .If  any  article  of  public  property  be  lost  or  damaged 
by  neglect  or  fault  of  any  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  pay  the 
value  of  such  article,  or  amount  of  damage,  or  cost  of  repairs, 
and  be  proceeded  against  as  the  Articles  of  War  provide,  if  he 
demand  a  trial  by  court-martial,  or  the  circumstances  re- 
quire it. 

-  922. ..  Charges  against  a  soldier  shall  be  set  against  his  pay 
on  the  muster-roll.  Charges  against  an  officer  to  be  set  against 
iiis  pay  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Secretary  of  War.* 

923..  .If  any  article  of  public  property  be  embezzled,  or  by 
neglect  lost  or  damaged,  by  any  person  hired  in  the  public  ser- 
vice, the  value  or  damage  shall  be  charged  to  him,  and  set 
against  any  pay  or  money  due  him. 

924... Public  property  lost  or  destroyed  in  the  military 
service  must  be  accounted  for  by  affidavit,  or  the  certificate  of 
a  commissioned  officer,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence. 

925..  .Affidavits  or  depositions  may  be  taken  before  any  of- 
ficer in  the  list,  as  follows,  when  recourse  can  not  be  had  to 
anj"  before  named  on  said  list,  which  fact  shall  be  certified  by 
the  officer  offering  the  evidence:  1st.  a  civil  magistrate  compe- 
tent to  administer  oaths;  2d.  a  judge  advocate;  3d.  tlie  record- 
er of  a  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial ;  4th.  the  Adjutant 
of  a  regiment;  5th.  a  commissioned  officer.  ,_ 

926... When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are 
unsuitable  to  the  service,  the  officer  in  charge  thereof  shall 
report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  refer  the 
report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  to  the  bureau  of  the  depart- 
ment to  which  the  property  appertains,  for  the  order  in  the 
case  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  if,  from  the  nature  or  con- 
dition of  the  property  or  exigency  of  the  service,  it  be  neces- 
sary to  act  without  the  delay  of  such  reference,  in  such  case 
of  necessity  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board  of 
survey,  composed  of  two  or  more  competent  officers,  to  ex- 
amine the  property  and  report  to  him,  subject  to  his  approval, 
what  disposition  the  public  interest  requires  to  be  made  of  it ; 
which  he  shall  cause  to  be  made,  and  report  the  case  to  the 
proper  bureau  ot  the  War  Department  for  the  information  of 
the  Secretary  of  War.  These* cases  of  necessity  arise  when 
the  property  is  of  a  perishable  nature,  and  can  not  be  kept, 

*  If  .the  pay  ot  an  officer  or  soldier  is  wrongfully  withheld  for  arrears  or  liabilities 
to  the  Confederate  States,  a  civil  remedy  is  provided  by  the  act  of  Januaiy  25,1828. 


or  when  the  expense  of  keeping  it  is  too  great  in  proportion  to 
its  value,  or  when  the  troops,  in  movement,  would  be  com- 
pelled to  abandon  it.  Horses  incurably  unfit  for  any  public 
service  may  also  constitute  a  case  of  necessity,  but  shall  be 
put  to  death  only  in  case  of  an  incurable  wound  or  contagious 
disorder. 

927... When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  re- 
ported to  the  War  Department  as  unsuitable  to  the  service,  a 
proper  inspection  or  survey  of  them  shall  be  made  b}^  an  In- 
spector General,  or  such  suitable  officer  or  officers  as  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  may  appoint  for  that  purpose.  Separate  invento- 
ries of  the  stores,  according  to  tiie  disposition  to  be  made  of 
them,  shall  accompany  the  inspection  report :  as  of  articles  to 
be  repaired,  to  be  broken  up,  to  be  sold,  of  no  use  or  value, 
and  to  be  dropped,  &c.,  &c.  The  inspection  report  and  inven- 
tories shall  show  the  exact  condition  of  the  different  articles. 

928..  .Military  stores  and  other  army  supplies  found  unsuit- 
able to  the  public  service,  after  inspection  by  an  Inspector 
General,  or  such  special  inspection  as  may  have  been  directed 
in  the  case,  and  ordered  lor  sale,  shall  be  sold  for  cash  at  auc- 
tion, on  due  public  notice,  and  in  such  market  as  the  public 
interest  may  require.  The  officer  making  the  sale  will  bid  in 
and  suspend  the  sale  when,  in  his  opinion,  better  prices  may  be 
got.  Expenses  of  the  sale  will  be  paid  from  its  proceeds. 
The  auctioneer's  certified  account  of  the  sales  in  detail,  and 
the  vouchers  for  the  expenses  of  the  sale,  will  be  reported  to 
the  chief  of  the  department  to  which  the  property  belonged. 
The  net  proceeds  will  be  applied  as  the  Secretary  of  War  may 
direct. 

929..  .No  officer  making  returns  of  property  shall  drop  from 
his  return  any  public  property  as  worn  out  or  unserviceable, 
until  it  has  been  condennied,  after  proper  inspection,  and  ordered 
to  be  so  dropped. 

930..  .An  officer  issuing  stores  shall  deliver  or  transmit  to 
the  receiving  officer  an  exact  list  of  them  in  duplicate  invoices, 
and  the  receiving  officer  shall  return  him  duplicate  receipts. 

931... When  an  officer  to  whom  stores  are  forwarded  has 
reason  to  suppose  them  miscarried,  he  shall  promptly  inform 
the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  bureau  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  propert}'  appertains. 

932..  .When  stores  received  do  not  correspond^n  amount  or 
quality  with  the  invoice,  they  will  be  examined  by  a  board  of 
survey,  and  their  report  communicated  to  the  proper  bureau, 


'lis 

to  the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  to  ilie  officer  aiithoi'- 
ized  to  pay  the  transportation  account.  Damages  recovered 
from  the  carrier  or  otli6r  party  liablq^.,^jj[l  be,rei"im(^d,,.tp,  i/h.e 
proper   department.  ;\/,  V,  .^'J'.;'-,,  ^r,^n  d-i.'lh  oiivn 

933..  .On  the  death  of  any  officer  in  charge  of  public  prop- 
erty or  money,  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board  of 
survey  to  take  an  inventory  of  the  same,  which,  li,e,  shall  for- 
ward to  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  and  he 
shall  designate  an  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  said  property 
or  money  till  orders  in  the  case  are  received  from  the  proper 
authority. 

934... When  an  officer  in  charge  of  public  property  is  re- 
moved from  the  care  of  it,  the  commanding  officer  shall  desig- 
nate an  officer  to  receive  it,  or  take  charge  of  it  liimself,  till 
a  successor  be  regularly  appointed.  When  no  officer  can.  re- 
main to  receive  it,  the  commanding  officer  will  take  suitable 
means  to  secure  it,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  proper  authority. 

^  &35..  .Every  officer  having  public  moneys  to  account  for, 
and  failing  to  render  his  account  thereof  quarter-yearly,  with 
the  vouchers  necessary  to  its  correct  and  prompt  settlement, 
w^ithin  three  months  after  the  expiration  of  the  quarter  if  resi- 
dent in  the  Confederate  States,  and  within  six  months  if  resi- 
dent in  a  foreign  country,  will  be  promptly  dismissed  by  the 
President,  unlesshe  shall  explain  the  default  to  the  satisfaction 
of  tha  President.      (Act  of  Jan.  31,  1S23.) 

93G..  .Every  officer  intrusted  with  public  money  or  property 
shall  render  all  prescribed  returns  and  accounts  to  the  bureau 
of  the  department  in  which  he  is  serving,  where  all  such  re- 
turns and  accounts  shall  pass  through  a  rigid  administrative 
scrutiny  before  the  money  accounts  are  transmitted  to  the 
proper  offices  of  the  Treasury  Department  for  settlement. 

937... The  head  of  the  bureau  shall  cause  his  decision  on' 
each  account  to  be  endorsed  on  it.  He  shall  bring  to  the 
notice  of  the  Secretary  of  War  all  accounts  and  matters  of  ac- 
count that  require  or  merit  it.  When  an  account  is  suspended 
or  disallowed,  the  bureau  f^hall  notify  it  to  the  officer,  that  he 
may  have  early  opportunity  to  submit  explanations  or  take  an 
appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

938... When  an  account  is  suspended  or  disallowed  in  the 
proper  office  of  the  Treasury  Department,  or  explanation  or 
evidence  required  from  the  officer,  it  shall  be  promptly  notified 
to  him  by  the  head  of  the  military  bureau.     And  all  vouchers, 


119 

evideuce  or  explanation  returned  by  liim  to  the  Treasury  De- 
partment shall  pass  through  the  bureau.  '"-  -v^.*^' 

939..  .Ciiiefs  of  the  disbui'sing  departments  shall,  under  the 
direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  designate,  as  far  as  practic- 
able, the  places  where  the  principal  contracts  and  purchases 
shall  be  made  and  supplies  procured  for  distribution. 

940..  .All  purchases  and  contracts  for  supplies  or  services foi^ 
the  army,  except  personal  services,  when  the  public  exigencies'' 
do  not  require  the  innnediate  delivery  of  the  article  or  perform- 
ance of  the  service,  shall   be  made  by  advertising   a   sufficient 
time  previously  for  proposals  respecting  the  same. 

941..  .The  officer  advertising  for  proposals  shall,  when  the 
intended  contract  or  purchase  is  considerable,  transmit  forth- 
with a  copy  of  the  advertisement  and  report  of  the  case  to  the 
proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

942. . .  Contracts  will  be  made  with  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder,  and  purchases  from  the  lowest  bidder  who  produces  the 
proper  article.  But  when  such  lowest  bids  are  uni'easonable, 
they  will  be  rejected,  and  bids  again  invited  b}*  public  notice; 
and  all  bids  and  advertisements  shall  be  sent  to  the  bureau. 

543..  .When  sealed  bids  are  required,  the  time  of  opening 
them  shall  be  s]iecified,  and  bidders  have  privilege  to  be  pres- 
ent at  the  opening. 

944..  .When  immediate  delivery  or  performance  is  required 
by  the  public  exigency,  the  article  or  service  required  may  be 
procured  by  open  purchase  or  contract  at  the  places,  and  in 
the  mode  in  which  such  articles  are  usually  bought  and  sold, 
or  such  services  engaged,  between  individuals. 

94-5..  .Contracts  shall  be  made  in  quadruplicate  ;  one  to  be 
kept  by  the  officer,  one  by  the  contractor,  and  two  to  be  sent 
to  the  military  bureau,  one  of  which  for  the  officer  of  the  Se- 
cond Comptroller  of  the  Treasury.  '^  '''  '  V^  iy.  :'■'■[> 

94G..  .The contractor  shall  give  bond,  with  good  and  sufficient 
security,  for  the  true  and  faithful  performance  of  his  contract, 
and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

947..  .An  express  condition  shall  be  inserted  in  contracts 
that  no  mendier  of  Congress  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or 
jiart  therein,  or  any  benefit  to  arise  therefrom.  '^^*''    • 

946..  .No  contract  shall  be  made  except  under  a  law  author- 
izing it,  or  an  appropriation  adequate  to  its  fullillment,  except 
contracts  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  subsistence  or  cloth- 
ng  of  the  army,  or  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 


120 

949..  .It  is  the  cluty  of  every  commanding  officer'  to  enforce 

a  rigid  economy  in  the  public  expenses. 

950. . .  The  commander  of  a  geographical  district  or  depart- 
ment shall  require  abstracts  to  be  rendered  to  him,  at  least 
once  in  each  quarter,  by  every  officer  under  his  orders  vi^ho  is 
charged  with  the  care  of  public  property  or  the  disbursement 
of  public  money,  showing  all  property  received,  issued,  and 
expended  by  the  officer  rendering  the  account,  and  the  proper- 
ty remaining  on  hand,  and  all  moneys,  received,  paid,  or  con- 
tracted to  be  paid  by  him,  and  the  balances  remaining  in  his 
hands;  and  where  such  officer  is  serving  under  any  intermediate 
commander,  as  of  the  post,  regiment,  &c.,  the  abstracts  shall 
be  revised  by  such  commander ;  and  both  the  accounting  offi- 
cer and  the  commanding  officer  shall  accompany  the  abstracts 
with  full  explanations  of  every  circumstance  that  may  be  ne- 
cessary to  a  complete  understanding,  by  the  commander  of  the 
department,  of  all  the  items  on  the  abstracts.  These  abstracts, 
where  the  accounting  officer  is  serving  in  more  than  one  staff 
appointment,  will  be  made  separately  for  each. 

951..  .The  commander  of  the  department  shall  promptly 
correct  all  irregularities  and  extravagances  which  he  may  dis- 
cover. He  shall  also  forward,  as  soon  as  practicable,  the  mo- 
ney abstracts  to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which 
the  accounts  appertain,  with  such  remarks  as  may  be  necessary 
to  explain  his  opinions  and  action  thereon. 

952..  .AH  estimates  for  supplies  of  property  or  money  for 
the  public  service  within  a  department  shall  be  forwarded 
through  the  commander  of  the  department,  and  carefully  re- 
vised by  him.  And  all  such  estimates  shall  go  through  the 
immediate  commander,  if  such  there  be,  of  the  officer  render- 
ing the  estimate,  as  of  the  post  or  regiment,  who  shall  be  re- 
quired by  the  department  commander  to  revise  the  estimates 
for  the  service  of  his  own  command. 

953..  .The  administrative  control  exercised  by  department 
commanders  shall,  when  troops  are  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the 
commanders  of  divisions ;  or,  when  the  command  is  less  than  a 
division,  on  the  commander  of  the  whole. 

954,  955,  956,  957,  958— Ojnitted. 

ARTICLE  XLI. 
quartermaster's  department. 
959..  .This  department  provides  the  quarters  and  transport- 
ation of  the   army ;    storage  and  transportation  for   all  army 


isl 


suppfies;  army  ctothiiig;  camp  and  garrison  equipage',  cavalry 
and  artillery  horses  ;  fuel ;  forage  ;  straw  and  stationery. 


as 


^,  '960..  -The  incidental  expenses  of  the  army  paid  through  the 
Quartermaster's  Department  include  per  diem  to  extra-duty 
men ;  postage  on  public  service  ;  the  expenses  of  courts-mar- 
tial, of  the  pursuit  and  apprehension  of  deserters,  of  the  bu- 
rials of  officers  and  soldiers,  of  hired  escorts,  of  expresses, 
interpreters,  spies  and  guides,  of  veterinary  surgeons  and  me- 
dicines for  horses,  and  of  supplying  posts  with  water ;  and 
generally  the  proper  and  authorized  expenses  for  the  move- 
ments and  operations  of  an  army  not  expressly  assigned  to 
any  otUer  department. 

I*  IVJ-KJ-    >•   "    ••    "  •' 

BARRACKS   AND    QUARTERS.  •' 

961..  .Under  this  head  are  included  the  permanent  buildings 
for  the  use  of  the  army,  as  barracks,  quarters,  hospitals,  store- 
liouses,  offices,  stables. 

962..  .When  barracks  and  quarters  are  to  be  occupied,  they 
will  be  allotted  by  the  Quartermaster  at  the  station,  under  the 
control  of  the  commanding  officer. 

96S...  Omitted. 

■>■■ 

964..  .Merchantable  hard  wood  is   the  standard ;,  the  cord  is 

128  cubic  feet.  f^     .1- 

'■  '  965..  ,No  officer  shall  occupy  more  than  his  proper  quarters, 
"ex'cept  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  when  there  is  an 
excess  of  quarters  at  tiie  station ;  which  order  the  quartermas- 
ter shall  forward  to  the  Quartermaster  General,  to  be  laid 
l)efore  tiie  Secretaiy  of  War.  But  the  amount  of  quarters 
shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commanding  officer  when  the 
number  of  officers  and  troops  make  it  necessary  ;  and  when 
the  public  buildings  aie  not  sufficient  to  quarter  the  troops,  the 
commanding  offic«n-  shall  report  to  the  commander  of  the  de- 
partment for  authonty  to  hire  quarters,  or  other  necessary 
orders  in  the  case.  The  department  commander  shall  report 
the  case,  and  Iiis  orders  therein,  to  the  Quartermaster-General. 

9G()..  .A  mess-room,  and  fuel  tor  it,  are  allowed  only  when  a 
majority  of  the  officers  of  a  post  or  regiment  unite  in  a  mess; 
never  to  less  than  three  officers,  nor  to  any  who  liyc  in  hotels 
or  boarding-liouses.  Fuel  for  a  mess-room  shall  not  be  used 
elsewhere,  or  for  any  other  pm-pose. 

967..  .Fuel  issued  to  officers  or  troops  is  public  property  for 

p 


122 

their  use ;  what  they  do  not  actually  consume  shall  be  returned 
to  the  quartermaster,  and  taken  up  on  his  quarterly  retUjin. 

96S.,  .In  November^  December,  January  and  February,  the 

fuel  is  increased  one-fourth  at  stations  from  the  39th  degree  to 

the  43d  degree  north  latitude,  and  one-third  at  stations  north 

of  the  43d  degree. 
-1) 

969..  .Fuel  shall  be  issued  only  in  the  month  when  due. 

970..  .In  allotting  quarters,  officers  shall  have  choice  accord- 
ing to  rank,  but  the  commanding  officer  may  direct  the  officers 
to  be  stationed  convenient  to  their  troops. 

971..  .An  officer  may  select  quarters  occupied  by  a  junior; 
but,  having  made  his  choice,  he  must  abide  by  it,  and  shall  not 
again  at  the  post  displace  a  junior,  unless  himself  displaced  by 
a,senior. 

972..  .The  set  of  rooms  to  each  quarters  will  be  assigned  by 
the  quartermaster,  under  the  control  of  the  commanding  officer ; 
attics  not  counted  as  rooms. 

973... Officers  cannot  choose  rooms  in  different  sets  of 
quarters. 

974..  .When  public  quarters  cannot  be  furnished  to  officers 
at  stations  without  troops,  or  to  enlisted  men  at  general  or 
department  head-quarters,  quarters  will  be  commuted  at  a  rate 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price 
delivered.  When  fuel  and  quarters  are  commuted  to  an  officer 
by  reason  of  his  employment  on  a  civil  work,  the  commutation 
shall  be  charged  to  the  appropriation  for  the  work.  No  com- 
mutation of  rooms  or  fuel  is  allowed  for  offices  or  messes. 

975..  .An  officer  is  not  deprived  of  his  quarters  and  fuel,  or 
commutation,  at  his  station,  by  temporary  absence  on  duty. 

976...  Officers  and  troops  in  the  field  are  not  entitled  to 
commutation  for  quarters  or  fuel. 

977..  .An  officer  arriving  at  a  station  shall  make  requisition 
on  the  quartermaster  for  his  quarters  and  fuel,  accompanied  by 
a  copy  of  the  order  putting  him  on  duty  at  the  station.  If  in 
command  of  troops,  his  requisition  shall  be  for  the  whole,  and 
designate  the  number  of  officers  of  each  grade,  of  non-com- 
missioned officers,  soldiers,  servants,  and  waslierwomen. 

'i  978..  .Bunks,  benches  and  tables  provided  for  soldiers'  bar- 
racks and  liospitals,  are  not  to  be  removed  from  them,  except 
by  the  quartermaster  of  the  station,  or  order  of  the  command- 


«•! 


ing  officer,  and  shall  not  be  removed  from   the  station  except 
by  order  of  the  Quartermaster-General. 

9,79[,,,^Sp.^,,^81„  982,  983,  984,  985,  dSd—Oinitted. 

JIM 

ARMY    TUANSrORTATION. 

987..  .When  troops  are  moved,  or  officers  travel  with  escorts 
or  stores,  the  means  of  transport  provided  shall  be  for  the 
whole  command.  Proper  orders  in  the  case,  and  an  exact 
return  of  the  command,  including  officers'  servants  and  com- 
pany w^omen,  will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster,  who  is 
to  provide  tlie  transportation. 

988... The  baggage  to  be  transported  is  limited  to  camp 
and  garrison  equipage,  and  officers'  baggage.  Officers'  baggage 
shall  not  exceed  (mess-chest  and  all  personal  effects  included) 
as  follows: 


In  the  field.         j    Chauging  stations. 


General  officers j  125  pounds. 

Field  officers j  100.    rM  n,  . 

Captains !       80     -"' 

Subalterns i      80        " 


1000  pounds. 

,800  'i*' 
700 
600,       "      . 


These  amounts  shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by' the  command- 
ing officer  when  necessary,  and  may  be  increased  by  the 
Quartermaster-General  on  transports  by  water,  when  proper, 
in  special  cases. 

989..  .The  regimental  and  company  desk  prescribed  in  army 
regulations  will  be  transported;  also  for  staff  officers,  the 
books,  papers,  and  instruments  jiecessary  to  their  duties;  and 
for  medical  offic(M"s,  their  medical  chest.  In  doubtful  cases 
under  this  reijulation,  and  whenever  baurjjam;  exceeds  the 
regulated  allowance,  the  conductor  of  the  train,  or  officer  in 
charge  of  the  transportation,  will  report  to  the  connnanding 
officer,  who  will  order  an  inspection,  ami  all  excess  to  be 
rejected. 

990..  .Estimates  of  the  medical  director,  approved  by  the 
commanding  officer,  for  the  necessary  transportation  to  be 
provided  for  the  hospital  ser\'ice,  will  b(*  furnished  to  the 
quartermaster. 


124 

991..  .The  sick  will  be  transported  on  the  application  of  the 
medical  officers. 

992..  .Certified  invoices  of  all  public  stores  to  be  transport- 
ed will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermaster  by  the  officer  having 
charge  of  them.  In  doubtful  cases,  the  orders  of  the  command- 
ing officer  will  be  required. 

993..  .Where  officers'  horses  are  to  be  transported,  it  must 
be  authorized  in  the  orders  for  the  movement. 

994..  -The  baggage  trains,  ambulances,  and  all  the  means  of 
transport  continue  in  charge  of  the  proper  officers  of  the  Quar-^ 
termaster's  Department,  under  the. control  of  tiie  coajiiiaudHjg , 
officers.  .aoiJi$.rioff«-nc-fJ  'mU  vbiyonj  ot 

995,  996,  997,  998,  999,  1000,   1001,  1002,    1003,    1004, 

1005,  1006,  1007,  1008,  1009.. .  Omitted.  _..,,■ ,  ,  v-,....,^. 

!;'(')'>/')  Joa  IlKr('< 
FORAGE.  "Hol  >n; 

1010... The  forage  ration  is  fourteen  pounds  of  hay  and 
twelve  pounds  of  oats,  corn  or  barley. 

1011..  .Forage  shall  be  issued  to  officers  only  in  the  month 
when  due,  and  at  their  proper  stations,  and  for  the  horses  ac- 
tually kept  by  them  in  service.     *         *         *         *         * 

#         *         *         *         *         *         *         *         *         *■■ 

* 

3  012..  .No  officer  shall  sell  forage  issued  to  him.  Forage 
issued  to  public  horses  or  cattle  is  public  property ;  what  they 
do  not  actually  consume  to  be  properly  accounted  for. 

STRAW. 

1013..  .In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  straw  per  month  for 
bedding  will  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant,  and  company 
woman. 

1014..  .The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for  the  sick  is 
regulated  by  the  surgeon. 

1015..  .One  hundred  pounds  per  month  is  allowed  for  bed- 
ding to  each  horse  in  public  service. 

IQIQ...  Omitted. 

Straw  not  actually  used  as  bedding  shall  be  accounted  for 

as  other  public  property.  '  ' 

^  ^    ^     J  ,ifto  ;ynfhnijnrm( 


126 


STATIONERY. 


1017..  .Issues  pf  stationery  are  made  quarterly,  in  amount 
as  follows:      ,n'  .„!'  ,. 


10    hltir 

U  M:n!  ,.  . 

■T."   R  inHoi — ■  "'>  .'.r'.' — ~ ■ — 

Commander  of  an  aimj',  dppfirtin<*nt  or  dh  ision  (what  may  be 

necessary  for  biius(3lf  and  staff  fur  tlieir  public  duty) 

Commander  of  a  brig-adr,  for  himself  and  staff 

Otficer  commandino^  a  regiment  or  post  of  not  less  than  five 

companies,  for  himself  and  staff' 

Officer  commanding  a  post  of  more  than  t\vo  and  less  than 

live  compauies l. 

Commanding  othcer  of  a  post  of  two  companies 

Commanding  officer  of  a  post  of  one  company  or  less,  and 

conmiandiug  officer  of  a  company ..:.... 

A  Licutenaul-Colonel  or  Major  not  in  cominahd  of  a  regiment 

or  post 

Officers  of  the  Inspector-General's,  I'ay,  and  Quartermaster's 
Department  (the  prescribed  blank  books  and  printed  forms, 

and  the  stationery  required  for  their  public  duty) 

Ail  officers,  including  Chaplains,  not  enumerated  above,when 

on  duty  and  not  supplied  b^  their  respective  departments, 


1    — 


'0^1 


> 


l« 


3     3  19 


5  H 
P-i  1  « 

HIO 


a-  y 


I2|   1 

I" 

6    i 

sl  i 


U\  i 


50 

1 

8 

2 

4p 

1 

6 

2 

30 

4 

5 

1 

25 

h 

4 

1 

20 

h 

3 

1 

12 

i 

2^ 

,? 

6 

i 

J 

d 

Steel  pens,  with  one  holder  to  12  pens  may  be  issued  in  place 
of  quills,  and  envelopes  in  place  of  envelope  paper,  at  the  rate 
of  100  to  the  quire. 

1018..  .When  an  officer  is  relieved  in  command,  he  shall 
transfer  the  office  stationery  to  his  successor. 

1019... To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
stamp,  one  paper-folder,  one  sand-box,  one  wafer-box,  and  as 
many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four  per 
annum.    '  "iom- ■.hr...-  <■• 

1020..  .Necessary  stationery  for  military  courts  and  boards 
will  be  furnished  on  the  requisition  of  the  recorder,  approved 
by  the  presiding  officer. 

1021. ..The  commander  of  an  nnny,  department  or  division, 
may  direct  orders  to  be  printed,  when  the  requisite  dispatch 
and  the  number  to  be  distributed  make  it  necessary.  The  ne- 
cessity "will  be  set  out  in  the  order  for  the  printincf,  or  certified 
on  the  account. 

102^..  .Regimental,  company,  and  post  books,  and  printed 


126  ^    , 

blanks  for  the  officers  of  Quartermaster  and  Pay  Departments, 
will  be  procured  by  timely  requisition  on  the  Quartermaster- 
General. 

1023...  Omitted. 

EXPENSES    OF   COURTS-MARTIAL. 

1024... An  officer  who  attends  a  general  court-mai-tial  or 
court  of  inquiry,  convened  by  authority  competent  to  order  a 
general  court-martial,  will  be  paid,  if  the  court  is  not  held  at 
the  station  where  he  is  at  the  time  serving,  one  dollar  a  day 
while  attending  the  court  and  traveling  to  and  from  it  if  en- 
titled to  forage,  and  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  a  day  if 
not  entitled  to  forage. 

1025..  .The  Judge  Advocate  or  Kecorder  will  be  paid,  be- 
sides, a  per  diem  of  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  for  every 
day  he  is  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  When 
it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  clerk  to  aid  the  Judge  Advocate, 
the  court  may  order  it ;  a  soldier  to  be  procured  when  prac- 
ticable. 

1026..  .A  citizen  witness  shall  be  paid  his  actual  transporta- 
tion or  stage  fare,  and  three  dollars  a  day  while  attending  the 
court  and  traveling  to  and  from  it,  counting  the  travel  at  fifty 
miles  a  day.  — 

1027..  .The  certificate  of  the  Judge  Advocate  shall  be  evi- 
dence of  the  time  of  attendance  on  the  court,  and  of  the  time 
he  was  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  Of  the 
time  occupied  in  traveling,  each  officer  will  make  his  own  cer- 
tificate. 

EXTRA-DUTY    MEN.  "  .  ..tlUL 

1028..  .Duplicate  rolls  of  the  extra-duty  men,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department,  will  be  made  monthly,  and 
certified  by  the  quartermaster,  or  other  officer  having  charge 
of  the  work,  and  countersigned  by  the  commanding  officer. 
One  of  these  will  be  transmitted  direct  to  the  Quartermaster- 
General,  and  the  other  filed  in  support  of  the  pay-roll. 

PUBLIC   POSTAGE. 

1029..  .Postage  and  dispatches  by  telegraph,  on  public 
business,  paid  by  an  officer,  will  be  reftuided  to  him  on  his 
certificate  to  the  account,  and  to  the  necessity  of  the  commu- 
nication by  telegraph.  The  amount  for  postage,  and  for  tele- 
graph dispatches,  will  be  stated  separately. 


127 


HORSES  FOR   MOUNTED    OFFICERS. 

,  1030... In  the  field,  or  on  the  frontier,  the  commanding 
officer  may  authorize  a  mounted  oflicer,  who  cannot  otherwise 
provide  himself  with  two  horses,  to  take  them  from  the  public 
at  the  cost  price,  when  it  can  be  ascertained,  and  when  not,  at 
a  fair  valuation,  to  be  fixed  by  a  board  of  survey,  provided  he 
shall  not  take  the  horse  of  any  trooper.  A  horse  so  taken  shall 
not  be  exchanged  or  returned.  Horses  of  mounted  officers 
shall  be  shod  by  the  public  farrier  or  blacksmith. 

CLOTHING,  CAMP   AND    GARRISON   EQUIPAGE Omitted. 

•.,rl031,  1032,  1033,  \m^— Omitted. 

ALLOWANCE   OF    CAMP   AND    GARRISON    EQUIPAGE. 


08  »r1    ti 


A  G<'neral 

Field  or  staff  officer  above  the  rank  of  Captain . 

Other  staff  officers  or  Captains 

Subalterns  of  a  company,  to  eveiy  two 

To  every  15  foot  and  13  mounte,(l  men 


^ 

^ 

Orjs 

m 

BJ 

a. 

a 

K  543 

t 

p. 

a 

I 

1 

13 

X 

1 

?3 

;? 

2 

1 

-• 

1 

1 

-- 

1 
I 

-■ 

•- 

1 

1 

1 

] 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

5 

1035..  .Bed-sacks  are  provided  for  troop*  in  garrison,  and 
iron  pots  may  be  furnished  to  them  instead  of  camp  kettles. 
Requisitions  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster-General  for  the 
authorized  flags,  colors,  standards,  guidons,  drums,  fifes,  bugles, 
and  trumpets. 

ALLOWANCE    OF   CLOTHING. 

1036,  10S7— Omitted. 

103S..  .Commanders  of  companies  draw  the  clothing  of 
their  men,  and  the  camp  and  garrison  equipage  for  the  officers 
and  men  of  their  company.  The  camp  and  garrison  equipage 
of  other  officers  is  drawn  on  their  own  receipts. 

1039..  .When  clothing  is  needed  for  issue  to  the  men,  the 
company  commander  will  procure  it  from  the  quartermaster  on 
requisition,  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

1010..  .Ordinarily  the  company  connnander  will  procure  and 
iflsue  clothing  to  his  men  twice  a  year  ;  at  other  limes,  when 
necessary  in  special  causes. 

1041..  .Such  articles  of  clothing  as  the  soldier  may  need  will 
be  issued  to  him.     When  the  issues  equal  in  value   his   allow- 


128 

ahcefor  the  year,  further  issues  are  e^ctra  issues',  td'be  'cnai'ffed 

to  him  on  the  next  muster-roll.  '        .'    .  ,       ., '",':  '*  ' 

-^^'toi^:.. Omitted.      ^  ■    •'  T'  "^r  ^""'^"^^'^"yy'T? 

1043.. -Officers  receiving  clothing,  or  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  will  vender  quarterly  ;L'et^p^  ^f  j,^,,tQ^p,f5p^r|ef- 
master-Genpr^;  ;,^         ,.,,v     '!,^,.<u+.n  f.    h-xuumhxH   -Mi  ioa 

1044..  .Commanders  of  companies  will  take  the  receipts  of 
their  men  for  the  clothing  issued  to  them,  on  a  receipt-roll, 
witnessed  by  an  officer,  or,  in  the  absence  Of  an  officer,  by  a 
non-commissioned  officer  ;  the  witness  to  be  witness  to  the  fact 
of  the  issue,  and  the  acknowledgment  and  signature  of  the 
soldier.  The  several  issues  to  a  soldier  to  be  entered  separately 
on  the  roll,  and  all  vacant  spaces  on  the  roll  to  be  filled  with  a 
cipher.  This  roll  is  the  voucher  for  the  issue  to  the  quarterly 
return  of  the  company  commander.  Extra  issues  will  be  so 
noted  on  the  roll. 

1045..  .Each  soldier's  clothing  account  is  kept  by  the  com- 
pany commander  in  a  company  book.  This  account  sets  out 
only  the  money  value  of  the  clothing  which  he  received  at 
each  issue,  for  which  his  receipt  is  entered  in  the  book,  and 
witnessed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

1046.. .  Wlien  a  soldier  is  transferred  or  detached,  the  amount 
due  to  or  by  him  on  account  of  clothing  will  be  stated  on  his 
descriptive  list. 

1047..  .When  a  soldiej-  is  discharged,  the  amount  due  to  or 
by  him  lor  clothing  will  be  stated  on  the  duplicate  certificates 
given  for  the  settlement  of  his  accounts. 

1048..  .Deserters' clothing  will  be  turned  into  store.  The 
invoice  of  it,  and  the  quartermaster's  receipt  for  it,  will  state 
its  condition,  and  the  name  of  the  deserter.    ",,  >  ' 

1049..  .The  inspection  report  on  damaged  clothing  shall  set 
out,  with  the  amount  of  damage  to  each  article,  a  list  of  such 
articles  as  are  fit  for  issue,  at  a  reduced  price  stated. 

,  1050,.  .Commanding  officers  may  order  necessary  issues  of 
clothing  to  prisoners  and  convicts,  taking  deserters'  or  other 
damaged  clothing  when  there  is  such  in  store. 

1051..  .In  all  cases  of  deficiency,  or  damage  of  any  article  of 
clothing,  or  camp  or  garrison  equipage,  the,  officer  accountable 
for  the  property  is  required  by  law  "  to  show  by  one  or  more 
depositions  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  that  the 
deficiency  was  by  unavoidable  accident  or  loss  in  actual  ser- 
vice, without  any  fault  on  his  part,  and  in  case  of  damage, that 


129 

due  care  and  attention  were  exerted  on  his  part,  and  that  the 
damage  did  not  result  from  neglect." 

J   RETURNS  IN  THE  QUARTERMASTER'S  DEPARTMENT. 

1052... All  officers  and  agents  having  money  and  property 
of  the  Department  to  account  for,  are  required  to  make  the 
monthly  and  quarterly  returns  to  the  Quartermaster-General 
prescribed  in  the  Regulations  of  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. 

1053,  1054,  1055,  1056,  1057,  1058— Omitted. 


i30 


'1'W  infit  hnn  J#(i   -'J 


?  o 

is 
pi 

!«rg 

bd 


o 


»-i       h^ 


SK       O^ 


_    O 


2f 


-^    ^ 


rO 


S.      P 


('»»i    r'WM'l    ,{.601   ,1^60 


^r! 


.ttlOlTI 


-i^-'U 


p 


<1 

o 
o 


131 


p. 


"s. 


CD 
00 


1% 


Cm 


1 

Remarks. 

1 

"S 

•BpunOjj 

H 

O 

< 
O 

< 

< 

E- 

o 
H 

•s^^qsng 

■ 

o 
c 

•ssqoni 

! 

•}3aj 

! 

~  -^pjoo 

i 

•Bpjioo  m  'qpup  0} 

1 

i 

.      ^'"''"'^      IBJOX 

-8}aBA.Id8 

•ftejBAUd.pnu 
suBioisiuu  'sir)Oiyo 
panoissiiuuioo  -  uo^ 

3 

o 

' 

•snja^jBqng 

•snreidT?3 

X 

©-si 
*  ■§-. 

If 

o  -3 


S  « 


I 


5p 


II 


bo 


-<•= 


*^ 


'^  o 


C4 


g- 

» 

!a5 

W 

^^ 

3 

O   ^ 

p-s 

M 

a 

k 

2  <? 

© 

ao 

£■ 

B 

n" 

5" 

§.. 

&, 

g 

4 

B 

|l 

1 

(t 

s»  ^ 

(3 

x^ 

^ 

;^ 

< 

Cb 

u' 

?^ 

3 

% 

H 

•ii 

« 

•-*• 

6.- 

a> 

s.-> 

>fi 

■< 

5-!S 

a 

o< 

B  5- 

a 

1 

© 

Bi 

A 

31 

n 

e 

rs 

5 

2 

^ 

S" 

C) 

r 

i- 

•O 

2 

^; 

'A 

p< 

^-*. 

o 

c 

^ 

oo 

») 

M 

n'. 

hk 

B 

m 

1 

■« 

&• 

^ 


§-        2, 


I 


i 

For  myself 

1  ' 

Cords. 

Feet. 

Inches. 

Bushels. 

© 

Pounds. 

B 

' 

Si 
o  ■ 

V 


Oj 


00 


1^ 


^     ^ 


V 


S' 

«k 

c^ 

if 

§ 

^ 

O 

'^ 

ns 

^ 

«^ 

?^ 

« 

1 

»> 

rn 

^ 


<3 


• 

i 

i 

3 

1 

j<)  spuiioj 

JO  spnnoj 

CO 

JO  spnnoj 

^ 

T^ 

a 

m 

JO  spanoj 

E 

o 
O 

JO  spunoj 

u^ppoj  spauOjj 

X> 

•X«q  JO  gpnno  J 

"Tj 

s^Bo  JO  spnnOjj 

•i£»[aBq  spunoj 

•luoa  JO  spanoj 

•snoi!H!J  JO  jaqmn^ 

•s.^«pjo  jsqnmx 

•9]BininB  jaqnma  i^^ox 

naxo  JO  laquin^ 

u 

3 

•sainui  JO  jaqran^ 

•sasjoq  JO  jaquin^ 

no 

1« 

nnt 

}31  JO  9\V(l 

Require 
On  ban 

^  a 


•c    o 


£i    a 


b"3 


p 

er 

s 

s 

c« 

i 

o 

a 

CO 

0) 

<o 

«l 

^ 

c4 

U^ 

!> 

o 

^3 

J 

t 

a 

s 

o  .2 


O    13        O 


e4     n 

S  'O 


o* 


■^  -s  ^ 

•^      CO    , 

I  -^    ^ 

o  o    SP 

■3  Ci-'J2 


^    ^ 


J 


•3  -13*    .5:  '^ 

t>  -a      <u    o 

HH     g.     «    «^ 


.3 


134 


2    0.0 


e"      tt. 


Number  of  horses. 


Pounds. 


•g.      E. 


I  I     O 

I  Pbunda.        S. 


Pounds. 


Bushels, 
(.■36  lbs.) 


Pounds 


a 


Bushels. 
(32  lbs.) 


Pounds. 


Pounds 


Pounds. 


I  v.rfw  o»  w<'; 


a. 


^ 


05 


s 

a,. 


cJ 


t3'.; 


V?- 

-    ?r 


135 


^ 


i 


a     <^ 

o 

> 


^ 


o3 

B 


<Hr> 


T3 

C 
S 

o 


^f? 


^  a> 


a 


o 


•S^aBAJBg 


•sassa.ipunu'^ 


•sal's Aud  pill! 
■JiiBioisnin  'sjaotgo 
;ioiioissininioo-iin\' 


c2 


^1 

e  s 

•a  ^ 

S    fen 


136 


g 

4 

ri. 

S 

CLi 

aq 

o 

w 


c 

0 

o 

3 

<! 

Cr- 

S 

^ 

C 

o 

O 

P 

Oi 

o 

o 

s    ^ 


CO 


a-    33 


O 


5r 


s  ^ 

X 

I-l 

s 

5_ 

1 

o 

1 

Quires  of  letter 
paper. 

Quires  df  fools- 
cap paper. 

1  Sheets  of  Cart- 
1     ridge  paper. 

Number  of 
quills. 

Ounces  of 
wafers. 

Ounces  of  seal- 
ing wax. 

Pieces  of  tape. 

Papers  of  ink- 
powder. 

- 

-. 

§-■ 

> 

k 

t 


«< 

^ 
-S 


Si- 

CO  , 


5n 


00 
Oi 


4' 


o 

CO 
00 


o 

< 

Cb 

o 

i^ 

r) 

O 

?) 

M 

W 

w 

H 

O 

- 

> 

^ 

a- 

^ 


137 


.■S    > 

•3   ■& 


5»      ^ 


.  s 

.2  « 
SO 


'9    » 


*<      £^ 


^      a 


:'. 


:     ^ 


£   o 


p 

rr 

c* 

?$ 

c 

a 

eS 

's 

a 

.a:£ 


.5P   & 

CC         o 

^           M 

%^ 

"rt 

8 

■y 

£ 

S 

© 

tp 

o 

> 

r3 

1 

s 

M 

.2 

« 

•n 

J 

:j 

r^ 

^ 

Cu 

'■*j 

Ji 

s 

HI 

Vu 

1 

r         o 

H  -3 


V 


i-i    [..  s      O 


M9 


R 


13S 


w 


tea 


SI.      "TR    cr 


•^ 


Q 

p  2 


^ 


o   ■ 

f° 

-^ 

oS   J' 

B^ 

- 

Ir 

_  s 

'4 

p  — 

^  - 

^  te 

t;   ? 

I 


1^- 


> 

p 

^ii 

p^ 

o 

W  2  ^ 

o 

3 

1  §.» 

§ 


a    ^ 


t 

3 


IBd 


.t<Mil 


H 

< 


Of 


t'% 


o 


© 
6 


s 


1 


'^T 


:^ 


o*         « 


C=)      :i 


V(,c!) 

a  — 

"Sc? 

^ 

^§ 

br 

a  i> 

K 

c  ^ 

s 

CO 

^•^f^ 

* 

3   > 

K 

fi^ 

-< 

W 

II 

o   •- 
i    C 

tea, 

C 

^•5 

o 

^ 

c 

q-3 

o  « 

■* 

•.:-^ 

3 

v 

•«^ 

o 

S    w 

Q 

cr-  « 

i 

SS 

£  s 

.=  i    ^  a 


p  8 


a 
be 

'-  c  c 

V            (-1 

a; 

2-r:  y 


?    z 


^     S:l^ 


fcS 


ja  •" 

'-"O 

H 

e 

1 

u 

aO 

h 

iZ  ** 

C 

«.  '^ 

^ 

:.  i; 

2< 


140 
ARTICLE  XLII. 

SUBSISTENCE     DEPA.RTMENT. 
-  'i  SUPPLIES — Omitted. 

1059,  1060,  1061,  1062,  1063,  1064,  1065,  1066,  1067, 
imB— Omitted. 

-^  't  THE    RATION.  - 

1069...  The  ration  is  three-fourths  of  a  pound  of  pork  or 
bacon,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  fresh  or  salt  beef; 
eighteen  ounces  of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  hard 
bread,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  corn  meal ;  and  at  the 
rate,  to  one  hundred  rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  peas  or  beans, 
or,  in  lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds  of  rice ;  six  pounds  coflfee ; 
twelve  pounds  sugar  ;  four  quarts  of  vinegar  ;  one  and  a  half 
pounds  of  taflow,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  adamantine,  or 
one  pound  sperm  candles ;  four  pounds  of  soap,  and  twa 
quarts  of  salt. 

1070..  .The  annexed  table  «hows  the  quantity  of  each  part 
of  the  ration  in  any  number  of  rations  from  one  to  tei^ 
thousand.  •'.    ^ 

1071... On  a  campaign,  or  on  marches,  or  on  board  of 
transports^  the  ration  of  hard  bread  is  one  pound. 

=  5  '5=        ■^^  C    » 

""■  ISSUES.  "?,    2 

1072..  .Returns  for  issues  to  companies  will,  when  practi^ 
cable,  be  consolidated  for  the  post  or  regiment  (see  Form 
14.)  At  the  end  of  the  month,  the  issuing  commissary  will 
make  dujjlicate  abstracts  of  the  issues,  which  the  command- 
ing officer  will  compare  with  the  original  returns,  and 
certify  (see  Form  2.)  This  abstract  is  a  voucher  of  the  issue 
for  the  monthly  return. 

1073..  .Issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  on  returns  by  ^the 
medical  oilicer,  for  such  provisions  only  as  are  actually  re- 
quired for  the  sick  and  the  attendants.  The  cost  of  such  parts 
of  the  ration  as  are  issued  will  be  charged  to  the  hospital  at 
contract  or  cost  prices,  and  the  hospital  will  be  credited  by 
rhe  whole  number  of  complete  rations  due  through  the  month 
at  contract  or  cost  prices  (see  note  7)  ;  the  balance,  constitu- 
ting the  Hospital  Fund,  or  any  portion  of  it,  may  be  expended 
by  the  commissary,  on  the  requisition  of  the  medical  officer, 
in  the  purchase  of  any  article  for  the  subsistence  or  comfort  of 
the  sick,  not  authorized  to  be  otherwise  furnished  (see  Fonn 


141 

3.)  At  large  depots  or  general  hospitals,  this  fund  may  be 
partly  expended  for  the  benefit  of  dependent  posts  or  detach- 
ments, on  requisitions  approved  by  the  medical  director  or 
senior  Surjreon  of  the  district.  On  the  Ist  of  January,  each 
year,  one-fourth  of  every  hospital  fund  if  less  tlian  $150,  and 
one  half  if  more,  will  be  dropped  bv  the  commissary  from  the 
fund  (Form  :3),  and  will  bo  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Military  Asylum  by  the  Connnissary-General. 

1071.- -The  articles  purchased  for  the  hospital,  as  well  as 
those  issued  from  the  subsistence  store-house,  will  be  included 
in  the  Surgeon's  certificate  of  issues  to  the  hos[  ital,  and  borne 
on  the  monthly  return  of  provisions  received  and  issued. 
Vouchers  for  purchases  for  the  hospital  must  either  be  certi- 
fied by  the  Surgeon  or  accompanied  by  his  requisition. 

1075..  .Abstracts  of  the  issues  to  the  hospital  will  be  made 
by  the  commissary,  certified  by  the  Surgeon,  and  countersigned 
by  the  commanding  officer  (see  Form  3.) 

1076... lu  order  that  the  authorized  women  of  companies 
may  draw  their  rations  while  temporarily  separated  from  their 
companies,  the  officer  commanding  the  company  must  make  a 
report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  where  the  women 
may  be  left,  designating  such  as  are  to  draw  rations  as  attach- 
ed to  his  company.  Their  rations  are  not  commuted,  and 
they  can  only  draw  them  at  a  military  post  or  station  where 
there  are  supplies. 

1077.— Omitted. 

1078..  .Issues  to  voluutccrs  and  militia.,  to  sailors,  to  marines, 
to  citizens  employed  by  any  of  the  departments,  or  to  Indians, 
will  be  entered  on  separate  abstracts  to  the  monthly  return. 

1079. ..An  extra  issue  of  fifteen  pounds  of  tallow  or  ten  of 
sperm  caudles,  per  month,  niay  be  made  to  the  principal  guard 
of  each  camp  and  garrison,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  Extra  issues  of  soap,  candles  and  vinegar,  are  per- 
mitted to  the  hospital  when  ihe  Suigeon  does  not  avail  himself 
of  the  commutation  of  the  hosjjital  rations,  or  when  there  is 
no  hospital  fund ;  salt  in  small  quantities  may  be  issued  for 
public  horses  and  cattle.  AVhen  th(i  officers  of  the  Medical 
Depiirtment  find  anti-scorbutics  necessary  for  the  jjcalth  of  the 
troops,  the  commanding  officer  may  order  issues  of  fresh  vege- 
tables, pickled  onions,  sour  krout,  or  molasses,  with  an  extra 
quantity  of  rice  and  vinegar.  (Potatoes  are  usually  issued  at 
the  rate  of  one  pound  per  ration,  and  onions  at  the  rate  of 
three    bushels   in    lieu  of    one  of  beans.)      Occasional  issues 


143 

(extra)  of  iiiolasses  are  made — two  quarts  to  one  hundred  ra- 
tions— and  of  dried  apples  of  from  one  to  one  and  a  half 
bushels  to  one  hundred  rations.  Troops  at  sea  are  recommen- 
ded to  draw  rice  and  an  extra  issue  of  molasses  in  lieu  of 
beans.  When  anti-scorbutics  are  issued,  the  medical  officer 
will  certify  the  necessity,  and  the  circumstances  which  cause 
it,  upon  the  abstract  of  extra  issues  (see  Form  4.) 

1080... When  men  leave  their  company,  the  rations  they 
have  drawn,  arid  left  with  it,  will  be  deducted  from  the  next 
return  for  the  company ;  a  like  rule  when  men  are  discharged^, 
from  the  hospital  will  govern  the  hospital  return.  .  7 

EECRUITING  SERVICE. — Omitted. 
1081,  1082,  1083,  1084,  10S5,  1086,  1087,  108S.— Omitted. 

SUBSISTENCE   TO    OFFICERS. 

1089. — An  officer  may  draw  subsistence  stores,  paying  cash 
for  them  at  contract  or  cost  prices,  without  including  cost  of 
transportation,  on  his  certificate  that  they  are  for  his  own  use 
and  the  use  of  his  family.  These  certified  lists  the  command- 
ing officer  shall  compare  with  the  monthly  abstracts  of  sales, 
which  he  shall  countersign  (see  Form  5).  The  commissary  will 
enter  the  sales  on  his  monthly  return,  and  credit  the  money  in 
his  quarterly  account  current. 

BACK  RATiOXis. — -Owitted 

1090...  Omitted. 

COMMUTATION    OF    L'ATIONS. 

1091. ..When  a  soldier  is  detached  on  duty,  and  it  is  im- 
practicable to  carry  his  subsistence  with  him,  it  will  be  com- 
muted at  seventy-five  cents  a  day,  to  be  paid  by  the  commis- 
sar}' when  due,  or  in  advance,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  The  officer  detaching  the  soldier  will  certify,  on  the 
voucher,  that  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to  carry  his  rations, 
and  the  voucher  will  show  on  its  face  the  nature  and  extent  of 
the  duty  the  soldier  was  ordered  to  perform  (see  Form  18). 

1092... The  expenses  of  a  suldier  placed  temporarily  in  a 
private  hospital,  on  the  advice  of  the  senior  Surgeon  of  the  post 
or  detachment,  sanctioned  by  the  commanding  oflicer,  will  be 
paid  by  the  Subsistence  Department,  not  to  exceed  seventy-five 
cents  a  day. 

1093..  .The  ration  of  a  soldier  stationed  in  a  city,  with  no 
opportunity  oi'njcssiug.  will  be  commuted  at  forty  cents.    The 


rations  of  the  non-coniinissioned  leginK.'ntul  staff  and  ordnance 
sergeants,  when  they  have  no  opportunity  of  messing,  and  of 
soldiers  on  furlough,  or  stationed  where  rations  cannot  be  issued 
in  kind,  may  be  commuted  at  the  cost  or  value  of  the  ration  at 
the  post. 

1094..  .When  a  soldier  on  duty  has  necessarily  paid  for  his 
own  subsistence,  he  may  be  refunded  the  cost  of  the  ration. 
When  more  than  the  cost  of  the  ration  is  claimed,  the  account 
must  he  submitted  to  the  Commissary-General. 

EXTRA-DinY    MEN. 

1095. ..The  connnauding  officer  will  detail  a  suitable  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier  for  extra  duty,  under  the  orders 
of  the  Commissary,  and  to  be  exempt  from  ordinary  company 
and  garrison  duty.  All  extra-dury  men  employed  in  the  Com- 
missariat will  be  paid  the  regulatiul  allowance  (seje  Article 
XXXIX)  by  the  Commissary,  if  not  paid  extra  pay  in  any 
other  department 

1096..  .Barrels,  boxes,  hides,  &c.,  will  be  sold,  and  the  pro- 
ceeds credited  in  the  quarterly  account  current. 

ACCOUNTS. 

1097..  .The  following  are  the  accounts  and  returns  to  be 
rendered  to  the  Commissary-General  : 

Movl/dy. 
Return  of  provisions  and  forage  received  and  issued 

in  the  month Form  1 

Abstracts  of  issues  to  troops,  »fcc.  (see  paragraph  107^)       "     2 

Abstract  of  issues  to  hospital "     ^ 

Abstract  of  extra  issues "     4 

Abstract  of  sales  to  officers "     -3 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Summary  statement  of  money  received  and  expended 

during  the  month "     6 

Qu((r(crli/. 

Account  current Form  7 

Abstract  of  all  purchases  of  provisions  and  forage  dur- 
ing the  quarter "     8 

Abstract  of  all  expenditures  in  the  quarter,  except  for 
purchase  of  j^rovisions,  and  forage  for  cattle  (Para- 
graph J  004) "     9 

Consolidated  abstract  of  sales  to  officers  during  the  quar- 
ter  " "   10 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Estimate  of  funds  required  for  next  ([uarter "   II 

Quarterly  return  of  all  property  in  the  department,  ex- 
cept provisions,  and  forajre  for  cattle "    1 :? 


hi.i;    nj: 


144 

Hi 


1098...Th6  abstracts  of  issues  will  show  the  corps  or  de* 
tachment.  When  abstracts  require  more  than  one  sheet,  the. 
sheets  wnll  be  numbered  in  series,  and  not  pasted  together ; 
the  total  at  the  foot  of  each  canied  to  the  head  of  the  next, 
&c.,  &c.  ,   ,j//o 

1099..  .All  lists  of  subsistence  shall  run  in  this  order:  meaW 
bread-stuif,  rice  and  beans,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  candles,  soap,: 
salt,  anti-scorbutics,  purchases  for  hospital,  forage  for  cattle. 

1100... No  charge  for  printing  blanks,  as  forms,  will  be 
allowed. 

1101. . .  A  book  will  be  kept  by  the  Commissary  at  each  posl^^^^ 
in  which  will  be  entered  the  monthly  returns  of  provisions  reT  , 
ceived   and   issued    (Form  1).     It  will   show  from  whom  the  ' 
purchases  have  been  made,  and  whether  paid  for.     It  is  called 
the  Conunissary's  book,  and  will  not  be  removed  from  the  post. 

1102..  .When  any  officer  in  the  Commissariat  is  relieved,  he 
will  close  his  property  accounts ;  but  money  accounts  will  be 
kept  open  till  the  end  of  the  quarter,  unless  he  ceases  t(j).,,do 
duty  in  the  department.  V,'.,!.}.™.-,^ 

1103..  .Commissaries  of  Subsistence  in  charge  of  principal 
depots  will  render  quarterly  statements  of  the  cost  and  <^ualit^^. 
of  the  ration,  in  all  its  parts,  at  their  stations.  '     i      • 

NOTES. ..uu^dA 

1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6, —  Omitted.  i^  \o  ioinJaclA 

7..  -Mode  of  ascertaining  the  hospital  ration  :  100  completSiA 

rations  consist  of,  say  '■^ 

Cost.      ;(<< 
32  rations  of  fresh  beef,  is  40  lbs.  at  4  cents.  .  .  .$1  60 

68     "  pork,  is  51  lbs.  at  6  cents 3  06 

100     "  Hour,  is  112  lbs.  at  2  cents 2  ^^joijA 

I  100     "  beans,  is  8  quarts,  at  4  cents.. .32  ^    .,,  vunJHd/ 

\    or  >  ,9  46 

(  100     "  rice,  is  10  lbs.  at  6  cents. .  .  ■■fif>!!|^  ,,,  "iCii 

100  "  coffee,  is  6  lbs.  at  9  cents.  .'^Vl^-r,' 9  .^li 

100  "  sugar,  is  12  lbs.  at  8  cents. .'.':....';  6^,^,^  . 

100  "  vinegar,  is  4  quarts  at  5  cents.  — ■■^.,'^%i--iu-''^ 

]00  "  candles,  is  1-J  lbs.  at  12  cents. O'l^S 

100  "  soap,  is  4  lbs.  at  6  .cents.. . ,;,  -,  vvn-i?;^^'!'  •>  •  . 

100  "  salt,  is  2  quarts  at  3  cents.  .1.^^^.;^  ^  .PAtnii^H 

Cost  of  one  luindred  rations $9  55 

or  9  cents  five  mills  per  ration. 


UIS 


-^ 


-    V. 


"^ 


1 


i>0 


O 


1^ 


■^ 


?5^ 

s 


.S.^ 


•3 

4 


•Ji«s 


•dTOg 


•saipuBO 


•JvS.ini^ 


MuSng 


•aagoo 


•sn«ag 


•JliOJ 


•jaaqiisaij 


snoijBJ  JO  jaqinu^ 


•8j(t?p  jo  J3qum^>^ 


•I»10i 


natnoM  JO  .laqcnn^ 


uacu  JO  Jdquin^ 


s  - 

S- 


146 


p 


3 
.3 

o5 


I 

1 

I' 


Number  of  men. 

Number  of  women 

1  Total. 

Number  of  days. 

2^  umber  of  ritions 

1  Fresh  Beef. 

1  Pork. 

1  Flour. 

Beans. 

w 

1  Kice. 

1  Coffee. 

CO 

1  Sugar. 

O 

1  Viuejrar. 

1  Candies. 

1 

1  Soap. 

1  Salt. 

1 

!      

1 

m 


HI 

MISCELLANEOUS  ITEMS. 

A  box,  ^4  by  16  inches  square,  and  22  inches  deep  will  con- 
tain one  barrel,  or  10,7-52  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  16  by  16.S  irches  square,  and  S  inches  deep,will  con- 
tain one  bushel,  or  2150.4  cubic  inches.  5^- •    , 

A  box,  8  by  8.4  inches  square,  and  S  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain one  peck,  or  537.6  cubic  inches.  .     . 

A  box,  7  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.8  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  half  gallon,  or  131.4  cubic  iuches. 

A  box  4  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.2  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain one  quart,  or  67.2  inches. 

'^    One  bushel  of  corn  weighs 56  pounds . 

-I    ;    "  "      wheat       " 60 

■^    :    "  "      rye  "  . . .  ..v-^.5^^.^-:>,^6_  ^  >f , 


ji? 


•pc 


it- 


buckwheat  weighs^  .7-  .'t , . . .' . .  -SS? ' 

i    —  •        •'*»  -  barley  "    48 

J^  "      oats  "     40 

^    I    "^  :  "      beans  "    _--- 60 

^    :    "  "     po'atoes  '^  r.'-^^4;-:^^.-*  .60 

t?    I    "  .-*-'.  onions  *i' .,--V:,:r,^' .57 

'^^'  "      ■  >  r.  dried  peaches     '^  i^:~, '. .-.  -•; .  33 

"  '  '"  '    dried  apples       " .'  .22 

"      salt  ''_._._.......... 50 

Ten  gallons  pickled  onions      .  \^-  j  /.■  ."4  -~- ."-  -~-  .83 


sour  krout      --  =  ^-  c^  .4  ^  .%i  Jli ,!'.  «81 

^'i        r:  ?■■  -  ■v  -^  CI  a^        .;   ^\ 


^     ,  ...       _  -     .  -   ..^.       V.  ^.  t^  o 


i    J 


c    c   c    o 


148 


'One  thousand  rations  of 


^ 


02  Q  <i  c»  o  Sd  w 


tu  ^^  p 

'  ..cr ' 


;.. 


f)I 


o       o       o 
o       o       o 

HJ   O    H-k   O    l-i    O 


tlr 


j^  h-i  'M  ^-i'^^i» 

CD  ^  to  O  H-'  .'-^  O)  Oi  GO  0< 

tO:0^.  Oil— '  QOCrjCsOOi 

CC  Oi  O  O:  <J  h-  K^ 


ff^ 

>l^  ■ 

C5 

Cl 

o 

Oi 

►^  H 

o 

to 

Oi 

o  5^ 

(^  to  rfi>  CO  Ci   CO 

Ci  to  O  CO  Oi  CO 

o  o<  to  O  Oi  o 

to  <J  CO  00  C£5  H-1 


CO  ^^i'  M  CO-  to  Ci  o 
CO  O  Oi  to  o  o  o 


^-^  O  <J  i-»  <I  <f 
Oi  O.  0<  to  Oi  Oi 
Oi  O  O  Cn  O  O 


"f. 


to 
to 

Ci 
too  to  Ci  to 


to 

o 


to  to  O  to  CO  to 

OS  Oi  H^  01  CO  Oi 

Ci  C;           H- ' 

to  to       to 


h-i'^-i  ■i-'l"tOCDtOCOtO 
00>f^M^;Ct>CO<J>-*<?tOtOCOO»-' 
a)<7s<I.  >iOiOhl^<?QOI-^rf^COGC 

Cft  GO  Oi'  Oi  Ci  CD  C;*'  O?  CO  Ci  O  (-i  <J 
coco   '.;.  too    (— ki— 'CCCnOOOi 
to  CI     ■  Oi  h-'    00  On-  O  O  Ci 
00  Oi   '  •  ^  Ci  <J  t-i  t-J 


to    to  CO 

<l    rfi*  o 

to     H-i  tfi. 

to  Oi  to  CO  CO  <J 

^  ►fi-  rf^  to  O  1-^ 

to  ^  i--  tf^  >^  GO 

Ci  Cn  CO  Ci  <J  O 

t^  ^  to  CO  I-'  1-^ 


OOOOOOOOtOCOOit^CO 

>^H-»OCOOiCOhl^<JOO<JCO<J 
OlODCOCO  .i+^Ol-^rf^COCOOOi 
Oi<ftOC0  OOtOt^GOH-COl-' 

tO<{Oi  oocoto  oco 


o 

to  o  to  O  00 

1— ' 

00  1-1  O  H-  to 

CO 

to  Ci  C7»  H-"  to 

to 

^  to  O  00  >?». 

00 

Gi          to 

p 


Q 
p 
b 

Cu 


O 

CD 

i-i 
^  SO 

o" 

a 


'  W      bd      'tJ 

O    go    O    fo    O    ^ 


^-^ 

,-^ 

tti 

h-i 

h^ 

o 

Ci 

to 

c: 

O- 

CL, 

CL 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

^ 

• 

N 

• 

N 

* 

o- 

p 

p 

Qj  CIj  Q-<  O 

Cu 

P 

p 

p 

p 

3 
P 

p 

3 

p 

Oj  Oj  Cu  C^  Cli  ^ 

p   p   p   p   o   ^ 
o" 


C  2. 


5  3 


I'M 

ft     Pi" 


149 


^ 


o 

<^ 

^ 

OJ 

H 

;z; 

t-< 

e 

'^ 

.;« 

■  h 

'SS 

i. 

o 

^ 

K 

cc 

H 

"'•^ 

13 

^ 

W        ^1 

PU 

fi      to 

«c" 

C     ■  m 

<o 

fe 

i~o 

e 

^ 

o 

'1 

H 

O 

l-( 

!<; 

03 

B 

^ 

1 

c< 

•  -^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

< 
o 

^ 

u 

^ 

}^ 

a? 

^ 

> 

Si 


S 


c 


<3     A^ 


-a 


o 


c 

m 
C 
O 
O 


3 

cr 

03 


o 


n3 


03 


c3 


t>D 


^ 


V-      22 


a 

«3 


6 
<^ 

gT 
bo 

s 

n3 


^      o 


c? 

o 

-p 

*-•-« 

0) 

^ 

« 

0) 

h-l 

03 

3 

o 

05 


03 


03 

> 

8 

a. 


CO 


03 

> 
o 

03 


150 


&^ 


W 


CD 


S 


■2.    "^ 

-J-j  p3 

o'    -;2. 


p 
p 


hj 


o 


c 


a-, 


P 


b3 


O 


P 

s 


en 

■§- 
o 


p 


02 


p        o 


CD 


c 

< 

.CD 


-CD 


CD 


r:0 
P 


.-  P 

-OS 

■'<D 

r  CD 
•^p 

"E! 

■   cT 


o 


■>•-      5^      = 


o 


to 

o 


o 
o 


o 


:a> 


zo 

-o 

.o 

'd 

te! 

,H 

O 

.  ^ 

•   W 

<3 

'•i 

.•st 

■z^ 

3 

^X 

■  C 

■M 

• 

■o 

■  i-i 

55 

H 

i*^ 

■-?P 

■  o 

151 

I  ,    Form  12. 

.■  ' 

Army  of  the  Confederate  States. 

(Coat  of  Arms.) 
Certificate  of  Disability  for   Discharge. 

A.  B.,  of  Captain  's  company  ( — )  of  the  regi- 
ment of  Confederate  States  -   — ,  was  enlisted  by , 

of  the  regiment  of  ,  at  ,  on  the day  of 

,  to  serve years;  he  was  born  in   ,  in  the  State 

of  — •■ — ,  is years  of  age, feet inches  high, 

complexion,  eyes,  — —   hair,  and  by  occupation  when 

enlisted .     During  the  last  two  mouths  said  soldier  has 

been  unfit  for  duty days. 

(The  company  commander  will  here  add  a  statement  of  all 
the  facts  known  to  him  concerning  the  disease  or  wound,  or 
cause  of  disability  of  the  soldier;  the  time,  place,  manner,  and 
all  the  circumstances  under  which  the  injury  occurred,  or  dis- 
ease originated  or  appeared ;  the  duty,  or  service,  or  situation 
of  the  soldier  at  the  time  the  injury  was  received  or  disease 
contracted,  or  supposed  to  be  contracted  ;  and  whatever  facts 
may  aid  a  judgment  as  to  the  cause,  immediate  or  remote,  of 
the  disability,  and  the  circumstunces  attending  it.) 

C.  D.,  Commanding  Company. 

.?  When  the  facts  are  not  known  to  the  company  commander, 
the  certificate  of  any  officer,  or  affidavit  of  other  person  having 
such, knowledge,  will  be  appended. 

I  Certify  that  I   have  carefully  examined  the  said of 

Captpin 's  company,  and  find  him  incapable  of  performing 

the  duties  of  a  soldier,  because  of  (here  describe  particularly 
the  disability,  wound,  or  disease ;  the  extent  to  which  it  de- 
prives him  of  the  use  of  any  limb  or  faculty,  or  affects  ihis 
health,  strength,  activity,  constitution,  or  capacity  to  labor;  or 
earn  his  subsistence.)  The.surgeon  will  add,  from  his  knowl- 
edge of  the  facts  and  circumstances,  and  from  the  evidence  in 
the  case,  his  professional  opinion  of  the  cause  or  origin  of  the 
disability.  E.  F.,  Surgeon» 

(paplicates.)  I  ^ 

•1  •-  -,  I  c 

-  pt-  • 


152 


8! 


CH3 


S 


o 

Hi 

^      3 


W 


5^ 


rhu 


-ab   3! 


•r 


'JO  ,ot; 


(ft, 


?  «  s  s 

^    CO    pf- 

cs  o 


ft.  5'  p 


W 


OHfJO  Oii 


5 

a 


••)r(lo  Ii; 


-nrr 


fcC 

*S 
'5. 

a 

C5 


•jB^idsoii  w.\ 


•;■:  iff. 
■\  -  ^•• 


•p^ia 


"IwjidsoTj  |v.i3iwS  o\  ^nog 


•paSjBilosid 


Ajnp  oj  poiunja^ 


sjo^.iunb  uj 
•|t?}idsoq  nj 


,fcr  •♦-' 

CO  iO, 

^    c3    fc^ 

03 


•j^ois  nsjjBj, 


sjovumb  UJ 
•p^idsotj  UJ 


j       llUljiJii.'H'tl    « 


o 


OS 


154 

Fcrm  17. 

Contract  with  a  private  physician. 

This  contract,  entered   into  this day  of J  8 — -, 

at ,  State  of ,  between ,  of  the  Confe- 
derate States  Army,  and  Dr. ,  of ,  in  the  State 

of ,  witnesseth,  that  for  the  consideration  hereafter  men- 
tioned, the  said  Dr. promises  and  agrees  to  perform 

the  duties  of  a  medical  officer,  agreeably  to  the  Army  Regula- 
tions, at {and  to  furnish  the  necessary    medicines.)     And 

the  said promises  and  agrees,  on  behalf  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  to  pay,  or  cause  to  be  paid,  to  the  said   Dr. 

the  sum  of dollars  for  each  and    every   month   he   shall 

continue  to  perform  the  services  above  stated,  which  shall  be 
his  full  compensation,  and  in  lieu  of  all  allowances  and  emolu- 
ments whatsoever,  (exce'pt  that  for  mediAnes  furnished.,  which  shall 
he  at  the  rate  of  'per  cent  on  his  monthly  pay,  to  be  determined  by 
the  Surgeon  General.)  This  contract  to  continue  till  deter- 
mined by  the  said  doctor,  or  the  commanding  officer  for  the 
time  being,  or  the  Surgeon  General. 

[Seal.] 
Signed,  sealed  and  delivered  ) 
in  presence  of  > 

[Seal.] 


I  certify  that  the  number  of  persons  entitled  to  medical  at- 
tendance, agreeably  to  regulations,  at is ,  and  that 

no  competent  physician  can  be  obtained  at  a  lower  rate. 

, ,  Commanding  Officer. 


155 

Form  No.   4. 
Certificate  to  be  given  a  soldier  at  the  time  of  his  discharge. 

I  CERTIFY  that  the    within    named ,  a of 

Captain company   ( — )    of  the resTJment  of 

,  born  in ,in  the  State  of ,  aged 

years, feet inches  high, complexion, eyes, 

hair,  and  by  profession  a ,  was    enlisted  by  

,  at ,  on  the day    of eighteen    hundred 

and to  serve  for years,  and  is  now  entitled  to  a  dis- 
charge by  reason  of 

The  said was  last  paid  by  Paymaster , 

to  include  the day  of ,  eighteen  hundred    and , 

and  has  pay  due  from  that  time  to  the  present  date. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  retained  pay. 

There  is  due  to  him dollars  on  account  of  clothing  not 

drawn  in  kind. 

He  is  indebted  to  the    Confederate   States dollars,    on 

account  of  extra  clothing,  &c. 

He  is  indebted  to ,laundress,  at , dollars. 

The  contract  price  of  the  ration  at is cents. 

Given  in  duplicate  at ,  this day  of ,  18 — . 


'  Commanding  Company. 

Note,  "\^^len  a  soldier  transfers  his  certificates,  the  transfer  must  be  made  on 
them,  witnessed  by  a  commissioned  officer,  when  practicable,  or  by  some  other 
reputable  person  known  to  the  Paymaster. 


166 


^A 


►a 


cc 


D 


§3 


C.1 


o 


c 


^ 
Cn 


3    ^ 


I    !    Jodi  Y'-flTflfK) 


n>  ,1 


txil  no 


W  03 


6-pdr  gun  carriages. 


o  o 
o  o> 


Infantry  cartridge  boxes 


t>3  O 

O  O 
O  O 


Cannon  powder,  pounds, 


C"  o 


Slow  match,  pounds. 


Shot  guages,  sets. 


&c ,  &c. 


■)si'<) 


■•''\ 


5p 


i»'l;; 


o 


!25 

p 

to 


I: 


iti 


c3 


^ 


&D 


^ 


"^ 


I 


.TTYT7  riV^TH/ 


.o 


a  TO 


•goxoq  aSpu^jB^ 


•spaoAvs  jSjaoigo  p,tnoo-no^ 


•8;a^diuoo  'S}a3isnj\[ 


•S93^LT.reo  upd-g    <^ 


•noanua  ssK.iq  Mpd-g     '^ 


•saSpujJBO  i[Bq-}si{snj^ 

.  o 

o 

•paxij  ';oqg  -.ipd-g 

o     • 
• 

o 
0» 

•sSaiis  nnjf) 

C5 

■sajTJid  }pq  ?siB^YV 

.jlO    ■,        • 

s 

•spiB^qnos  janoX^a 

1  "* 

sjpq  xoq  gSpu^jcBQ 

p 

? 

K 

R 

^ 

F^ 

s 

T^ 

CO 

•2  -2 
■5  « 

^ 

1 

^; 


>% 

VO 

b 

"^ 

0) 

s 

a 

f 

CO 

.^ 

« 

P- 

'5^ 

n 

^ 

< 

K 

>-5 

d 

c« 

d 

O 

3 

3 

d 

o 

.2  0 


a;  ci 
o  £ 

.2  ^ 
o  S  So 

V  ^x 

2  ^ 


.-    V 
^00 


I 


£0 


•^   d 


« 


i 


i 


E  a     « 


vT 

«! 
^ 

3 

^ 

«^ 

t 

"^ 

-^  2 

a> 

^ 

*"a2 

u 

> 

M 

,>^  „^ 

I-) 

o 

.4 

^ 

^ 

hJ 

i  2 

> 

X 
< 

|5 

35 
tn 

O 

;2; 

ti5 

158 


ARTICLE  XLVII. 


'  RECRUITING     SERVICE. 

1283... The  recruiting  service  will  be  conducted  by  the 
Adjutant-General,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1284.-  .Field  officers  will  be  detailed  to  superintend  the  re- 
cruiting districts,  and  lieutenants  to  take  charge  of  the  re- 
cruiting parties.  The  recruiting  service  will  form  a  special 
roster.  The  Adjutant-General  will  detail  the  field  officers,  and 
announce  in  orders  the  number  of  lieutenants  to  be  detailed 
from  each  regiment  by  the  Colonel.  When  the  detail  is  not 
according  to  the  roster,  the  special  reason  of  the  case  shall  be 
reported  and  laid  before  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1285..  .A  recruiting  party  will  consist  generally  of  one  lieu- 
tenant, one  non-com niissioned  officer,  two  privates,  and  a 
drummer  and  fifer.  The  parties  will  be  sent  from  the  princi- 
pal depots,  and  none  but  suitable  men  selected. 

1286..  .Officers  on  the  general  recruiting  service  are  not  to 
be  ordered  on  any  other  duty,  except  from  the  Adjutant- 
General's  office. 

1287... As  soon  as  a  recruiting  station  is  designated,  the 
superintendent  sends  estimates  for  funds  to  the  Adjutant- 
General,  and  requisitions  on  the  proper  departments  (through 
the  Adjutant-General)  for  clothing,  camp  equipage,  arms,  and 
accoutrements. 

1288... Subsequent  supplies  for  the  station  in  his  district 
are  procured  by  the  superintendent  on  consolidated  estimates  ; 
these  are  made  quarterly  for  funds,  and  every  six  or  twelve 
months  for  clothing,  equipage,  arms,  and  accoutrements.  Es- 
timates for  funds  will  be  in  the  following  form  : 


Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds  required  for  the 
during  the  quarter  ending 


186 


Names. 


Amount,  ex- 
pended last 
quarter. 


Amount  on 
hand. 


Amount 
required. 


$        Cts. 


Total  amount  required. 


Remarks. 


-,  SuperirUendmi. 


i6d 

i289... Funds  and  supplies  of  clothing,  camp  and  garnson 
equipage,  arms  and  accoutrements,  when  ordered,  will  be  sent 
direct  to  each  station. 

1290..  .For  subsistence  to  recruiting  stations,  see  regulations 
of  the  Subsistence  Department.  When  army  rations  are 
issued  for  recruits,  savings  on  the  rations  shall  be  applied  for 
their  benefit,  as  in  companies. 

1291..  .The  superintendents  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  consolidated  monthly  returns  of  the  recruiting  parties 
under  their  superintendence,  according  to  directions  on  the 
printed  blanks,  accompanied  by  one  copy  of  the  enlistment  of 
each  recruit  enlisted  within  the  month. 

1292..  .When  recruits  should  be  sent  to  regiments,  a  super- 
intendent will  report  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  instructions 
in  reference  thereto. 

1293.  When  recruits  are  sent  from  a  depot  or  rendezvous 
to  a  regiment  or  post,  a  muster  and  descriptive  roll,  and  an  ac- 
count of  clothing  of  the  detachment,  will  be  given  to  the  officer 
assigned  to  the  command  of  it.  And  a  duplicate  of  the  muster 
and  descriptive  roll  will  be  Ibrwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General 
by  the  superintendent,  who  will  note  on  it  the  names  of  all  the 
officers  on  duty  with  the  detachment,  and  the  day  of  its  depar- 
ture from  the  depot  or  rendezvous. 

1294... The  superintendent  will  report  all  commissioned  or 
non-commissioned  officers  who  may  be  incapable  or  negligent 
in  the  discharge  of  their  functions.  Where  a  recruiting  party 
fails  to  get  recruits  from  any  cause  other  than  the  fault  of  the 
officer,  the  superintendent  will  recommend  another  station  for 
tiie  party. 

1295. ..When  a  rendezvous  is  closed,  the  superintendent 
will  give  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  safe-keeping  or  dis- 
posal of  the  public  property,  so  as  not  to  involve  any  expense 
ibr  storage. 

129G..  .Tours  of  inspection  by  superintendents  will  be  made 
only  on  instruction  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office.  Offi- 
cers on  the  recruiting  service  will  not  be  sent  from  place  to 
place  without  orders  from  the  same  source.  Recruiting  offi- 
cers will  in  no  case  absent  themselves  from  their  stations  with- 
out authority  from  the  superintendent. 

1297.. -They  wil4  not  allow  any  man  to  be  deceived  or 
inveigled  into  the  service  by  false  representations,  but  will  in 
person  explain  the  nature  of  the  service,  the  length  of  the 
term,  the  pay,  clothing,  rations,  and  other  allowances  to  which 


160 

a  soldier  is  entitled  by  law,  to   every  man  before  he  signs  the 
enlistment. 

129S...With  the  sanction  of  superintendents,  recruiting 
officers  may  insert,  in  not  exceeding  two  newspapers,  brief 
notices  directing  attention  to  the  rendezvous  for  further  infor- 
mation. 

1299... Any  free  white  male  person  above  the  age  of 
eigiiteen  and  under  thirty-five  years,  being  at  least  five  Jeet 
four  and  a  half  inches  high,  effective,  able-bodied,  sober,  free 
from  disease,  of  good  character  and  habits,  and  with  a  compe- 
tent knowledge  of  the  English  language,  may  be  enlisted. 
'This  regulation,  so  far  as  respects  the  height  and  o^g  of  the  re- 
'cruit,  shall  not  extend  to  musicians  or  to  soldiei*?  who  may 
'^^re-enlist,^^  or  have  served  honestly  and  faithfully  a  previous 
<enlistment  in  the  army. 

1300..  .No  man  having  a  wife  or  child  shall  be  enlisted  in 

time  of  peace   without  special  authority    obtained    from    the 

.  Adjutant-General's  Office,  through  the  superintendent.     This 

1  uie  is  not  to  apply  to  soldiers  who  "re'enlist.^^  -.<u 

1301..  .No    person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  is  to. 

be    enlisted  witlioutthe  written  consent  of  his  parent,  guardian, 

or  .  iiaster.     The  recruiting  officer  must  be  very  particular  in 

ascei  "taining  the  true  age  of  the  recruit.  ui 

13(  12..  .If  a  minor  who  has  no  parent  or  guardian  offer' to 

enlist,    a  guardian  (who  must  not  be  any   one  connected  with 

the    re  cruiting  party)  may  be  appointed  by  the  proper  legal 

authorii  y- 

1303..  -After  the  nature  of  the  service  and  terms  of  enlist- 
ment ha  ve  been  fairly  explained  to  the  recruit,  the  officer, 
before  the  enlistments  are  filled  up,  will  read  to  him,  and  offer 
for  his  sig  nature,  the  annexed  declaration,  to  be  appended  to 
each  copy  t  >f  his  enlistment :  •  • 

I, ,  d  esiring  to  enlist   in  the  Army  of  the  Confederate 

States  for  th  e-  period  of years,  dodeclare  that  I  am 

years  and  —  —  months  of  age  ;  that  I  have  neither  wife  nor 
child  ;  that  I  hsjve  never  been  discharged  from  the  Confederate 
States  seivice  «>n  account  of  disability,  or  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial,  w  by  order  before  the  expiration  of  a  term  of 
enlistment ;  an  <3  i  know  of  no  impediment  to  my  sei-ving 
honestly  and  fai  thfully  as  a  soldier  for '  years. 

Witness:  ''f'   i»rij    iiijihj|y.i>  (kj*!"**:! 


161 

1304... If  the  recruit  be  a  minor,  his  parent,  guardian,  or 
master,  must  sign  a  consent  to  his  enlisting,  winch  will  be 
added  to  the  preceding  declaration,  in  the  following  form  : 

I, ,  do  certify  that  I  am  the  {father^  only  suriiv'mg  jni- 

rent,  legal  master,  or  guardian,  as    the  case  may  be)    of  ; 

that  the  said is  years  of  age  ;  and  I   do  hereby 

freely  give  my  consent  to  his  enlisting  as  a  soldier  in  the  Army 
of  the  Confederate  States  for  the  period  of years. 

Witness : 


1305..  .The  forms  of  declaration,  and  of  consent  in  case  of 
a  minor,  having  been  signed  and  witnessed,  the  recruit  will 
then  be  duly  examined  by  the  recruiting  officer,  and  surgeon  if 
one  be  present,  and,  if  accepted,  the  20th  and  87th  Articles  of 
War  will  be  read  to  him  ;  after  which  he  will  be  allowed  time 
to  consider  the  subject  until  his  mind  ap[)ears  to  be  fully  made 
up  before  the  oath  is  administered  to  him. 

1306..  .As  soon  as  practicable,  and  at  least  within  six  days 
after  his  f^nlistraent,  the  following  oath  will  be  administered  to 
the  recruit : 

"I,  A —  B — ,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confederate  States 
of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and  faithfully 
against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever,  and  observe 
and  ob(;y  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States, 
and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over  me.  according  to 
the  rules  and  articles  for  the  g;)VcM-naient  of  the  armies  of  the 
Confederate  States."     (See  10th  Art.  of  War.) 

1307..  .Under  the  article  of  war  above  cited,  and  the  acts 
of  Congress  approved  September  16th,  1850,  and  July  29th, 
1854,  a  justice  of  the  peace,  the  chief  magistrate  of  any  town 
or  city  corporate  (not  being  an  officer  of  the  Army),  a  notary 
public,  or,  when  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  such  civil  magis- 
trates, a  judge  advocate  may  administer  the  above  oath. 

1308..  -It  is  the  duty  of  the  recruiting  officer  to  be  present 
at  the  examination  of  the  recruit  by  the  medical  officer. 

1309..  .Recruiting  officers  will  not  employ  piivate  physi- 
cians without  authority  from  the  Adjutant-General's  Office, 
for  the  special  purpose  of  examining  the  recruits  prior  to  their 
enlisting. 

1310..  .If  it  be  necessary,  as  in  case  of  sickness,  to  employ 
a  physician,  the  recruiting  officer  may  engage  his  services  by 
coDtract  on  reasonable  terms,  "by  the  visit,"  or  by  the  month. 

u 


162 

If  by  the  month,  the  examhiation  of  the  recruits  must  be  sta- 
ted in  the  contract  as  part  of  his  duty.  In  vouchers  for  medi- 
cal attendance  and  medicines,  the  name  of  each  patient,  date 
of,  and  charge  for  each  visit,  and  for  medicine  furnished,  must 
be  given,  and  the  certificate  of  the  physician  added,  that  the 
rates  charged  are  the  usual  rates  of  the  place. 

1-311..  .Enlistments  must,  in  all  cases,  be  taken  in  tripli- 
cate. The  recruiting  officer  will  send  one  copy  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General with  his  quarterly  accounts,  a  second  to  the  super- 
intendent with  his  monthly  return,  and  a  third  to  the  depot  at 
the  time  the  recruits  are  sent  there.  In  cases  of  soldiers  re- 
enlisted  in  a  regiment,  or  of  regimental  recruits,  the  third 
copy  of  the  enUstment  will  be  sent  at  its  date  to  regimental 
head-quarters  for  file. 

1-3 12... When  ordnance  sergeants  re-enlist,  the  recruiting 
officer  will  immediately  send  the  second  copy  of  the  enlistment 
direct  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  the  third  cop)^  to  the  sta- 
tion of  the  ordnance  sergeant  for  file.  •  •  -.')"^'i 

1.313... A  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
soldier,  who  may  re-enlist  into  his  company  or  regiment  within 
two  months  before,  or  one  month  after  the  expiration  of  his 
term  of  service,  shall  receive  a  bounty  of  three  months'  extra 
pay — that  is  to  say,  the  pay  he  was  receiving  as  pay  of  his 
grade,  and  as  additional  pay  for  length  of  service  and  for  cer- 
tificate of  merit.  This  bounty  shall  be  paid  by  the  recruiting 
officer  at  the  time  of  enlistment,  and  noted  on  the  descriptive 
list.  Ordnance  sergeants  and  hospital  stewards  are  non- 
commissioned officers  entitled  to  the  bounty  in  the  case 
provided. 

1314..  .Enlistments  must,  in  no  case,  be  ante-dated  so  as  to 
entitle  a  soldier  to  bounty  who  applies  after  the  period  for 
''^  re-enllsting'^  has  expired. 

1315...  A  premium  of  two  dollars  will  be  paid  to  any  citi- 
zen, non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  for  each  accepted  re^- 
emit  that  he  may  bring  to  the  rendezvous  ;  but  not  for  sol- 
diers who  receive  bounty  for  "re-enlisting." 

1316... The  recruiting  officer  will  see  that  the  men  under 
his  command  are  neat  in  their  personal  appearance,  and  wnll 
require  the  permanent  party  to  wear  their  miUtary  dress  in  a 
becoming  manner,  especially  when  permitted  to  go  abroad. 

1317... Only  such  articles  of  clothing  as  are  indispensable 
for  immediate  use  will  be  issued  to  recruits  at  the  rendezvous. 
Their  equipment  will  not  be  made  complete  till  after   they 


160 

have  passed  the  inspection  subsequent  to  tlieir  arrival  at  tii< 
depot. 

1318..  -The  instruction  of  the  recruits  will  commence  at  tlv 
rendezvous  from  the  moment  of  enlistment.  The  general  s\'. 
perintendent  will  see  that  all  recruiting  officers  give  particiil;' 
attention  to  this  subject. 

■'    1319..  .Recruits    will    be    sent  from  rendezvous  to  dcpi 
every  ten  days,  or  oftener  if  practicable,  provided  the  number 
disposable  exceeds  three.     The  detachments  of  recruits  will  be 
sent  from  rendezvous  to  depots  under  chnrge  of  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer. 

1320..  .Ever}'  officer  commanding  a  recruiting  party  will 
procure  the  necessary  transportation,  forage,  fuel,  straw,  and 
stationery,  taking  the  requisite  vouchers. 

1  1321... The  transportation  of  recruits  to  depots,  and  from 
one  recruiting  station  to  another,  will  be  paid  from  the  recruit- 
ing funds;  transportation  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on  the 
recruiting  service  will  be  paid  in  the  same  nianner,  except 
when  first  proceeding  to  join  that  service,  or  returning  to  their 
regiments  after  having  been  relieved. 

1322... No  expenses  of  transportation  of  oflicers  will  be 
admitted  that  do  not  arise  from  orders  emanating  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  Office,  except  they  be  required  to  visit 
branch  or  auxiliary  rendezvous  under  their  charge,  when  they 
will  be  allowed  the  stage,  steam-boat,  or  railroad  ffire,  porter- 
age included. 

1323,  1321,  1325,  1326,  1327,  132S,  lS29.—  Oiiiltfc(I,        ^ 

1330... To  each  office  table  is  allowed    one  inkstand,  one 

wafer-stamp,  one  wafer-box,  one    paper-folder,  one  ruler,  and 

as  many  lead  pencils  as  mny  be  required,  not  exceeding  four 

per  annum. 

1331..  .Such  blank  books  as  may  be  necessary  are  allowed 
to  the  general  superintendent  and  at  permanent  recruiting 
de})6ts  ;  also  one  descriptive  book  for  the  register  of  recruits 
at  each  permanent  station.  Blank  books  will  be  purchased 
by  recruiting  offiro-s,  under  instructions  from  the  superin- 
tendent. 

.1332... When  a  recruiting  officer  is  relieved,  the  blanks, 
books,  and  unexpended  stationery,  with  all  the  other  pidjlic 
property  at  the  station,  will  be  transferred  to  his  successor, 
who  will  receipt  for  the  same. 

1333. —  OmiUtd. 


164 

1334.. -Letters  addressed  to  the  Adjutant-General  "o/i  re- 
cndting  service"  will  be  so  endorsed  on  the  envelopes,  under 
the  words  "ofncial  business." 

1335..  .On  all  vouchers  for  premiums  for  bringing  recruits, 
and  fees  for  oaths  of  enlistment,  the  names  of  the  recruits  for 
whom  the  expenditure  is  made  must  be  given.  The  vouchers 
may  be  made  in  form  of  consolidated  receipt-rolls,  authentica- 
ted by  the  officer's  certificate  that  they  are  correct. 

1335... The  fee  usually  allowed  for  administering  the  oath 
of  enlistment  being  twenty-five  cents  for  each  recruit,  when  a 
greater  amount  is  paid,  the  officer  must  certify  on  the  voucher 
that  it  is  the  rate  allowed  by  law  of  the  State  or  Territory. 

1337... To  each  voucher  for  notices  inserted  in  newspa- 
pers, a  copy  of  the  notice  will  be  appended. 

1338..  -Enlistments  must  be  filled  up  in  a  fair  and  legible 
hand.  The  reed  name  of  the  recruit  must  be  ascertained, 
correctly  spelled,  and  written  in  the  same  way  wherever  it 
occurs;  the  C/z/v's^/c/w,  name  must  not  be  abbreviated.  Num- 
bers must  be  written,  and  not  expressed  by  figures.  Each 
enlistment  must  be  endorsed  as  follows  : 

No.— 

A——  B , 

enlisted  at 


January  — ,  ISO 

By  Lt.  C D- 

—  Regiment  of  - 


The  nim-iber  in  each  month  to  correspond  with  the  names 
alphabetically  arranged. 

1339..  .Whenever  a  soldier  re-enters  the  service,  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him  will  endorse  on  the  enlistment,  next  below 
his  own  name  and  regiment,  "second  (or  third)  enlistment,"  as 
the  case  may  be,  together  with  the  name  of  the  regiment  and 
the  letter  of  the  company  in  which  the  soldier  last  served,  and 
date  of  discharge  from  former  enlistment.  This  information 
the  recruiting  officer  must  obtain,  if  possible,  from  the  soldier's 
dhcJiar^rc,  which  he  should  in  all  cases  be  required  to  exhibit. 
(See  2^d  Art.  of  Wdr.) 

1340..  .The  name  of  the  SteitCj  as  well  as  the  town,  where 
each  recruit  is  enlisted,  will  be  recorded  on  all  muster,  pay, 
and  descriptive  rolls. 

1341,  1342,  IMS.— Omitted. 


1344..  -The  recruits  are  to  be  dressed  in  uniform,  according  to 
their  respective  arms,  and  will  be  regularly  mustered  and 
inspected.  They  are  to  be  well  drilled  in  the  infantry  tactics, 
through  the  school  of  the  soldier  to  that  of  the  battalion,  and 
in  the  exercise  of  field  and  gnrrison  pieces.  Duty  to  be  done 
according  to  the  strict  rules  of  the  service. 

1315,  134G,  IMl.— Omitted. 

VZ^S..  .Permanent  parties  at  depots,  and  recruiting  "parties, 
will  be  mustered,  inspected,  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  soldiers.  Recruits  will  be  mustered  for  pay  only  at 
depots,  and  when  paid  there,  one-half  of  their  monthly  pay 
will  be  retained  until  they  join  their  regiments. 

1349..  .The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  are  to* be  read  to  the 
recruits  in  depot  every  month  after  the  inspection;  and  so 
much  thereof  as  rehites  to  the  duties  of  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  will  be  read  to  them  every  week. 

1350..  .Recruits  are  not  to  be  put  to  any  labor  or  work 
which  would  interfere  with  their  instruction,  nor  are  they  to 
be  employed  otherwise  than  as  soldiers  in  the  regular  duties 
of  garrison  or  camp. 

1351..  .When  recruits  are  received  at  a  garrisoned  post,  the 
commanding  othcer  will  place  them  under  the  charge  of  a 
commissioned  othcer. 

1352..  .The  superintendent  or  commanding  officer  will  cause 
a  minute  and  critical  inspection  to  be  made  of  every  recruit 
received  at  a  depot,  two  days  after  his  arrival ;  and  should  any 
recruit  be  found  unfit  for  service,  or  to  have  been  enlisted 
contrary  to  law  or  regulations,  he  shall  assemble  a  Board  of 
inspectors  to  examine  into  the  case. 

1353..  .Every  detachment  ordered  from  a  depot  to  any  reg- 
iment or  post,  shall,  immediately  preceding  its  departure,  be 
critically  inspected  by  the  suptM-intendent  or  commanding  offi- 
cer and  surgeon  ;  and,  when  necessary,  a  Board  of  Inspectors 
will  be  convened. 

1354..  .Recruits  received  at  a  military  post  or  station  shall 
be  carefull}'  inspected  by  the  commanding  ofliccr  and  surgeon, 
on  the  third  day  after  their  arrival;  and  il",  on  such  inspection, 
any  recruit,  in  their  opinion,  be  unsound  or  otherwise  defective  in 
such  degree  as  to  disciualify  him  ibr  the  duties  of  a  soldier, 
then  a  Hoard  of  Inspectors  will  be  assembled  to  examine  into 
and  report  on  the  case. 

1355..  .Boards  of  Inspectors  for  the  examination  of  recruits 


166      ' 

Will  be  composed  of  the  three  senior  regimental  officers  present 
on  duty  with  the  troops,  including  the  commanding  officer  and 
the  senior  medical  officer  of  the  army  present. 

13-56..  -In  all  cases  of  rejection,  the  reasons  therefor  will  be 
stated  at  large  in  a  special  report  by  the  board  ;  which,  together 
with  the  surgeon's  certificate  of  disability  for  service,  will  be 
forwarded  by  the  superintendent  or  commandant  of  the  post 
direct  to  the  Adjutant-General.  If  the  recommendation  of 
the  board  for  the  discharge  of  the  recruit  be  approved,  the 
authority  will  be  endorsed  on  the  certificate,  w^hich  will  be 
sent  back  to  be  filled  up  and  signed  by  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, wdio  will  return  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  Office. 

1357..  .The  board  will  state  in  the  report  whether  the  dis- 
ability, or  other  cause  of  rejection,  existed  before  his  enlist- 
ment, and  whether,  \\\t\\  iiropcr  care  and  cxamhwlinn,  it  might 
have  been  then  discovered. 

13-58..  .An  officer  intrusted  with  the  command  of  recruits 
ordered  to  regiments,  will,  on  arriving  at  the  place  of  destina- 
tion, forward  the  following  papers  :   , 

1.  To  the  Adj ul ant-General  and  the  Superintendent,  eacli,  a 
descriptive  roll  and  an  account  of  clothing  of  such  men  as  may 
have  deserted,  died,  or  been  loft  on  the  route  from  any  cause 
whatever ;  with  a  special  report  of  the  date  of  his  arrival  at 
the  post,  the  strength  and  condition  of  the  detachment  when 
turned  over  to  the  commanding  officer,  and  all  circumstances 
worthy  of  remark  which  may  have  occurred  on  the  march. 

2.  To  the  Coinmanding    Officer  of  the  regiment  or  post,  the 
•muster  and  descriptive  roll  furnished  him  at  the  time  of  setting 

out,  properly  signed  and  completed  hj  recording  the  names  of 
the  YGC\-\x\i^  present,  and  by  noting  in  the  column  for  remarks, 
opposite  the  appropriate  spaces,  the  time  and  place  of  death, 
desertion,  apprehension,  or  other  casualty  that  may  have  oc- 
curred on  the  route. 

1359..  .Should  an  officer  be  relieved  in  charge  of  a  detach- 
^ment  en  route,  before  it  reaches  its  destination,  the  date  and 
'place,  and  name  of  the  officer  by  whom  he  is  relieved,  must 

be  recorded  on  the  detachment  I'oU.  Without  the  evidence  of 
^ucli   record,  no   charge  for  extra  pay  for  clothing  accounta- 

biHty  of  a  detachment  equal  to  a  company  will  be  allowed. 

1360..  -The  "original  muster  and  descriptive  roll"  of  every 
detachment,  with  remarks  showing  the  final  disposition  of  each 
recruit,  and  the  regiment  and  letter  of  the  company  to  which 


167 

lie  may  be  assigned,  will  be  signed  by  the  commanding  officer, 
and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

1361. ..The  regimental  recruiting  will  be  conducted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  general  service. 

1362..  .Every  commander  of  a  regiment  is  the  superintend- 
ent of  the  recruiting  service  for  his  regiment,  and  will  endeavor 
to  keep  it  up  to  its  estabhshment ;  for  which  purpose  he  will 
obtain  the  necessary  funds,  clothing,  &c.,  by  requisition  to  the 
Adjutant-General. 

J 363. -.At  every  station  occupied  by  hi^ regiment,  or  any 
part  of  it,  the  colonel  will  designate  a  suitable  officer  to  at- 
tend to  the  recruiting  duties  ;  wliich  selection  will  not  relieve 
such  officer  from  his  company  or  other  ordinary  duties.  The 
officer  thus  designated  will  be  kept  constantly  furnished  with 
funds,  and,  when  nccessarj'',  with  clothing  and  camp  equipage. 

1364..  .The  regimental  recruiting  officer  will,  with  the  ap- 
probation of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  station,  enlist  all 
suitable  men.  He  will  be  governed,  in  rendering  his  accounts 
and  ]-eturus,  by  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  general  service  ; 
and  when  leaving  a  post,  will  turn  over  the  funds  in  his  hands 
to  the  senior  company  officer  of  his  regiment  present,  unless 
some  other  be  appointed  to  receive  them. 


.t'x-i?^^^  ■», 


Form  A. 

Abstract  of  disbursements  on  account   of  contingencies  of  the  Re- 
cruiting Service,  by ,  in  the  quarter  ending , 

18 — ,  at . 


No.  of 
voucher. 


Date  of 
payment. 


To  whom  paid. 


©u  what  account. 


Amount. 


Dolls. 


Cts. 


Recruiting  Officer. 


m 

Form  B. 


The  Confederate  States, 


To- 


Dr. 


Date. 


For 


Dolls.    Cta 


I  certify  that  the  above  account  is  correct. 


Received, 


this 


day  of- 


Recniiling  Officer. 
-,   18 — ,  of ,  re- 


cruiting officer, dollars  and cents,  in  full  of  the  above  accou|it. 

(Duplicates.) 


$ 


171 


APPENDIX. 


ARTICLES   OF    WAR. 

AN  ACT  FOR  ESTABLISHING   RULES   AND  ARTICLES  FOR    TUB  GOV- 
ERNMENT OF  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES.* 

Section  1.  That,  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act, 
the  following  shall  be  the  rules  and  articles  by  which  the 
armies  of  the    Confederate  States  shall  be  governed  : 

Article  1.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall,  in  six  months  from  the  passing  of  this  act,  and 
every  officer  who  shall  hereafter  be  appointed  shall,  before  he 
enters  on  the  duties  of  his  office,  subscribe  these  rules  and  re- 
gulations. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recommended  to  all  officers  and 
soldiers  diligently  to  attend  divine  service:  and  all  officers  who 
shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at  any  place  of  divine 
worship  shall,  if  commissioned  officers,  be  brought  before  a 
general  court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly  and  severely  repri- 
manded by  the  president;  If  non-comniis«ioned  officers  or  sol- 
diers, every  person  so  offending  shall,  for  his  Hrst  offense,  forfeit 
one  sixth  of  a  dollar,  to  be  deducted  out  of  his  next  pay  ;  for 
the  second  offense,  he  shall  not  only  forfeit  a  like  sum,  but  be 
confined  twenty-four  hours;  and  for  every  like  offense,  shall 
suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner;  which  money,  so  forfeited,  shall 
be  applied,  by  the  captain  or  senior  officer  of  the  troop  or 
couipany,  to  the  use  of  the  sick  soldiers  of  the  company  or 
troop  to  which  the  offender  belongs. 

Art.  3.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
use  any  profane  oath  or  execiation,  shall  incur  the  penalties 
expressed  in  the  foregoing  article  ;  and  a  commissioned  ofiicer 
shall  forfeit  and  |»ay,  for  each  and  every  such  offense,  one  dol- 
lar, to  be  applied  as  in  the  preceding  article. 

*  ThesR  rules  and  articles,  with  the  oxcpptions  indicated  by  the.  notes,  annexed  to 
articles  20.  65,  and  67,  remain  unaltered,  and  in  force  at  present."    •  '    -" 


172' 

Art.  4.  Every  chaplain  commissioned  in  the  army  or 
firmies  of  the  Confederate  States,  who  shall  absent  himself 
from  the  duties  assigned  him  (excepting  in  cases  of  sickness  or 
leave  of  absence,)  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a  court- 
martial,  be  fined  not  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  besides  the 
loss  of  his  pay  during  his  absence  ;  or  be  discharged,  as  the 
said  court-martial  shall  judge  proper. 

Art.  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  v^^ho  shall  use  contemptuous 
or  disrespectful  words  against  the  President  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  against  the  Vice-President  thereof,  against  the 
Congress  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  against  the  Chief 
Magistrate  or  Legislature  of  any  of  the  Confederate  States  in  . 
which  he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  shall  be 
cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court-martial  shall  di- 
rect ;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  suffer 
such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  on  hmi  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial.  <suU  mh;:i'€>  nUinirnnoJ   yrij  "to  (ijinnn 

Art.  6.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  "shall  behave  himsdf 
with  contempt  or  disrespect  toward  his  commanding  officer, 
shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by 
the  judgment  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begin,  excite, 
cause,  or  join  in,  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  in  any  troop  or  com- 
pany in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  in  any  party, 
post,  detachment,  or  guard,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier,  who, 
being  present  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use  his  ut- 
most endeavour  to  suppress  the  same,  or,  coming  to  the  know- 
ledge of  any  intended  mutiny,  does  not,  without  delay,  give 
information  thereof  to  his  commanding  officer,  shall  be  pun- 
ished by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial  with  death,  or  other- 
wise, according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense.'^''  |"  v^'i  "\\*^  ' 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  strike  liis' siipenor 
officer,  or  draw  or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  violence 
against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his  office,  on  any  pre- 
tence whatsoever,  or  shall  disobey  any  lawful  command  of  his 
superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as 
shall,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  be  inflicted  upon 
him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial.  '  ' 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  who 
shall  enlist  himself  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
shall,  at  the  time  of  his  so  enlisting,  or  within  six  days  after- 


173 

ward,  have  the' Articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of 
the  Confederate  States  read  to  him,  and  shall,  by  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him,  or  b}'  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troop 
or  company  into  which  he  was  enlisted,  be  taken  before  the 
next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or 
town  corporate,  not  being  an  officer  of  the  army,  or  where  re- 
course cannot  be  had  to  the  civil  magistrate,  before  the  judge 
advocati%  and  in  his  presence  shall  take  the  following  oath  or 
affirmation:  "  I,  A.  B.,  do  solemnly  sw«'ar  or  affirm  (as  the 
case  may  be,)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confede- 
rate States  of  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly 
and  faithfully  against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever; 
and  obsoi've  and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  tor  the  government  of 
the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States."  Which  justice,  magis- 
trate, or  judge  advocate  is  to  give  to  the  officer  a  certificate, 
signitying  that  the  man  enlisted  did  take  the  said  oath  or  affirm- 
ation. 

Art.  .11.  After  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
have  been  duly  enlisted  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed 
the  service  without  a  discharge  in  writing  ;  and  no  discharge 
granted  to  him  shall  be  sufficientwhich  is  not  signed  by  a  held 
officer  of  the  regiment  to  which  he  belongs,  or  commanding 
officer,  where  no  held  officer  of  the  regiment  is  present ;  and 
no  discharge  sha^!  he  given  to  a  non-connnissioned  officer  or 
soldier  beibre  lii.s  term  of  service  has  expiied,  but  by  order  of 
the  President,  the-fi&ecrctuiy  of  War,  the  commanding  officer  of 
a  departnient,  or  the  sentence  of  a  genaral  court-martial  ;  nor 
shall  a  commissioned  olKcer  be  discharged  the  service  but  by 
order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  by  sentence 
of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  12,  Every  colonel,  or  other  officer  commanding  a 
regiment,  troop,  or  compau}',  and  actually  quartered  with  it, 
may  give  furloughs  to  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  in 
such  numbers,  and  for  so  long  a  time,  as  he  shall  judge  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  service  ;  and  a  captain, 
or  other  inferior  officer,  connnanding  a  troop  or  compan}^  or  in 
any  garrison,  fort,  or  barrack  of  the  Confederate  States  (his 
field  officer  being  absent),  may  give  furloughs  to  non-commis- 
sioned officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time  not  exceeding  twenty  days 
in  six  months,  but  not  to  more  than  two  persons  to  be  absent 
at  the  same  time,  excepting  some  extraordinary  occasion  should 
require  it. 


174 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  commanding  officer  of  each 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  there  present,  shall  give  to  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer  who  musters  the  said 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  certificates  signed  by  himself,  sig- 
nifying how  long  such  officers,  as  shall  not  appear  at  the  said 
muster,  have  been  absent,  and  the  reason  of  their  absence.  In 
like  manner,  the  commanding  officer  of  every  troop  or  company 
shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  reasons  of  the  absence  of 
the  non-commissioned  officers  and  private  soldiers ;  which 
reasons  and  time  of  absence  shall  be  inserted  in  the  muster- 
rolls,  opposite  the  names  of  the  respective  absent  officers  and 
soldiers.  The  certificates  shall,  together  with  the  muster-rolls, 
be  remitted  by  the  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
mustering,  to  the  Department  of  War,  as  speedily  as  the  dis- 
tance of  the  place  will  admit. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  having  signed  a  false  certificate  rela- 
ting to  the  absence  of  either  officer  or  private  soldier,  or  rela- 
tive to  his  or  their  pay,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
muster  of  man  or  horse,  and  every  officer  or  commissary  of 
musters  who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct,  or  allow  the  signing 
of  muster-rolls  wherein  such  false  muster  is  contained,  shall, 
upon  proof  made  thereof,  by  two  witnesses,  before  a  general 
court-martial,  be  cashiered,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disa- 
bled to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of 
the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  16.  Any  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer,  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  taken  money,  or  other  thing,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  mustering  any  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  or  on  signing  muster-rolls,  shall  be  displaced  from 
his  office,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold 
any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the  Coilfederate 
States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume  to  muster  a  person 
as  a  soldier  who  is  not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  hav- 
ing made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  sufier  accordingly. 

Art.  is.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
return  to  the  Department  of  War,  or  to  any  of  his  superior 
officers,  authorized  to  call  for  sucii  returns,  of  the  state  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  or  garrison,  under  his  command; 
or  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other  stores  thereunto 
belonging,  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a  court-martial, 
be  cashiered. 


175 

Ant.  19.  The  commanding  officci'  of  every  fegiment,  tvbopi 
or  independent  company,  ov  garrison,  of  tiie  Confederate  States, 
shall,  in  the  beginning  of  every  month,  remit,  through  the 
proper  channels,  to  the  Department  of  War,  an  exact  return  of 
the  regiment,  troop,  indej)endent  company,  or  garrison,  under 
his  conjmand,  specifying  tlie  names  of  the  officers  then  absent 
from  their  posts,  with  tlie  reasons  for  and  tlie  time  of  their 
absence.  And  any  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  of  having, 
through  neglect  or  design,  omitted  sending  such  returns,  shall 
be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  crime,  by  the  judg- 
ment of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who  have  received  pay, 
or  have  been  duly  enlisted  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States,  and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted  the  same,  shall 
suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as,  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial,  shall  be  inflicted.* 

Art.  21.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall, 
without  leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  absent  himself  from 
his  troop,  company,  or  detachment,  shall,  upon  being  convicted 
thereof,  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  at 
the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  enlist 
himself  in  any  other  regiment,  troop,  or  company,  without  a 
regular  discharge  from  the  regiment,  troop,  or  company  in 
which  he  last  served,  on  the  penalty  of  being  reputed  a  (Jeserter, 
and  suffering  accordingly.  And  in  case  any  officer  shall  know- 
ingly receive  and  entertain  such  non-commissioned  officer  or 
soldiPT,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being  discovered  to  be  a  deserter, 
immediately  confine  him,  and  give  notice  thereof  to  the  corps 
in  which  he  last  served,  the  said  officer  shall,  by  a  court-mar- 
tial, be  cashiered. 

Art.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier  wdio  shall  be  convicted  of 
having  advised  or  persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier  to  de- 
sert the  service  of  the^Confederatc  States,  shall  suffer  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  24.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  use  any  reproacliful  or 
provoking  speeches  or  gestures  to  another,  upon  i)ain,  if  an 
officer,  of  being  put  in  arrest;  if  a  soldier,  confined,  and  of 
asking  pardon  of  the  party  offended,  in  the  presence  of  his 
commanding  officer. 

Art.  2-5.     No   officer   or  soldier  shall  send  a  challenge  to 

•  Modified  bv  act  of  29tb  May,  1830. 


176 

another  officer  or  soldier,  to  fight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  challenge 
if  sent,  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  of  being  cashiered  ; 
if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  of  suffi^ring  corporeal 
punishment,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non-fcommissioned  officer 
commanding  a  guard  shall  knowingly  or  willingly  suffer  any 
person  whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  fight  a  duel,  he  sluill  be  pun- 
ished as  a  challenger  ;  and  all  seconds,  promoters,  and  carriers 
of  challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be  deemed  principals,  and 
be  punished  accordingly.  And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every 
officer  commanding  an  army,  regiment,  company,  post,  or  de- 
tachment, who  is  knowing  to  a  challenge  being  given  or  ac- 
cepted by  any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 
under  his  command,  or  has  reason  to  believe  the  same  to  be 
the  case,  immediately  to  arrest  and  bring  to  trial  such  offiinders. 

Art.  27.  All  officers,  of  what  condition  soever,  have  power 
to  part  and  quell  all  quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders,  though  the 
persons  concerned  should  belong  to  another  regiment,  troOp-,  or 
company  ;  and  either  to  order  officers  into  arrest,  or  non-com- 
missioned officers  or  soldiers  into  confinement,  until  their  proper 
superior  officers  shall  be  acquainted  therewith  ;  and  whosoever 
shall  refuse  to  obe}^  such  officer  (though  of  an  inferior  rank),  or 
shall  draw  his  sword  upon  him,  shall  be  punished  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  upbraid  another 
for  refusing  1l  challenge,  shall  himself  be  jr^^ighed  'as  a  chal- 
lenger ;  and  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  hereby  discharg^ed  from 
any  disgrace  or  opinion  of  disadvantage  which  might  arise  from 
their  having  refused  to  accept  of  challenges,  as  they  will  only 
have  acted  in  obedience  to  the  laws,  and  done  their  duty  as 
good  soldiers  who  subject  themselves  to  discipline.'"'''*  ■*"  <'H»t 

Art.  29.  No  sutler  shall  be  permitted  to  sell  aiiy  Kind  of 
liquors  or  victuals,  or  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for  the 
entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at  night,  or  before  the 
beating  of  the  reveille,  or  upon  Sundays,  during  divine  service 
or  sermon,  on  the  penalty  of  being  dismissed  from  all  future 
sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in  the  field,  forts,  bar- 
racks, or  gai'risons  of  the  Confederate  States,  are  hereby  required 
to  see  that  the  persons  permitted  to  suttle  shall  supply  the 
soldiers  with  good  and  wholesome  provisions,  or  other  articles, 
at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  answerable  for  their 
neglect. 


177 

Art.  31.  No  officer  commanding  in  any  of  the  garrisons, 
forts,  or  barracks  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  exact  exor- 
bitant prices  for  houses  or  stalls,  let  out  to  sutlers,  or  connive 
at  the  like  exactions  in  others;  nor  by  his  own  authority,  and 
for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any  duty  or  imposition  upon,  or 
be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any  victuals,  liquors,  or  other  ne- 
cessaries of  life,  brought  into  the  garrison,  fort,  or  barracks,  for 
the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on  the  penalty  of  being  discharged  from 
the  service. 

Art.  32.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrisons, 
or  on  the  march,  shall  keep  good  order,  and,  to  tlie  utmost  of 
his  pov^'cr,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be  com- 
mitted by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command  ;  if,  upon 
complaint  made  to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  other- 
wise ill-treating  any  person,  or  disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or 
of  committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to  the  disquieting  of  the  citi- 
zens of  the  Confederate  States,  he,  the  said  connnander,  who 
shall  refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender  or  of- 
fenders, and  reparation  made  to  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as 
far  as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  enable  him  or  them, 
shall,  upon  proof  thereof,  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished, 
as  a  general  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall  be 
accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or  com- 
mitted any  offense  against  the  person  or  property  of  any  citizen 
of  any  of  the  Confederate  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by  the 
known  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding  officer  and  officers 
of  every  regiment,  troop  or  company,  to  which  the  person  or 
persons  so  accused  shall  belong,  are  hereby  required,  upon  ap- 
plication duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the  party  or  parties  in- 
jured, to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  deliver  over  such  accused 
person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  likewise  to  be 
aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehending 
and  securing  the  person  or  persons  so  accused,  in  order  to  bring 
him  or  them  to  trial.  If  any  commanding  otlicer  or  officers  shall 
willfully  neglect,  or  shall  refuse,  upon  the  application  albre- 
said,  to  deliver  over  such  accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil 
magistrates,  or  to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  jus- 
tice in  apprehending  such  person  or  persons,  the  otlicer  or  of- 
ficers so  (jffiMiding  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.     If  any  ofhcer  shall  think  himself  wronged  by  his 
Colonel,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  and  shall 
upon  due  apj)lication  being  made  to  him,  be  refused  redress, 
he  may  complain  to  the  General  commanding  in  the  State  or 

w 


17'8 

Territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be  stationed,  in  order  to 
obtain  justice  ;  who  is  hereby  required  to  examine  into  said 
complaint,  and  take  proper  measures  for  redressing  the  wrong 
complained  of,  and  transmit,  as  soon  as  possible,  to  the  De- 
partment of  War,  a  true  state  of  such  complaint,  with  the 
proceedings  had  thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  soldier  shall  think  himself 
wronged  by  his  captain  or  other  officer,  he  is  to  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  who  is 
hereby  required  to  summon  a  regimental  court-martial,  for  the 
doing  justice  to  the  complainant,  from  which  regimental  court- 
martial  either  party  may,  if  he  tliinks  himself  still  aggrieved,  apr" 
peal  to  a  general  court-martial.  But  if,  upoij,a  second  hearing,' 
the  appeal  shall  appear  vexatious  and  groundless,  the  person  so 
appealing  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court- 
martial. 

Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer,  store-keeper,  or  com- 
missary, who  shall  be  convicted  at  a  general  court-martial  of 
having  sold  without  a  proper  order  for  that  purpose,  embez- 
zled, misapplied,  or  willfully,  or  through  neglect,  suffered  any 
of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing,  ammunition,  or  other 
military  stores  belonging  to  the  Confederate  States  to  be 
spoiled  or  damaged,  shall,  at  his  own  expense,  make  good  the 
loss  or  damage,  and  shall,  moreover,  forfeit  all  his  pay,  and  be 
dismissed  from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  be  convicted  at  a  regimental  court-martial  of  having  sold, 
or  designedly,  or  through  neglect,  w^asted  the  ammunition 
delivered  out  to  him,  to  be  employed  in  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  such 
court. 

Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  be  convicted  before  a  court-martial  of  having  sold,  lost, 
or  spoiled,  through  neglect,  his  horse,  arms,  clothes,  or  accou- 
trements, shall  undergo  such  weekly  stoppages  (not  exceeding 
the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such  court-martial  shall  judge  suf- 
ficient, for  repairing  the  loss  or  damage  ;  and  shall  suffer  con- 
finement, or  such  other  corporeal  punishmeftt  as  his  crime 
shall  deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
court-martial  of  having  embezzled  or  misapplied  any  money 
with  which  he  may  have  been  intrusted,  for  the  payment  of 
the  men  under  his  command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the 


feervice,  or  foi*  otlier  purposes,  if  a  commissiofied  officer,  ,«hall 
be  cashiered,  and  compelled  to  refund  the  money  ;  if  a  non- 
commissioned officer,  shall  be  reduced  to  tlie  ranks,  be  put 
under  stoppages  until  the  money  be  made  good,  and  suffer  such 
corporeal  punishment  as  such  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  company  is  charged 
with  the  arms,  accoutrements,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other 
warlike  stores  belonging  to  the  troop  or  company  under  his 
command,  which  lie  is  to  be  accountabh;  for  to  his  Colonel  in 
case  of  tlieir  being  lost,  spoiled,  or  damaged,  not  by  unavoid- 
able accidents,  or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41.  All  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  who 
shall  be  found  one  mile  from  the  camp  without  leave,  in  writ- 
ting,  from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  sullor  such  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the  sentence  of  a 
court-martial. 

Akt.  42.  No  officer  or  soldiers  shall  lie  out  of  bis  quarters, 
garrison,  or  camp  without  leave  from  his  superior  officer,  upon 
penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the  natiu'c  of  his 
offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  shall 
retire  to  his  quarters  or  tent  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature 
of  his  offense. 

Art.  44.  No  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier 
shall  fail  in  repairing,  at  the  time. fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade, 
of  exercise,  or  other  rendezvous  appointed  by  his  commanding 
officer,  if  not  prevented  by  sickness  or  some  other  evident 
necessity,  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place  of  rendezvous  with- 
out leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  before  he  shall  be 
regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the  penalty  of  being  pun- 
ished according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

,  A(RT.  45.  Any  commissioue<l  officer  who  shall  be  found 
drunk  on  his  guard,  party,  or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered. 
Any  non-conmii.ssioned  officer  or  soldier  so  odending  shall  suf- 
fer such  corporeal  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a. court-martial. 

t>>  Art.  46.  Any  sentinel  who  shall  be  found  sleeping  upon 
his  post,  or  shall  leave  it  before  he  shall  be  regularly  reli(!\ed, 
shall  sufter  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflict- 
ed by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


180 

Art.  47.  Ko  soldier  belonging  to  any  regiment,  trooj^  oi* 
company  shall  hire  another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  ex- 
cused from  duty  but  in  cases  of  sickness,  disability,  or  leave 
of  absence  ;  and  every  such  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his 
duty,  as  also  the  party  so  hired  to  do  another's  duty,  shall  be 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  regimental  court-martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned  officer  conniving  at 
such  hiring  of  duty  aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced  ;  and  every 
commissioned  officer  knowing  and  allowing  such  ill  practices 
in  the  service,  shall  be  punished  by  the  judgment  of  a  gene- 
ral court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  who,  by  discharging  of  fire-arms,  drawing  of 
swords,  beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  other  means  whatsoever, 
shall  occasion  false  alarms  in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters,  shall 
suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall,  without  urgent 
necessity,  or  without  the  leave  of  his  superior  officer,  quit  his 
guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the 
nature  of  his  offi3nse,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  51.  No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do  violence  to  any  per- 
son who  brings  provisions  or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp, 
garrison,  or  quarters  of  the  forces  of  the  Confederate  States, 
employed  in  any  parts  out  of  the  said  States,  upon  pain  of  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  the  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  52.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  misbehave  him- 
self before  the  enemy,  run  awiy,  or  shamefully  abandon  any 
fort,  post,  or  guard  which  he  or  they  may  be  commanded  to 
defend,  or  speak  words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like,  or  shall 
cast  away  his  arms  and  ammunition,  or  who  shall  quit  his  post 
or  colors  to  plunder  and  pillage,  every  such  offender,  being 
duly  convicted  thereof,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  who  shall  make  known  the  watchword  to  any 
person  who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it  according  to  the  rules 
and  discipline  of  war,  or  shall  presume  to  give  a  parol  or 
watchword  different  from  what  he  received,  shall  suffer  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence 
of  a  seneral  court-martial. 


181 

AftT.  54;  All  officers  and  soldiei's  aire  to  beliaVe  themsit>.ives 
brderty  in  quarters  and  on  their  march;  and  whoever  shall 
commit  any  waste  or  spoil,  either  in  walks  of  trees,  parks, 
Warrens,  fish-ponds,  houses,  or  gardens,  corn-fields,  inclosUl'es 
of  meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy  any  property  what- 
soever belonging  to  the  inhaliitants  of  the  Confederate  States, 
unless  by  order  of  the  then  commander-in-chief  of  the  armies 
of  the  said  States,  shall  (besides  such  penalties  as  they  are 
liable  to  by  law),  be  punislied  according  to  the  nature  and  de- 
gree of  the  offense,  by  the  judgment  of  a  regimental  or  gene- 
ral  court  martial. 

Art.  55.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suffer  death. 

Art.  56.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the  enemy  with  money, 
victuals,  or  ammunition,  or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  protect 
an  enemy,  shall  sufler  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted  of  holding  corres- 
pondence with,  or  giving  intelligence  to,  the  enemy,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  5S.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the  enemy's  camp, 
towns,  forts,  or  magazines,  whether  of  artillery,  ammunition, 
clothing,  forage  or  provisions,  shall  be  secured  for  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States;  for  the  neglect  of  which  the  com- 
manding officer  is  to  be  answerable. 

Art.  59.  If  any  commander  of  any  garrison,  fortress,  or 
post  shall  be  compelled  by  the  officers  and  soldiers  under  his 
command,  to  give  up  to  the  enemy,  or  to  abandon  it,  the 
commissioned  officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  or  soldiers  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  havino:  so  offended,  shall  suffer  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  go.  All  sutlers  and  retainers  to  the  camp,  and  all 
persons  whatsoever,  serving  with  the  armies  of  the  Confede- 
rate States  in  the  field,  though  not  enlisted  soldiers,  are  to  be 
subject  to  orders,  according  to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  war. 

Art.  61.  Officers  having  brevets  or  commissions  of  a  prior 
date  to  those  of  the  corps  in  which  thoy  serve  will  take  place 
on  courts-martial  or  of  inquiry,  and  on  boards  detailed  for  mil- 
itary purposes,  when  composed  of  different  corps,  according  to 


182 

the  ranks  given  them  in  their  breVet  or  fomi'Sr  comtnissions^ 
but  in  the  regiment,  corps  or  company  to  which  such  officers 
belong,  they  shall  do  duty  aud  take  rank,  both  in  courts  and 
on  boards  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  composed  of  their  own 
corps,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  they  are  there 
mustered. 

Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different 
corps  shall  happen  to  join  or  do  duty  together,  the  officer 
highest  in  rank,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  he  is 
mustered  in  the  army,  navy,  marine  corps,  or  militia,  there  on 
duty  by  orders  from  competent  authority,  shall  coumiand  the 
whole  and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  for  the  service,  un- 
less otherwise  directed  by  the  President  of  the  Confederate 
States  in  orders  of  special  assignment  providing  for  the,  case. 

Art.  63.  The  functions  of  the,  engineers  being  generally 
confined  to  the  most  elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they 
are  not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to  be  ordered  on  any 
duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate  profession,  except  by 
the  special  order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States  ;  but 
they  are  to  receive  every  mark  of  respect  to  which  their  rank 
in  the  army  may  entitle  them  respectively,  and  are  liable  to 
be  transferred,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President,  from  one 
corps  to  another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art.  64.  General  courts-martial  may  consist  of  any  number 
of  commissioned  officers,  i'rom  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively;  but 
they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than  thirteen  where  that  number 
can  be  convened  without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

Art.  65.*  Any  general'  officer  commanding  an  army,  or 
Colonel  commanding  a  Separate  department,  may  appoint 
general  courts-martial  whenever  necessary.  But  no  sentence 
of  a  court-martial  shall  be  carried  into  execution  until  after 
the  whole  proceedings  shall  have  been  laid  before  the  officer 
ordering  the  same,  or  the  officer  commanding  the  troops  for  the 
time  being;  neither  shall  any  sentence,  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  in  the  time  of  peace,  extending  to  the  loss  of  life,  or 
the  dismission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which  shall,  either 
in  time  of  peace  or  war,' respect  a  general  officer,  be  carried 
into  execution,  until  after  the  whole  proceedings  shall  have 
been  transmitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  laid  before  the 
President  of  the  Confederate  States  for  his  confirmation  or  dis- 
approval, and  orders  in  the  case.  All  other  sentences  may  be 
confirmed  and  executed  by  the  officer  ojdering  the  court  to 
assemble,  or  the  commanding  officer  for  the  time  being,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

*Moditied  by  act  of  29th  May,  1830. 


183 

■  AiiT.  66.  Every  officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  corps 
may  appoint,  for  his  own  regiment  or  corps,  courts-martial,  to 
consist  of  three  commissioned  officers,  for  the  trial  and  punish- 
ment of  offenses  not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sentences. 
For  the  same  purpose,  all  officers  commanding  any  of  the 
garrisons,  ioits,  barracks,  or  other  places  where  the  troops 
consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemble  courts-martial,  to  con- 
sist of  three  commissioned  officers,  and  decide  upon  their  sen- 
tences.   ,;  -lA  •,^o('>n!i>  roii  V\' 

Art.  67.  No  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  shall 
have  the  power  to  try  capital  cases  or  commissioned  officers  ; 
neither  shall  they  inflict  a  hue  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  nor 
imprison,  nor  put  to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  officer 
or  soldier  for  a  longer  time  than  one  month. 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it  may  be  found  convenient  and  ne- . 
cessary  to  the  public  service,  the  officers  of  the  marines  shall 
be  associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land  forces,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  holding  courts-niarlial,  and  trying  offenders  belonging 
to  either ;  and,'  in  such  cases,  the  orders  of  the  senior  officer  of 
either  corps  wlio  may  be  present  and  duly  authorized,  shall  be 
received  and  obeyed. 

Art.  69.  The  judge  advocate,  or  some  person  deputed  by 
him,  or  by  the  general,  or  officer  commanding  the  army,  de- 
tachment, or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the  name  of  the 
Confederate  States,  but  shall  so  far  consider  himself  as  counsel 
for  the  prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have  made  his 
plea,  as  to  object  to  any  leading  question  to  any  of  the  wit- 
nesses, or  any  question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to  which 
might  tend  to  criminate  himself;  and  administer  to  each  mem- 
ber of  the  court,  before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial,  the  follow- 
ing oath,  which  shall  also  be  taken  by  all  members  of  the  reg- 
imental and  garrison  courts-martial :       ^^ 

"t^ou,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will  w  Jipid  truly  try  and  de- 
termine, according  to  evidence,  the  matter  now  before  you, 
between  the  Confederate  States  of  America  and  the  prisoner  to 
be  tried,  and  that  you  will  duly  administer  justice,  according 
to  the  provisions  of  'An  act  establishing  Rules  and  Articles  for 
the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States,'  with- 
out partiality,  flivoror  affection  ;  and  if  any  doubt  should  arise, 
not  explained  by  said  Articles,  according  to  your  con- 
science, the  best  of  your  understanding,  and  the  custom  of 
war  in  like  cases  ;  and  you  do  further  swear  that  you  will  not 
divulge  the  sentence  of  the  court  until  it  shall  be  published  by 


184 

the  proper  authority  ;  neither  will  you  disclose  or  discover  the 
vote  or  opiaion  of  any  particular  member  of  the  court-martial, 
unless  required  to  give  evidence  tliereof,  as  a  witness,  by  a 
court  of  justice,  in  a  due  course  of  law.     So  help  you  God." 

And  as  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have  been  administered  to 
the  respective  members,  the  president  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
minister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as  sucU,  an 
oath  in  the  followiug  words : 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear,  that  you  will  not  disclose  or  discover 
the  vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the  court- 
martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness, 
by  a  court  of  justice,  in  due  course  of  law  ;  nor  divulge  the 
sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but  the  proper  authority,  until  it 
shall  be  duly  disclosed  by  the  same.     So  help  you  Grod." 

Art.  70.  When  a  prisoner,  arraigned  before  a  general  court- 
martial,  shall,  from  obstinacy  and  deliberate  design,  stand  mute, 
or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the  court  may  proceed  to 
trial  and  judgment  as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly  pleaded 
not  guilty. 

Art.  71 .  When  a  member  shall  be  challenged  by  a  prisoner, 
he  must  state  his  cause  of  challenge,  of  whicii  the  court  shall, 
after  due  deliberation,  determine  the  relevancy  or  validity,  and 
decide  accordingly  ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than  one  mem- 
ber at  a  time  shall  be  received  by  the  court. 

Art.  72.  All  the  members  of  a  court-martial  are  to  behave 
with  decency  and  calmness ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are  to 
begin  with  the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence  before  a  court- 
martial,  are  to  be  examined  on  oath  or  affirmation,  in  the  fol- 
lowing form : 
*4  "  You  swear,  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may  be),  the  evidence 
you  shall  give  in  the|™ise  now  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
the  whole  truth,  anc^othing  but  the  truth.  So  help  you 
God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not  capital,  before  courts- 
martial,  the  deposition  of  witnesses,  not  in  the  line  or  staff  of 
the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace,  and 
read  in  evidence ;  provided  the  prosecutor  and  person  accused 
are  present  at  the  taking  the  same,  or  are  duly  notified  thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but  by  a  general  court- 
martial,  nor  by  officefs  of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided. 
Nor  shall  any  proceedings  of  trials  be  carried  on,  excepting 


185 

between  the  hours  of  eic;lit  in  the  morning  and  three  in  the 
afternoon,  excepting  in  cases  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  offi- 
cer appointing  the  court-martial,  require  immediate  example. 

Art.  7G.  No  person  whatsoever  shall  use  any  menacing 
words,  signs  or  gestures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or  shall 
cause  any  disorder  or  riot,  or  disturb  their  proceedings,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  ]:unished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court- 
martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  b(^  charged  with  a 
crime,  he  shall  be  arrested  and  confmed  in  his  barracks,  quar- 
ters, or  tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sword  by  the  commanding 
officer.  And  any  officer  who  shall  leave  his  confinement  before 
he  shall  be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  officer,  or  by  a 
superior  officer,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  charged 
with  crimes,  shall  be  confined  until  tried  by  a  court-mjn-tial,  or 
released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  put  in  arrest, 
shall  continue  in  confinement  more  than  eight  days,  or  until 
such  time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  assembled.  .;ii/. 

Art.  so.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  refuse  to  receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  conmiitted  to 
his  charge  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  ;  provided  the  officer  committing  shall,  at  the  san^iC 
time,  deliver  an  account  in  \\!'Viting,  signed  by  himself,  of  the 
crime  with  which  the  said  prfsbner  is  charged. 

Art.  81.  No  officer  comma'nding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  presume  to  release  any  person  connnittcd  to  his 
charge  without  proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor  shall  lie  suffer 
any  person  to  escape,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  it 
by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  marshal,  to  whos(^,  charge 
prisoners  shall  be  committed,  shall,  within  twenty-four  hours 
after  'such  btantnitment,  or  as  soon  as  he  shall  be  relieved  from 
his'^uard,  make  report  in'  writing,  to  the  commanding  officer, 
of  their  names,  their  crimes,  and  the  names  of  the  officers  wiio 
committed  them,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  disobe- 
dience or  neglect,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  83.  Any  commissioned  officer  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  and  a 
gentleman,  shall  be  dismissed  the  service. 

Art.  84.     In  cases  where    a   court-martial   may    think  it 

X 


1S6 

proper  to  sentence  a  commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended  from 
command,  they  shall  have  power  also  to  suspend  his  pay  and 
emoluments  for  the  same  time,  according  to  the  nature  and 
heinousness  of  his  offense. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commissioned  officer  is  cash- 
iered for  cowardice  or  fraud,  it  shail  be  added  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode,  and  punishment  of 
the  delinquent,  be  published  in  the  newspapers  in  and  about 
the  camp,  and  of  the  particular  State  from  which  the  offender 
came,  or  where  he  usually  resides  ;  after  which  it  shall  be 
deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any  post  or  detach- 
ment, in  which  there  shall  not  be  a  number  of  officers  adequate 
to  form  a  general  court-martia\  shall,  in  cases  which  require 
the  cognizance  of  such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  department,  who  shall  order  a  court  to  be  assem- 
bled at  tiie  nearest  post  or  department,  and  the  party  accused, 
with  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  transported  to  the  place  where 
the  said  couit  shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  87.*  No  person  shall  be  sentenced  to  suffer  death  but 
by  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general 
court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases  herein  expressly  men- 
tioned; Noj-  shall  more  thanjifty  lashes  he  i?ijiicted  on  any  offender, 
at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial :  and  no  officer,  non-commis- 
sioned officer,  soldier,  or  follovv'er  of  the  army,  shall  be  tried  a 
second  time  for  the  same  atfense,. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  pun- 
ished by  a  general  court-martial  for  any  offense  which  shall 
appear  to  have  been  committed  more  than  two  years  before 
the  issuing  »)f  the  order  for  such  trial,  unless  the  person,  by 
reason  of  having  absented  himself,  or  some  other  manifest  im- 
pediment, shall  not  have  been  amenable  to  justice  within  that 
period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorized  to  order  a  general  court- 
martial  shall  have  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment 
ordered  by  such  court,  except  the  sentence  of  death,  or  of 
cashiering  an  officer  ;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has  autho- 
rity (by  Article  65)  to  carry  them  into  execution,  he  may  sus- 
pend, until  the  pleasure  of  the  President   of  the    Confederate 

*  So  much  of  these  rules  auJ  articles  as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal 
punishment  by  stripes  or  lashes,  was  specially  repealed  by  act  of  JGth  May,  18]  2. 
l&y  act  of  2d  JNlarch,  IHoo,  the  repealing  act  was  repealed,  so  far  as  it  applied  to 
the  crime  of  desertion,  which,  of  course,  revived  the  punishment  by  lashes  for  that 
offense. 


187 

States  can  be  known  ;  which  suspension,  together  with  copies 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  court-martial,  the  said  oft'icer  shall 
immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for  his  determination. 
And  the  colonel  or  connnanding  otficer  of  the  regiment  or  gar- 
rison where  any  regimental  or  garrison  court-martial  shall  be 
held,  may  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered  by  such 
court  to  be  inflicted. 

Art.  yo.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as 
such,  at  any  general  court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  as 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of  time  and  distance  of 
place  can  admit,  the  original  proceedings  and  sentence  of  such 
court-martial  to  the  Secretary  of  War ;  which  said  original 
proceedings  and  sentence  shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserved 
in  the  office  of  said  Secretary,  to  the  end  that  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  may  be  enabled,  upon  application  to  the  said 
office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

The  party  tried  by  any  general  court-martial  shall,  upon 
demand  thereof,  made  by  himself,  or  by  any  person  or 
persons  in  his  behalf,  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  sentence  and 
proceedings  of  such  court-martial. 

Akt.  91.     In  cases  where  the  general,  or  commanding  offi- 
cer may  order  a  court  of  inquiry  to   examine  into  the   nature 
of  any  transaction,  accusation,  or  imputation    against  any  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  the  said  court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more  officers, 
not  exceeding  three,  and   a  judge  advocate,  or  other  suitable 
person,  as  a  recorder,  to  reduce  the  proceedings  and  evidence 
to  writing ;  all  of  whom  shall  be    sworn  to   the    foithfu I  per- 
formance of  their  duty.    This  court  shall  have  the  same  power  ■ 
to  summon  witnesses  as  a  court-martial,  and  to  examine   theni' ' 
on  oath.     But  they  shall  not   give  their  opinion  on  the  merits  t 
of  the  case,  excepting  ihey  shall  be  thereto  specially  required.  > 
The  parties  accused  shall  also  be  permitted   to    cross-examine 
and  interrogate  the  witnesses,  so  as  to  investigate  fully  the  cir- 
cumstances in  the  question. 

Art.  92.  The  proceedings  of  a  court  of  inquiry  must  be  au-'"' 
thenticated  by  the  signature  of  the  recorder  and  the  president, 
and  delivered  to  the  commanding  officer,  and  the  said  proceed- 
ings may  be  admitted  as  evidence  by  a  court-martial,  in  cases 
not  capital,  or  ext<'nding  to  the  dismission  of  an  officer,  pro- 
vided that  the  circumstances  are  such  that  oral  testimony  can 
not  be  obtained.  But  as  courts  of  inquiry  may  be  perverted 
to  dislionorable  puiposcs,  and  may  b(!  consid'.'red  as  engines  of 
destruction  to  military  merit,  hi  the  handdof  weak  and  envious 


188 

commandants,  they  are  hereby  prohibited,  unless  directed  by 
the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  demanded  by  the 
accused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate  or  recorder  shall  administer 
to  the  members  the  following  oath  : 

"  You  shall  well  and  truly  examine  and  inquire,  according 
to  your  evidence,  into  the  matter  now  before  you,  without 
partiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or  hope  of  reward.  So 
help  you  God." 

After  which  the  president  shall  administer  to  the  judge  ad- 
vocate or  recorder  the  following  oath  : 

"  You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will,  according  to  your  best 
abilities,  accurately  and  impartially  record  the  proceedings   of  i 
the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in  the  case  in  hearing. ' 
So  help  you  God."  ''';"^ 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath  as  witnesses  sworn  * 
before  a  court-martial. 

Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  ofRcer  shall  die  or  b^" 
killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  the  major  of  thii  i 
regiment,  or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty  in  his  absence,  or'I 
in  any  post  or  garrison,  the  second  officer  in  command,  or  the 
assistant  military  agent,  shall  immediately  secure  all  his  effects  , 
or  equipage,  then  in  camp  or  quarters,  and  shall  make, an  in-!» 
ventory  thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit  the  same  to  the  office  > 
of  the  Department  of  War,  to  the  end  that  his  executors  or  . 
administrators  may  receive  the  same.  . 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier' 
shall  die,  or  be  killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  Statesj  I 
the  then  commanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  company  shall,  in 
the  presence  of  two  other  commissioned  officers,  take  an  ac- 
count of  what  effects  he  died  possessed  of,  above  his  arms  and 
accoutrements,  and  transmit  the  same  to  the  office  of  the  De- 
j)artment  of  War,  which  said  effects  are  to  be  accounted  for, 
and  paid  to  the  representatives  of  such  deceased  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier.  And  in  case  any  of  the  officers,  so 
authorized  to  take  care  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and 
soldiers,  should,  before  they  have  accounted  to  their  representa- 
tives for  the  same,  have  occasion  to  leave  the  regiment  or  post, 
by  preferment  or  otherwise,  they  shall,  before  they  be  permitted 
to  quit  the  same,  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the;  commanding  of- 
ficer, or  of  the  assistant  military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such 
deceased  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that 
the  same  may  be  secured  for,  and  paid  to,  their  respective  rep- 
resentatives. 


189 

Art.  96.  All  officere,  conductors,  gunners,  matrosses,  dri- 
vers, or  other  persons  whatsoever,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in  the 
service  of  the  artiller}^  or  corps  of  engineers  of  the  Confederate 
States,  shall  be  governed  by  the  aforesaid  Rules  and  Articles, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  officers  and  soldieis  of  the  other  troops  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of  any  troops,  whether 
militia  or  others,  being  mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  Confederate 
States,  shall,  at  all  times  and  in  all  places,  when  joined,  or 
acting  in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  be  governed  by  these  Rules  and  Articles  of  War, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  oiiicers  and  soldiers  in  the  regular  forces  ;  save 
only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be  composed  entirely  of 
militia  olticers. 

Art.  9S.  All  officers  serving  by  commission  from  the  author- 
ity of  any  particular  State,  shall,  on  all  detachments,  courts- 
martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may  be  employed  in  con- 
junction with  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate  States,  take 
rank  next  after  all  officers  of  the  like  grade  in  said  regular 
forces,  notwithstanding  the  commissions  of  such  militia  or  State 
officers  may  be  elder  than  the  commissions  of  the  officers  of 
the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and  ne- 
glects which  oflicers  and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the  preju- 
dice of  good  order  and  military  discipline,  though  not  men- 
tioned in  the  foregoing  Articles  of"  War,  are  to  be  taken  cogni- 
zance of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court-martial,  according  to 
the  nature  and  degree  of  the  oflense,  and  be  punished  at  their 
discretion. 

Art.  100.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  States  shall 
hav«  power  to  prescribe,  the  uniform  of  the  army. 

Art.  101.  The  foregoing  Articles  are  to  be  read  and  pub- 
lished, once  in  every  six  months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  mustered,  or  to  be  mustered,  in  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States,  and  are  to  be  duly  observed  and 
obeyed  by  all  officers  and  soldiers  who  are,  or  shall  be,  in  said 
service. 

Sec.  2.  That  in  time  of  war,  all  persons  not  citizens  of,  or 
owing  allegiance  to,  the  Confederate  States  of  America,  who 
slwll  be  found  lurking  as  spies  in  or  about  the  fortifications  or 
encampments  of  the  armies  of  the  Couft'derate  States,  or  any 


of  them,  shall  suffer  death,  according  to  the  law  and  usage  of 
nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  rules  and  regulations  by  which  the  armies 
of  the  Confederate  States  have  heretofore  been  governed,  and 
the  resolves  of  Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and  respecting  the 
same,  shall  henceforth  be  void  and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as 
may  relate  to  any  transactions  under  them  prior  to  the  promul- 
gation of  this  act,  at  the  several  posts  and  garrisons  respectively, 
occupied  by  any  part  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ACTS  OF  CONGRESS. 


(ADOPTED.) 


1..  .If  any  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
shall  desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  he  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  penalties  mentioned  in  the  Rules  and  Articles 
of  War,  be  liable  to  serve  for  and  during  such  a  period  as 
shall,  with  the  time  he  may  have  served  previous  to  his  deser- 
tion, amount  to  the  full  term  of  his  enlistment  ;  and  such 
soldier  shall  and  maybe  tried  by  a  court-n>artiHl,  and  punished, 
although  the  temi  of  his  enlistment  may  have  elapsed  previous 
to  his  being  apprehended  or  tried. — Act  I6th  March,  1802, 
Sec.m. 

2... No  officer  or  soldier  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  be  subject  to  the  punisliment  of  death  for  desertion  in 
time  of  peace. — Act  'Jdth  May,  1830. 

3..  .So  much  of  the  "  Act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles 
for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States," 
as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal  punishment  by  stripes 
or  lashes,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed. — Act  IGth 
Matj,  1812,  Sec.  7. 

4..  .The  seventh  section  of  the  act  entitled  "An  act  mak- 
ing further  provisions  for  the  army  of  the  United  States," 
passed  on  the  16th  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
twelve,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  it 
applies  to  any  enlisted  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  by  a 
general  court  martial  of  the  crime  of  desertion. — Act  2d  March, 
1833,  Sec.  7. 


191 

5..  .Whenever  a  general  officer  commancling  an  army,  or  & 
colonel  commanding  a  separate  department,  shall  be  accuser 
or  prosecutor  of  an}-  officer  in  the  army  ot  the  Confederate 
States  under  his  command,  the  general  court-martial  for  the 
trial  of  such  officer  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  of  the 
Confederate  States. — Act  29th  May,  1830,  Sec.  1. 

6..  .The  proceedings  and  sentence  of  the  said  court  shall  be 
sent  directly  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  by  him  hiid  before 
the  President  for  his  confirmation  or  approval,  or  orders  in  the 
case.— Act  29t/i  May,  1S30,  Sec.  2. 

7..  .So  much  of  the  sixty-fifth  article  of  the  first  section  of 
"  An  act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles  for  the  government 
of  the  amiies  of  the  United  States,"  passed  on  the  tenth  of 
April,  eighteen  hundred  and  six,  as  is  repugnant  hereto, 
shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed. — Act  29th  May, 
1830,  Sec.  3. 

S...That  if  any  person  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  give,  bar- 
ter or  dispose  of.  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian  (in 
the  Indian  country),  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum 
of  five  hundred  dollars;  and*  if  any  person  shall  introduce,  or 
attempt  to  introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  w^ine  into  the 
Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  shall  b«;  necessary  for 
the  officers  of  the  Confederate  States  and  troops  of  the  ser- 
vice, under  the  direction  of  the  War  Depaitment,  such  person 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  three  hundred  dollars; 
and  if  any  superintendent  of  Indian  affairs,  Indian  agent,  or 
sub-agent,  or  commanding  officer  of  a  military  post,  has  reason 
to  suspect,  or  is  informed,  that  any  white  person  or  Indian  is 
about  to  introduce,  or  has  introduced,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  superintendent,  Indian 
agent,  or  sub-agent,  or  military  officer,  agreeably  to  such  regu- 
lations as  may  be  established  by  the  President  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  to  cause  the  boats,  stores,  packages,  and  places  of 
deposit  of  such  person  to  be  searched,  and  if  any  such  spiritu- 
ous liquor  or  wine  is  found,  the  goods,  boats,  packages,  and 
peltries  of  such  persons  shall  be  seized  and  delivered  to  the 
proper  officer,  and  shall  be  proceeded  against  by  libel,  in  the 
proper  court,  and  forfeited,  one  half  to  the  use  of  the  infi)rnier, 
and  the  otlier  half  to  the  use  of  the  Confederate  States ;  and  if 
such  person  is  a  trader,  his  license  shall  be  revoked  and  his 
bond  put  in  suit.  And  it  shall  moreover  be  lawful  for  any  per- 
son in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  for  any  Indian, 
to   take   and   destroy  any  ardent  spirits  or  wine  found  in  the 


192 

Indian  country,  excepting  military  supplies  as  mentioned  in 
this  section. — Act  30th  June,  1834,  Sec.  20. 

9..  .That  if  any  person  whatever  shall,  within  the  limits  of 
the  Indian  country,  set  up  or  continue  any  distillery  for  manu- 
facturing ardent  spirits,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  penalty  of 
one  thousand  dollars,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  super- 
intendent of  Indian  aflliirs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  within 
the  limits  of  whose  agency  the  same  shall  be  set  up  or  con- 
tinued, forthwith  to  destroy  and  break  up  the  same ;  and  it 
shall  be  lawful  to  employ  the  military  force  of  the  Confederate 
States  in  executing  that  duty. — Act  oOthJunc,  1834,  Sec.  21^ 

10..  .That  the  twentieth  section  of  the  "  Act  to  regulate 
trade  and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tiibes,  and  to  preserve 
peace  on  the  frontiers,"  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hun- 
dred and  thirty-four,  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  so  amended, 
that,  in  addition  to  the  fines  thereby  imposed,  an3^per.son  who 
shall  sell,  exchange,  or  barter,  give,  or  dispose  of,  anyi  spiritu- 
ous liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian,  in  the  Indian  country,  or- who 
shall  introduce,  or  attempt  to  introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor 
or  wine  into  the  Indian  country,  -except  such  supplies  as  may 
be  necessaiy  for  the  officers  of  the  Confederate  Slates  and  the 
troops  of  tlie  service,  under  the  direction  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, such  person,  on  conviction  thereof,  before  the  proper 
district  court  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall,  in  the  former  case 
be  subject  to  imprisonment  for  a  period  not  exceeding  two  years, 
and  in  the  latter  case  not  exceeding  one  year,  as  shall  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  court,  according  to  the  extent  and  criminality  of 
the  offense.  And  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  this  section, 
and  under  the  twentieth  section  of  the  act  to  regulate  trade 
and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  preserve  peace  on 
the  frontiers,  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred  and 
thirty-four,  to  which  this  is  an  amendment,  Indians  shall  be 
competent  witnesses. — Act  Qd  March,  1847,  Sec.  2. 

11 That  no  annuities,  or  moneys,  or  goods  shall  be  paid  or 

distributee], to  the  Indians  while  they  are  under  the  influence  of 
^ny  description  of  intoxicating  liquor;  nor  while  there  are 
good  and  sufficient  reasons  for  the  officers  or  agents,  whos^ 
duty  it  may  be  to  make  such  payments  or  distiibutions,  for 
believing  that  there  is  any  species  of  intoxicating  liquor  within 
convenient  reach  of  the  Indians ;  nor  until  the  chiefs  and  head 
men  of  the  tribe  shall  have  pledged  themselves  to  use  all  their 
influence,  and  to  make  all  proper  exertions  to  prevent  the 
introduction  and  sale  of  such  liquor  in  their  country. — Act  'Sd 
March,  1847,  Sec.  3. 


t93 


No.  52]  .A-isr  .^Grn 

For  the  establishment  and  organization  of  the  Army  of  the   Confi'derate  States 

of  America. 

Section  1.  TheComrressofthc  Confedemtp  States  of  America 
do  enact,  That  from  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  tlie  mili- 
tary establishment  of  the  Confederate  Stales  shall  be  composed 
of  one  corps  of  engineers,  one  corps  of  artillery,  six  regiments 
of  infantry,  one  regiment  of  cavalry,  and  of  the  staff  depart- 
ments already  established  by  law. 

Sec.  2.  The  corps  of  engineers  shall  consist  of  one  colonel, 
four  majors,  five  captains,  and  one  company  of  sappers,  miners 
and  pontoniers,  which  shall  consist  of  ten  sergeants  or  master 
workmen,  ten  corporals  or  overseers,  two  musicians,  and  thirty- 
nine  privates  of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  and  thirty-nine 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers,  making  in  all  one  hun 
dred. 

Sec.  y.  The  said  company  shall  be  officered  by  one 
captain  of  the  corps  of  engineers,  and  as  many  lieutenants,  to 
be  selected  by  the  President  from  the  line  of  the  army,  as  he 
may  deem  necessary  for  the  service,  and  shall  be  instructed  in 
and  perform  all  the  duties  of  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers, 
and  shall,  moreover,  under  the  tjnlers  of  the  chief  engineer,  be 
liable  to  serve  b}'  detachments  in  overseeing  and  aiding  labor- 
ers upon  fortifications  or  other  woiks,  under  the  engineer  de- 
partment, and  in  supervising  finished  fortifications,  as  fort-keep- 
ers, preventing  injury  and  making  repairs. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  colonel  of  the  engineer 
corps,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  pre- 
scribe the  nur.iber,  quantity,  form,  dimensions,  ooc,  of  the  ne- 
cessary vehicles,  arms,  pontons,  toois,  implements,  and  othtr 
supplies  for  the  service  of  the  said  company  as  a  body  of  sap- 
pers, miners  and  pontoniers. 

Sec.  5.  The  Corps  of  Artillery,  which  shall  also  be  charged 
with  ordnance  duties,  shall  consist  of  oue  colonial,  one  lieutenant 
colonel,  ten  majors,  and  forty  companies c." artillerists  and  arti- 
ficers, and  each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  two 
first  lieutenants,  one  second  lieutenant,  four  sergeants,  iim^- 
corporals,  two  musicians,  and  seventy  privates.  There  sbail 
al,so  be  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  by  the  colonel  froin  the 
first  lieutenants,  and  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected  from 
the  enlisted  men  of  the  corps.     The  President   may   equip  as 

Y 


194'  • 

light  batteries,  of  six  pieces  each,  such  of  these  companies  as 
he  may  deem  expedient,  not  exceeding  four,  in  time  of  peace. 

Sec.  6.  Each  regiment  of  infantry  shall  consist  of  one  col- 
onel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies ; 
each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutenant, 
two  second  lieutenants,  four  Serjeants,  four  corporals,  two  mu- 
sicians and  ninety  privates ;  and  to  each  regiment  there  shall 
be  attached  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  from  the  lieutenants, 
and  one  scrjeant-major,  to  be  selected  from  the  enlisted  men 
of  the  regiment. 

Sec.  7.  The  regiment  of  cavalry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies,  each 
of  which  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutenant,  two 
second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,  one  farrier, 
one  blacksmith,  two  musicians  and  sixty  privates.  There  shall 
also  be  one  adjutant  and  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected  as 
aforesaid. 

Sec.  S.  There  shall  be  four  brigadier-generals,  who  shall  be 
assigned  to  such  commands  and  duties  as  the  President  may 
specially  direct,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  one  aid-de-camp  each, 
to  be  selected  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line  of  the  army,  who, 
in  addition  to  their  duties  as  aids-de-camp,  may  perform  the 
duties  of  assistants  adj  utant-general. 

Sec.  9.  All  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Congress, 
and  the  rank  and  file  shall  be  enlisted  for  a  term  not  less  than 
three,  nor  more  than  five  years,  under  such  i-egulations  as  may 
be  established. 

Sec.  10.  No  officer  shall  be  appointed  in  the  army  until  he 
shall  have  passed  an  examination  satisfactory  to  the  President, 
and  in  such  manner  as  he  may  prescribe,  as  to  his  character  and 
fitness  for  the  service.  The  President,  however,  shall  have 
power  to  postpone  this  examination  for  one  year  after  appoint- 
ment, if  in  his  judgment  necessary  for  the  public  interest. 

Sec.  11.  All  vacancies  in  established  regiments  and  corps, 
to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel,  shall  be  filled  by  promo- 
tion according  to  seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability  or  other 
incompetency.  Promotions  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colo- 
nel shall  be  made  regimentally  in  the  infantry  and  cavalry,  in 
the  staff  departments,  and  in  the  engineers  and  artillery,  ac- 
cording to  corps.  Appointments  to  the  rank  of  brigadier- 
general,  aftei'  the  ai-my  is  organized,  shall  be  made  by  selection 
from  the  army. 


195 

Sec.  12.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  States  is  hereby 
autliorized  to  appohit  to  the  lowest  grade  of  subaltern  officers 
such  meritorious  non-commissioned  officers  as  ma}',  upon  the 
recommendation  of  their  colonels  and  company  officers,  be 
brought  before  an  army  board,  specially  convened  for  the  pur- 
pose, and  found  (jualified  for  tlH3  duties  of  commissioned  officers, 
and  to  attach  them  to  regiments  or  corps,  as  supernumerary 
officers,  if  there  be  no  vacancies  :  Provided,  There  shall  not 
be  more  than  one  so  attached  to  any  one  company  at  the  same 
time. 

Sec.  J;1.  The  pay  of  a  brigadier-general  shall  be  three 
hundred  and  one  dollars  per  month.  The  aid-de-camp 
of  a  brigadier-general,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant, 
shall  receive  thirty-five  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  14.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  corps  of 
engineers  shall  be  as  follows:  of  the  colonel,  two  hundred  and 
ten  dollars;  of  a  major,  one  Innidred  and  sixty-two  dollars  ;  of 
a  captain,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars ;  lieutenants  serving 
with  the  company  of  sappers  and  miners  shall  receive  the  pay 
of  cavahy  officers  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec.  1-5.  The  monthly  ])ay  of  the  colonel  of  the  corps  of 
artillery  shall  be  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars  ;  of  a  lieutenant- 
colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  dollars ;  of  a  major,  one 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  when  serving  on  ordnance  duty, 
one  luuuh-ed  and  sixty-two  dollars;  of  a  captain,  one  hundred 
and  thirty  dollar.s;  of  a  first  lieutenant, 'ninety  dollars;  of  a 
second  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars  ;  and  the  adjutant  shall  re- 
ceive, in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars  per  month. 
Officers  of  artillery  serving  in  the  light  artillery,  or  performing 
ordnance  duty,  shall  leccive  the  same  pay  as  officers  of  cavalry 
of  the  same  grade. 

Sec.  J  6.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  infanti^ 
shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,  one  hundred  and  ninety-five 
dollars;  of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  seventy  dol- 
lars; of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  of  a  captain, 
one  hundred  and  thirty  dollars  ;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety 
dollars  ;  of  a  second  lieut«'nant,  eighty  dollars;  the  adjutant, 
in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars. 

.  Sec.  17.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  cavalry 
shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  colonel,  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars; 
of  a  licutenant-colon(d,  one  hnndred  and  eighty-live  dollars;  a 
major,  one  Inmdred  and  sixt3'-two  dollars  ;  a  captain,  one  hun-' 
dred  and  forty  dollars ;  a  first  lieutenant,  one  hundred  dollars  ; 


196  • 

a  second  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars  ;    the  adjutant,  ten  dollars 
per  month,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant. 

Sec.  is.  The  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  general  staff,  except 
those  of  the  medical  department,  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
officers  of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade.  The  surgeon-general 
shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  three  thousand  dollars,  which 
shall  be  in  full  of  all  pay  and  allowances,  except  fuel  and  quar- 
ters. The  monthly  pay  of  a  surgeon,  of  ten  years'  service  in 
that  grade,  shall  be  two  hundred  dollars ;  a  surgeon  of  less 
than  ten  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
two  dollars  ;  an  assistant  surgeon  of  ten  years'  service  in  that 
grade,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  an  assistant  surgeon  of 
five  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  thirty  dol- 
lars ;  and  an  assistf.nt  surgeon  of  less  than  five  years'  service, 
one  hundred  aiid  te::  dollars. 

Sec.  19.  There  shall  be  allowed,  in  addition  to  the  pay 
hereinbefore  provided,  to  every  commissioned  officer,  except 
the  surgeon-general,  nine  dollars  per  month  for  every  five  years' 
service  ;  and  to  the  officers  of  the  army  of  the  United  States, 
who  have  resigned  or  may  resign  to  be  received  into  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States,  this  additional  pay  bliail  be  allowed 
from  the  date  of  their  entrance  into  the  tbrnier  service.  There 
shall  also  be  an  additional  monthly  allowance  to  every  general 
officer  commanding  in  chief  a  separate  army  actually  in  the 
field,  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  20.  The  pay  of  officers  as  hereinbefore  established 
shall  be  in  full  of  all  allowances,  except  forage,  fuel,  quarters, 
and  travelling  expenses  while  travelling  under  orders.  The 
allowance  of  forage,  fuel  and  quarters  shall  be  fixed  by  regu- 
lations, and  shall  be  furnished  in  kind,  except  when  officers  are 
serving  at  stations  without  troops  where  public  quarters  can- 
not be  had,  in  which  case  they  may  be  allowed,  in  lieu  of  forage, 
eight  dollars  per  month  for  each  horse  to  which  they  may  be 
entitled,  provided  they  are  actually  kept  in  service,  and  mus- 
tered, and  quarters  may  be  commuted  at  a  rate  to  be  fixed  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  delivered. 
An  officer,  when  travelling  under  orders,  shall  be  allowed 
mileage  at  the  rate  of  ten  cents  per  mile. 

Sec.  21.     In  time  of  war,  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  en-^ 
titled  to  draw  forage  for  horses,  according  t.>  grade,  as  foUovvs: 
A  brigadier-general,  four  ;  the  adjutant  and  inspector-general, 
quartermaster-general,  commissary-general,  and  the  colonels  of 
engineers,  artillery,  infantry  and  cavalry,  three  each ;    all  lieu- 


197 

tenant-colonels  and  majors,  and  captains  of  the  general  staff, 
engineer  corps,  light  artillery  and  cavalry,  three  each  ;  lieuten- 
ants serving  in  the  corps  of  engineers,  lieutenants  of  light 
artillery  and  of  cavalry,  two  each.  In  time  of  peace  :  general 
and  field  officers,  three  ;  officers  below  the  rank  of  field  offi- 
cers, in  the  general  staff,  corps  of  engineers,  light  artillery  and 
cavalry,  two:  Provided,  in  all  cases,  that  the  horses  are  actually 
kept  iu  service  and  mustered.  No  enlisted  man  in  the  sci-vice 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  employed  as  a  servant  by 
any  officer  of  the  army. 

Sec.  22.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  army 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  as  follows :  That  of  a  ser- 
geant or  master  workman  of  the  engineer  corps,  thirty-four 
dollars;  that  of  a  corporal  or  overseer,  twenty  dollars;  pri- 
vates of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  seventeen  dollars;  and 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers  and  musicians,  thirteen 
dollars.  The  sergeant-major  of  cavalry,  twenty  one  dollars ; 
first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars; 
corporals,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,  thirteen  dollars ;  musi- 
cians, thirteen  dollars;  and  privates,  twelve  dollars.  Ser- 
geants-major of  artillery  and  infantry,  twenty-one  dollars  ;  first 
sergeants,  twenty  dollars  each  ;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars ; 
corporals  and  artificers,  thirteen  dollars  ;  musicians,  twelve 
dollars  ;  and  privates,  eleven  dollars  each.  The  non-commis- 
sioned oflBcers,  artificers,  musicians  and  privates  serving  in  light 
batteries  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  those  of  cavalry. 

Sec.  23.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  enlist  as 
many  master  armorei-s,  master  carriage-makers,  master  black- 
smiths, armorers,  carriage-makers,  blacksnn"ths,  artificers,  and 
laborers,  for  ordnance  service,  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  not 
exceeding  in  all  one  lumdred  men,  who  shall  be  attached  to  the 
corps  of  artillery.  The  pay  of  a  master  armorer,  master  car- 
riage-maker, master  blacksmith,  shall  be  thirty-four  dollars  per 
month;  armorers,  carriage-makers  and  blacksmiths,  twenty 
dollars  per  month  ;  artificers,  seventeen  dollars,  and  laborers, 
thirteen  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  24.  Each  enlisted  man  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  receive  one  ration  per  day,  and  a  yearly  allowance 
of  clothing,  the  quantity  and  kind  cf  each  to  be  established  by 
regulations  from  the  War  Department,  to  be  approved  by  the 
President. 

Spc.  25.  Rations  shall  generally  be  issued  in  kind,  but 
under  circumstances  rendering  a  commutation  necessary.  The 
commutation  value  of  the  ration  shall  be  fixed  by  regulations 
of  the  War  Department,  to  be  approved  by  the  President. 


198 

Sec.  26.  The  officers  appointed  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  by  virtue  of  this  act,  shall  pertbrm  all  military 
duties  to  which  they  may  be  severally  assigned  by  authority  of 
the  President,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  War 
to  prepare  and  publish  regulations,  prescribing  the  details  of 
every  department  in  the  service,  for  the  genei-aS  government  of 
the  army,  which  regulations  shall  be  approved  by  the  Presi- 
dent, and  when  so  approved  shall  be  binding. 

Sec.  27.  All  officers  of  the  quartermaster's  and  commissary- 
departments  shall,  previous  to  entering  on  the  duties  of  their 
respective  offices,  give  bonds  with  good  and  sufficient  sureties 
to  the  Confederate  States,  in  such  sum  as  the  Secretary  of  War 
shall  direct,  fully  to  account  for  all  moneys  and  public  pro- 
perty which  they  may  receive. 

Sec.  28.  Neither  the  quartermaster-general,  the  commissa- 
ry-general, nor  any  or  either  of  their  assistants,  shall  be  con- 
cerned, directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any 
articles  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to  public 
supplies,  except  for  and  on  account  of  the  Confederate  States  ; 
nor  shall  they,  or  either  of  them,  take  or  apply  to  his  or  their 
own  use  any  gain  or  emolument  for  negotiating  any  business  in 
their  respective  departments,  other  than  what  is  or  may  be 
allowed  by  law. 

Sec.  29.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  established  by  the 
laws  of  the  United  States  of  America  for  ^e  government 
of  the  army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  fo/rce,  except  that 
wherever  the  words  "United  States"  occur,^ie  words  "Con- 
federate States"  shall  be  substituted  therefor;  and  except  that 
the  Articles  of  War  numbers  sixty-one  and  sixty-two  are  hereby 
abrogated,  and  the  following  articles  substitued  therefor.  (See 
Articles  of  War,  61  and  62.)'" 

Sec.  30.  The  President  shall  call  into  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States  only  so  many  of  tiie  troops  herein  pi'ovided 
for  as  he  may  deem  the  safety  of  the  Confederacy  may  require. 

Sec.  31.  All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  of  the  United  States, 
which  have  been  adopted  by  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate 
States,  repugnant  to  or  inconsistent  with  this  act,  are  hereby 
repealed . 

Appkoved,  March  6,  1861. 


nsriDEix. 


T 


0(il  to 
85  to 


183  to 


No.  of  Paragraph 

AppointuK  ut  ou  the  Staff  33,   35,   m 

Arrests  and  Confinements  21 1  to 

BivoTiacs ri31  to 

Biittlw (599  to 

iBag-gajre  Trains 754  to 

Biirracks  and  Quarters... 

Companies 

Company  Books 

Councils  of  Administratiou 

Company  Fund 1U7  to 

Confinements 'J  1 1  to 

Contributions 

Camps  489  to 

Camp  of  Infantry 506  to 

"Cavalry 515  to 

"      "Artillery 528  to 

Cantonments 539  to 

Convoys  and  their  Escorts  729  to 

Courts-Martial 801  to 

Expenses.   1024  to  1027 
Clothing-.,  Allrtwanee  of. .  1038  to  1051 
Diseiplinc. — Military  Dis- 
cipline  

Distribution  of  the  Troops 

Deceased  Officers 145,146,147 

"        Soldiers 148  to    150 

Deserters 151  to    1 58 

Discbarps 159  to    167 

Discussions,  I'ublications. 

Depots 

Disi)atches 

Detachments . ...  640  to 

Defense  of  Fortified  l^laces  820  to 

Escorts  of  Honor 261  to  264 

Exercises,  Military 546 

l-:xt  ra-Duty  Men 1 028 

Eqnipai:;e,    Allowance    of 

Camp    and    Garrison  1035 

Fmlouglis  to  Enlisted  Men  182, 183, 184 

Funeral  Tlouors 265  to  292 

Form  of  Inspection 296  to  316 

Forms  of  Parade 325,  ;i26 

Foraj^e 1()]0  to  1012 

Guard-Mounting 365  to  388 

Guards 389  to  421 

Grand   Guards  and   other 

Outposts 593  to  633 

Hours  of  Sen-ice  and  RoU- 

Calls 220  to  223 

1  lonors • 227  to  247 

Head-Quarters : 545 

1  lorses  for  Mounted  Officers  1030 

Inspection  of  the  Troops. .  293  to  295 

Issues 552 

Intrenched  Posts 634  to  639 

LaundresS(\s 124,125,126 

Leaves  of  Abseuce,Officers  170  to  181 

Musters 317  to  324 

Marches ms  to  698 

Orders  and  Conesjiondence     422  to  447 
Organization  of  an  Aimy  in 

thoField 464  to  481 


219 
538 
725 
761 

978 
122 
123 
18y 
199 
219 
482 
505 
514 
527 
530 
554 
753 
882 


1,  2,  3 


SilO 
488 
548 
646 
831 


No.  of  Paragraph 

Orderlies 483  to  487 

Orders 547 

Outposts 593  to  633 

Post  Books 84 

Post  Fund 190  to  196 

Parade. — Dress  Parade...     327  to  3;J8 

Police  Guard 564  to  583 

Picket 584  to  592 

Partisans  and  flankers....     655  to  667 

Prisoners  of  War 726,  727,  728 

Police, — General  Police —  762  to  768 
Property,  Money,  Accounts  891  to  953 
Postage.— Public  Postage.  1029 

Quartermast«n-'s  Departm't        959,  960 

Quarters 961  to  978 

Kank  ami  Command   •         4  to  14 

Kesignat  ion  of  Officers 24  to  29 

Regi  uients 69  to  83 

Koll-Calls 224  to  226 

Review   of  a  Battalion  of 

Infantry 339  to  364 

Returns  .\xd  Reports  : 

Monthly  Returns 448  to  452 

Animal  Retiuu — Casual- 
ties   453 

Return  of  deceased   sol- 
diers   454 

Field  Returns 455,  456 

Reports 457  to  459 

Prisomns  of  War. — Cap- 
tured Property 460,461 

Inspection  Reports 462,  463 

The  Roster,  or  Details  for 

Service 553  to  563 

Reconnoissances 647  to  654 

Recruiting  Service 1283  to  1364 

Returns  in  the  Quartermas- 
ter's D.'pavtment 1052 

Succession  in  Command  or 

Duty 15  to  18 

Sutlers 202  to  209 

Salutes 248  to  259 

Safeguards 769  to  773 

Sieges 774  to  819 

Slra-iv 1013  to  1015 

Stationery 1017  to  1022 

SuiJSisTENXE  Departm't 

Ration 1069  to  1071 

Issues 1072  to  1080 

Subsistence  to  Officers..  1089 

Commutation  of  Rations  1091  to  1094 

Extra-Duty  Men 1095,  1 096 

Accounts 1097  to  1103 

Transfer  of  Officers 30,  31 

Transfer  of  Soldiers 141  to  144 

Traveling  on  Duty 168,  169 

'i'roops  ou  board  of  Traus- 

.     ports 832  to  860 

Transportation,  Army.  .  .  .      987  to  994 

Watchwords 549  to  .551 

Working-Parties 883  to  890 


TABLES  AND  BLANK  FORMS. 


Index  of  Letters  required  to  be  kept  on  File page  6 

Guard  Report 49 

Safeguard,  Form  of 95 

General  Court-martial,  Form  of  order 107 

Miscellaneous  Disbursements 130 

Requisition,  for  Fuel,  Form  No.  29 131 

"      "        "        "     30 132 

"        "    Forage,  Form  No.  32 133 

"  33 134 

"    Straw 135 

"        "    Stationery 136 

Special  Requisition 137 

Requisition  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department  for  extra  supplies  of  Medicines 

and  Hospital  Stores 138 

Bill  of  Medicine,  &.c.,  when  purchased  by  an  officer  of  the  Quartermaster's 

Department 139 

Mode  of  ascertaining  the  Hospital  Ration 144 

Provision  Return  for  Company 145 

Consolidated  Provision  Return,  for  Regiment 1 46 

Weight  and  Measure 147 

Weight  and  Bulk  of  Rations 148 

Requisition  for  Medicines,  &c 149 

Account  for  ^Medicines,  &c 150 

Certificate  of  Disability,  for  Discharge 151 

Surgeon's  Record  of  Recruits  Examined 152 

Morning  report  of  the  Sm'geon  of  a  Regiment,  Post,  or  Gamson 153 

Contract  with  a  Private  Physician 154 

Certificate  to  be  given  to  a  Soldier  at  the  time  of  his  Discharge 155 

Requisition  for  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stoi"es,  for  Arsenal  or  Post J56 

"  "  "  "  Militia  in  the  service  of  the 

Confederate  States 157 

Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds 158 

Recruiting  Services,  Form  A 168 

"      B     169 

Appendix. — Articles  of  War 171 

Organization  of  the  Army  of  the  Confederate  States  of  America 193  to  198 


,'V 


« 


'i»fa 


t> 


• 


i,  *^- 


• 


;■ ,, 


Vi^., 


4 


/ 


I 


w 


X 


%, 


